Aveo ogee teed Vda Py a Le ih iietta RA \ RBH fee at gente he wie HW y aly Rgitiginer pig pr ee. SEITE Ere £ she ~ Dyer Pe enh ty Pe A = ¢ eae! uh hi fret] Fey . Waele er, Sytst . Wane i weed ile vane a4 jel Hee CMa ELA) ee signee trust diy i} pameneiiey Hatin. ths Netearttte lastteait. hat BAG oN 4 pets Hale iip sce Mite Sali irscbetiaaies Se “* ty Mitetiitite pe Be satu Marin Pt hee be i ") eit URS ” 4} ry nye ria! tach pert kt ad ” +* 24 aye ae syn pe 9 ea ny 4d pated by po bt ad che PA) EAR ATG tei aly ‘ de pejl aan ea IG Wi My ay rote wat Fe acta Kee lea Pee rie * Wb it Ary? f ti WN a P , reece PMA ef v7 ' vr fe An, A s ’ wey bike hit i Pek + ay AY ade Sergiy ee, f i ia Weal ts wave Hgeet ae ey ha aye niet Dadra ret ene it. meh iy 8 Hae Lie alate ttets ; rf so je Mh N Matet ? agate i ‘ ee AIH Ee PAY | Les i nal ” . ie f | p\, L HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology De tw be ith “) yes LC Peri ai ¥ ‘ Cyr, 7 Watt he py +) Ss Abt fe oe t = ~~ = be * pe 2 ur : eee te ee ce ee : > = ¥~ Ca BULLETINS AMERICAN EBALEON TOE@OGY VOL XXXV Bios a) MUS. COMP. ZOOL. | LIBRARY ; | MAY 3 1955 1953-1955 uNNERSIY Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York esa: Cm , # : : Fe i @ a ‘ " C ' iz : 1 i ioun 7: 7 i Lee ad ; 7 re A, a > Ye - it a ¥ = “4 i ‘ rj : ; ’ . i rr) . 2 : 7 ‘ eo vaihoy oe — YAOIOOS KIK09 EUS Banh CENT EOO POTRGNNG — . , Z : >. : i eee - | : . - 7 y se a es We rae - wa | a CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXV Bulletin No. 146. 149. 150. 154. Memorial. Gilbert Dennison Harris By Katherine Van Winkle Palmer ............ Criteria for the Recognition of Certain As- sumed Camerinid Genera Vee Vee LORE She OO Og. sete ao cod eto es Two Species of Larger Foraminifera from Paleocene Beds in Georgia By W. Storrs Cole and Stephen M. Her- TOE FC im, Sey) VE net A ae er 2 ol eC ee Contributions to Knowledge of the Brazilian EMICOZOICSNOse) Aisa ie Se A. Introductory Survey of the Brazilian Carboniferous By mien e tisiist CASTOI ns See ec cn B. Notes on “ome Brachiopods from the Itaituba Formation (Pennsylvanian) of the Tapaijos River, Brazil Berl Se NC SSOT eete enn ono ee Early Ordovician Cephalopod Fauna from Northwestern Australia By Curt Teichert and Brian F. Glenister New Californian Pleistocene Eulimidae IB yao uillimani ib erry tes 2 ee Systems of the Volutidae Plates Frontispiece Pages 1- 24 25- 46 47- 62 63-146 63- 76 77-146 By Henry A. Pilsbry and Axel A. Olsson 25-28 271-306 Five New Species and a New Subgenus in the Pelecypod Family Cardiidae Bye Ase MiymarIMCen ys) mos ie ee 29 307-330 Upper Devonian Ostracoda from the Cerro Gordo Formation of fowa Byeplbe wits Gi SOs ots eee ee 8 a 30-31 331-368 pgm seni 983 Te reali rs Mitt We ee 369-386 ~ 255-258 double pagination. MAY 3 1955 Pa 4 s re 7? ~ 7 ar = + 05 ' : o> — of Hing e 2 : - » - . Os a ‘ a —* > et Ded ¢ » qe pa > 7 y sy aoe ee “ear ft Spi ae AS 22. & ‘s > An x & ® aa a 2 od , : : - : 2 : 7 BULLETINS AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY VOL. XXXV : SPIE FSET me ews MUS. COMP. 280} LIBRARY JAN 25 1954 NUMBER 146 HAREARG 1953 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 9. A. 1953 Wa ENIMN Ts. <3 ee oe ES DD ee KENNETH E. CASTER WIDEPPREBIDEN Tas, ssc. sn ee Deen ed ten la Ss, OLS W. Storrs CoLe SECRETARY=1 REASURER- = ikeelmaces ob pale at Agr pee tee ae Resecca S. HArris PPIRRETOR Sse oo nic Sais oe ne OE Ge he 8 eee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUNSEL oa oe Se gas Ses Lk Dp Ss Se ee eT ARMAND’ L, ADAMS Trustees KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) RatpH A, LIDDLE (1950-56) KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RoussEAU H. FLOWER (1950-55) Rebecca S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E,. WEISBORD (1951-57) Sotomon C. HOLLisTER (1953-59) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY = and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V, W. PALMER, Editor LempiI H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary Editorial Board KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR = Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and ur of Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana. ~ Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn Place Ithaca, New York < U.S.A. AXEL A. OLsson (Life) = VOEe 3) BULL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 146 FRONTISPIECE GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS (1864-1952) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Vol 35 No. 146 MEMORIAL (1864-1952) Gilbert Dennison Harris By Katherine Van Winkle Palmer Paleontological Research Institution November 23, 1953 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York Pca. From the lessons of our own experiences, as well as from the lives of others, we are led irresistibly to the conclusion that the most natural way of acquiring a knowledge of the earth is to be associated in Nature's laboratory—the field—with some experienced person who is carrying on original investigations. —G. D. Harris, 1900. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number; GS53-280 MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LISRARY JAN 25 1954 HARVARD YNIVERSITY MEMORIAL GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS (1864-1952) By KATHERINE V. W. PALMER Gilbert Dennison Harris, founder of the Bulletins of American Paleontology, Palaeontographica Americana, and the Paleontological Research Institution, died at his home, 126 Kelvin Place, in Ithaca, New York, on December 4, 1952. Professor Harris was born on a farm near Jamestown, New York, October 2, 1864,! the fourth of six children of Francis E. and Lydia Helen (Crandall) Harris. Both parents, descendants of early New England settlers of English and Welsh ancestry, ‘‘went West’’ as young people to join pioneering relatives in northern Chautauqua County along the shore of Lake Erie. Their own home was later established in the southern part of the county. The first child, Cora E. Harris, died at 88, and their mother was 86 at her death. The older son, Rollin Arthur Harris (1863-1918) was a brilliant mathematical student. He was the author of the monumental ‘Manual of Tides’? and the mathematical designer of the then new and “‘most satisfactory tide predicting machine” and was associated with the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey at the time of his death. Florence B. Harris, the youngest and now the only surviving member of the family, lives in Falconer, New York, in the vicinity of the old homestead. The name of an aunt, Melinda Burton (Mrs. H. B.) who lived to be 106, is perpetuated in paleontological history by the ‘‘Burton Sponge.” It was found on her farm near Ripley, Chautauqua County, New York. A restoration of it now stands in the New York State Museum. This gigantic fossil glass sponge,” a Ceratodictya, is estimated to be over 10 feet in length, the largest Devonian (Chemung beds) glass sponge yet discovered. Gilbert Harris’s first schooling was in the one-room building known as ‘Peck Settlement school house’ which stood on land adjoining his father’s farm. Both Gilbert and his brother Rollin attended what was then known as the Jamestown Union School and Collegiate Institute, 1 The author gratefully acknowledges the help of Rebecca S. Harris for the notes on the family history. 2 Clarke, J. M., New York State Mus. BulJ., Nos. 239, 240, 1922, p. 24, 17th Rept. Dir., 1920-21; Geol. Soc. America, v. 34, No. 1, p. 127, 1923; 18th Rept. Dir. New York State Mus., New York State Mus. Bull., No. 251, pp. 121-122, 2 pls., 1924. 4 Bulletin 146 4 walking four miles each way to do so. The distance may have helped to encourage them to complete this phase of their education in the fewest possible terms. Each boy was to win a scholarship and eventually go to Cornell University after an interlude of country-school teaching. This experience was a grim one for the younger brother trying to cope with Dry Brook District School problems by day and unable to find comfort at night in an attic room heated only by a kerosene lamp. In 1883, one year after his brother had entered, Gilbert came to Cornell taking a general course, and was graduated in 1886 with a Ph.B. During the graduation year at Cornell he roomed in White Hall with Seth D. Meek, who later became an authority on fish. In the same class with Harris were Robert T. Hill and David White. In answer to the questionnaire of the Class of '86 as to their “Future occupation’, Hill wrote ‘‘man and science’, White put down, “‘natur- alist’’, and Harris replied ‘undecided’. It was the purchase of Dana’s ‘Manual of Geology” in a book store in Ithaca which stimulated Harris to take graduate work in geology at Cornell and thereby determined his future career. Even had it not been for this chance purchase, the ‘‘undecided”’ student would most certainly have decided to pursue some one of the natural sciences—probably botany. His high school graduation essay entitled ‘‘Nature’s Pleasures” reflects the interest in nature which he shared with his brother. Little homemade note books (the unprinted margins of newspapers often serving for pages) filled with their boyish records and drawings of plants and animals, not only observed but stud- ied, give further evidence of their keen delight in outdoor life and living. Both boys considered themselves fortunate to have been farm-born, although Gilbert was always to regret that because of this environment he did not have early opportunity for learning foreign languages. This was a lack which he continued to try to remedy from college days into his last years. At one time he even took a course in Sanskrit. He always advised his students to acquire as early and as wide a knowledge of modern languages as possible, with emphasis upon Spanish. After a year of work under Henry Shaler Williams at Cornell, with Charles S. Prosser as assistant, Harris joined the Arkansas Geological Survey in 1888. John C. Branner (botanist-geologist) was State Geol- ogist and Frederick W. Simonds, an assistant. Both had been trained under Charles F. Hartt, stimulating teacher and brilliant scientist, who initiated geological work at Cornell. The first assignment for Harris on the Arkansas Geological Survey was in connection with geological 5 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 5 work in Washington County, assisting Simonds in the preparation of a map and report of that county. The report was published in 1891 as volume IV of the Annual Report of 1888 of the Arkansas Geological Survey by J. C. Branner. Chapter XVIII on ‘The Fayetteville-Hunts- ville Section”’ was by Harris. In 1889, Gilbert Harris joined the United States Geological Survey where he worked under the auspices of the Paleozoic Division.* Some of the detailed work of the first of his five papers on Paleozoic rocks was done during that interval. Later he was transferred to the Cenozoic Division where he was assistant to William H. Dall in the Smithsonian Institution. By means of cooperation between the United States Geological Survey and the Arkansas Geological Survey, Branner (Director) succeed- ed in obtaining the help of geologists regularly employed by the Federal Survey. Harris was delegated the task of delineating the areal distri- bution and subdivisions of the Tertiary of Arkansas. The winter of 1891-1892 and the fall of 1892 were spent by him in Arkansas.t| The report of his work was published in 1894. The area examined in Arkan- sas was that south of the Arkansas River to the Louisiana line. The report reviewed the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary, determined the stages of the Eocene present, described and illustrated many new species from the beds, and included a geologic map of ‘southern Arkansas and adjacent regions”. The chief new findings were the greater area of the Cretaceous to the northeast, beds which had been identified as Cretaceous were proven to be Eocene, the age of previously assigned Tertiary sediments was correctly referred to the Cretaceous, and the Midway (Paleocene) was found to be the oldest Tertiary in the state. Because of its “persistent nature, .... from Georgia to western Texas” (1894, p.8) and its lithologic and paleontologic differences with the deposits of the follow- ing stage, Harris recommended that the Midway be given coordinate rank with the “‘Lignitic’”’ [Wilcox (Sabine) }. According to Gardener (“Midway group of Texas’, 1933, p. 13) this was the first attempt to “recognize the significance and wide distribution” of the Midway. He noted the presence of Jackson Eocene fossils in the beds at White Bluff on the Arkansas River which he referred to “Upper Claiborne”. In 1902 he assigned the beds to the Jackson. Harris did not return to the 3. Harris, G. D. Geology of southwestern New York, Amet. Geol., vol. VII, No. 3, p. 173, 1891. 4 Harris, G. D. The Tertiary Geology of Southern Arkansas, Ann. Rept. Geol. Geol. Sur. Arkansas for 1892, vol. II, p. 6, 1894. 6 Bulletin 146 6 Arkansas Tertiary section until 1937, where on Crow Creek, near Forrest City, he discovered a vertebra of Basilosaurus cetordes (Owen), the only zeuglodont bone so far found in Arkansas.” The rigors of the physical conditions under which the work of the early Arkansas Geological Survey was done had ill effects on Harris physically and left a lasting impression as to the care and conditions under which geologists should work. Some of the less hardy neophytes did not survive. On December 29, 1890, Gilbert Harris married Clara Stoneman of Chautauqua County, New York. While it was a school friend’s joke that he was first attracted by the large stand of primeval pines on her family’s acres rather than by their pretty daughter, the joke showed early recognition of his life-long fond- ness for trees. He was never to own a plot of ground which he did not straightway plant, often going to considerable trouble to do so. On occasion, even neighbors wakened to find on their premises a maple or a spruce which had not been there the night before, and as for those old Chautauqua pines which vanished long ago, they were replaced by hard- wood and softwood seedlings in what he envisioned as “The New Forest’. The evergreens are now of Christmas tree size. But there was no opportunity for tree planting where the young couple made their first home in Washington, D. C. The “home” con- sisted of one room under the mansard roof of a house on 16th Street. The birth of a daughter (Rebecca Stoneman Harris) necessitated a move into larger quarters while her father was employed on the federal geolog- ical survey and during the following interval until 1894 when he joined the geological staff of Cornell University. The first of three Harris homes in Ithaca was on Eddy Street, where the then bachelor Adam Capen Gill (Mineralogy and Petrology) was a frequent visitor. Around the corner, on Seneca Street, the Ralph S. Tarrs (Physical Geography), also newly arrived, were near neighbors. The three men were to have their offices and hold their classes in ‘‘old McGraw” until the end of their teaching careers. Professor Tarr died in 1912. In 1911, the Harrises completed a large home (now 126 Kelvin Place) in what was at the time open field. Much of the work of building was that of his own hands, and most of the lumber used in construction 5 Christmas Greetings, Paleontological Research Institution, 1938; Palmer, K. V. W.: Basilosaurus in Arkansas, Amer. Assoc. Pet. Geol., Bull., vol. 23, No. 8, pp. 1228-1229, 1939. rj G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 7 came from the Stoneman farm woods. The choice of location was chiefly made because Dr. and Mrs. Gill were already living in a similar three- story home on an opposite block. The two families enjoyed an intimate and cordial neighborliness until 1932, when on August 14th Professor Harris was deeply saddened by the loss of his beloved wife. She had been a close and wise companion and, although an invalid for several years, her going was a shock to the family. The sudden death of his best friend, Dr. Gill, which occurred in November of the same year, so sharpened his sense of loss that it might have proved overwhelming had it not been for his work and the new venture he was contemplating. While associated with the Smithsonian Institution working under Dall, Harris continued his career and acquired the fundamental know- ledge of the eastern and southern North American Cenozoic stratigraphy and paleontology. He gained first hand information through examin- ation of the Survey’s collections and those in the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia. He familiarized himself with the rare and basic literature, particularly that of Timothy A. Conrad, in relation to sections and fossils. Under the auspices of the United States Geological Survey in April, 1891, and May and June, 1892, he examined and differentiated the zones along the Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. He was accompanied during the last period by Frank Burns of the Smithsonian Institution, a skilled and energetic fossil collector. The results were published (1893) as “The Tertiary Geology of the Calvert Cliffs, Mary- land”. In 1914 Harris returned to the Chesapeake area by gasoline launch from Ithaca, New York, with seven of his students.* A second trip with students was made in 1915 by the same means." The collec- tions from these expeditions swelled the Cenozoic stores at Cornell. They were the source of extensive study of the Miocene fossils by Axel Olsson which resulted in three papers by him published in Bulletins of American Paleontology.* From those trips Ernest R. Smith’s interest in the Pliocene and Pleistocene was stimulated, an interest? which was carried on unti! his death (1952). Lois M. Schoonover (Mrs. Louis Kent) a ‘Harris scholar’ at Cornell University in 1934-36, later did a “Stratigraphic Study of the Mollusks of the Calvert and Choptank formations of Southern Maryland” (1936-40) for partial fulfillment of 6 L.G. Grinnell, V. E. Monnette, A. A. Olsson, K. P. Schmidt, E. R. Smith, H. R Sunbal, and P. Wong 7 C. P. Alexander, A. A. Olsson, K. P. Schmidt, E. R. Smith, B. Taylor and T. Thompson. See Power Boating, May, 1916 List of names furnished by A. A. Olsson of the party. 8 Bulletins 24, 27, and 28 of volume 5, 1914, 1916, 1917. 9 See bibliography in Memorial by J. C. Maxwell, Geol. Soc. America, Proc. for 1952, pp. 139-141, 1953. 8 Bulletin 146 8 requirements for her doctor's degree at Bryn Mawr College, and it was appropriately published in the Bulletins of American Paleontology (vol. 25, No. 94B, 1941). In 1890-91 Dall and Harris were assigned the preparation of a memoir on the Neocene of the United States by the Director of the United States Geological Survey, J. W. Powell, with G. K. Gilbert, geologist-in-charge. This was fifth of a series of “Correlation Papers” which had been published by the Survey on summarizing the existing knowledge. The ‘Carboniferous’’ and “Devonian” by H. S. Williams (U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 80), “Cambrian” by C. D. Walcott (Bull. 81), “Cretaceous” by C. A. White (Bull. 82), and “Eocene” by W. B. Clark (Bull. 83) preceded the Neocene work (Bull. 84).1° Harris was responsible in the work of the Neocene paper for searching the literature, compiling the list of formations and the discussion of the Interior Region. All had been done by experts in the special formations and the reports embodied original as well as compiled research. In 1892, as Harris wrote in 1919," curtailment in the affairs of the federal survey necessitated employment elsewhere of the younger mem- bers of that organization. Through the recommendation of C. D. Wal- cott, then Chief Paleontologist, later secretary of the Smithsonian Institu- tion, Harris obtained appointment as Tertiary paleontologist to the Geological Survey of Texas during 1892 and 1893 under E. T. Dumble, State Geologist. Many Texas Tertiary fossils had been obtained and de- posited in the Museum at Austin, Texas. With the exception of mol- luscan species described by Heilprin and Gabb, the greater number remained unstudied. Harris spent the major portion of his time examin- ing the Texas material, comparing with types in Washington, D. C., and Philadelphia, and collecting en route at the classic localities of Claiborne Bluff, Black Bluff and Midway in Alabama, Vicksburg and Jackson in Mississippi. The result was a monograph of about 400 pages and 34 plates. The illustrations had been done by that master artist Dr. J. C. McConnell and a few by Harris. Lack of funds at the time prevented the publication of the manuscript. Descriptions of the new species, with a brief statement as to the Eocene stages in Texas, were published in 1895 in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil- adelphia. Stratigraphic points were included in an article by Dumble in the Journal of Geology (vol. 2, 1894, p. 549). Kennedy,!? in a 10 U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 84, 349 pp. 3 pls., 1892. 11 Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol VI, No 31, p. 3, 1919. 12 Kennedy, Wm.: The Eocene Tertiary of Texas east of the Brazos River, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., pp. 89-160, 1895. 9 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 9 detailed stratigraphic paper on the Eocene Tertiary east of the Brazos River, gave the lists of Harris's fossil determinations from the unpub- lished manuscript, including those which were later published and nomina nuda. The printing of the latter was an example of poor practice for it allowed names with no status to be inserted into literature, a procedure which always causes confusion. An outline of what the Texas monograph consisted was published in Bulletins of American Paleontology, volume 1, Number 3, 1895, with an indication as to what portions had been printed. The Bulletin was on the ““Neocene Mollusca of Texas or Fossils from the Deep Well at Galveston’’, and was a condensation of Part 3 of the original manuscript. It contained notes on the fossils from the Galveston well including about 20 new names. Up to that date ‘‘no other marine Neocene fossils’’ were “known from the Gulf west of Mississippi”. Just previous (1891) to Harris's association with the Geological Survey of Texas, a deep well (3070 ft.) had been bored at Galveston, Texas. J. A. Singley, delegated by Dumble, had carefully obtained samples, fossils and information from the boring. Harris examined the fossils and reported on them in the Fourth Annual Report for 1892, of the Geological Survey of Texas, 1893, as well as with Dumble in American Journal of Science, volume XLVI, 1893. The significance and possibilities of what deep boring would reveal in subsurface geology was appreciated by Dumble and Harris in 1893. Dumble wrote, ‘The results of the investigation add a most important chapter to our knowledge of the history of the formation of the Gulf coast, and furnish a section for reference and comparison which could have been obtained in no other way.” (1893, zbid, p. 41.) Harris reiterated the same thoughts when in his Presidential address to the Paleontological Society of America December 30, 1936 (Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 48, 1937) he stated, “I always feel that the sink- ing of the Galveston deep-water well in 1890 was of great moment in our coastal Tertiary studies. The method of rotary drilling had now shown its capability of penetrating soft beds to a depth of 3000 feet, at least, and by proper attention in collecting samples, could give a trustworthy record of the whole depth. Again, by this method of deep drilling the great thickness of our Gulf Coast Tertiary was demon- strated.” In the winter term of 1926-27, Professor Harris returned to Texas as Visiting Professor of Paleontological Geology in the graduate school of the University of Texas, and as a colleague of a former student of his, Professor Francis L. Whitney of the Geology Department. 10 Bulletin 146 10 While working at the Smithsonian, Harris realized the handicap to serious Tertiary students caused by the lack of copies of original fundamental paleontologic works of the American Tertiary authors such as Conrad, Lea and Gabb. He wrote in 1893, “He who would become versed in the marine Tertiary geology and paleontology of this country must first of all have a thorough understanding of Conrad’s FossIL SHELLS OF THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF NorTH AMERICA: it marks the beginning of systematic research into this period of our continent's history.” To remedy such a serious lack, Harris compiled careful statistics from the existing copies of Conrad’s edition as to original typography and exact dates of publication of the separate numbers of the ‘‘Fossil Shells’. In 1893 he republished 225 copies of the text and 200 copies of the plates of that important work. It was this reprint which made the descriptions and figures of Conrad’s Eocene fossils available to the students of the twentieth century, and linked Harris's name with that of the Nestor of American Tertiary fossils. It was truly appropriate for H. E. Wheeler in 1935,'* when writing his historic account of Conrad, to dedicate the book to Gilbert Harris and to include his portrait. The same engraving is used as the frontispiece to this memorial. The success of that republication venture and the satisfaction de- rived from the project, stimulated Harris to found the paleontological series, Bulletins of American Paleontology. In that series he initiated the policy of reprinting a few rare and needed paleontological papers. As a result, the papers of Thomas Say (1819-1825) in 1896, of Robert John Lechmere Guppy (1865-1913) in 1921 and in 192914 Conrad's Jackson Eocene fossils (1854) were republished. Prior to 1895, Harris spent time in James D. Dana's office in New Haven, Connecticut, writing the “Marine Tertiary” for the Fourth Edition of Dana’s “Manual of Geology”. A number of the illustrations of Tertiary Mollusca were beautifully executed drawings of his own. He was the last, with the exception of T. W. Stanton (now 93) of the collaborators with Dana on that classic. After his return to Washington, D. C., from work on the Texas Geological Survey, and while working on his own fossils in the Smith- sonian, he was approached by Jacob Gould Schurman, President of 13 Wheeler, H. E.: Timothy Abbott Conrad, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. X XIII, INfos, W/7/;, Sil py, P7/ fala, UG 14 Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 5, 1896 (Say); vol. VIII, No. 35, 1921 (Guppy); vol. XXIV, No. 86, 1939 (Conrad). 11 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 11 Cornell University, with a view to Harris joining the faculty of that institution. In 1894 he went as Assistant Professor of paleontology and stratigraphic geology. He became Professor in 1909 and after 41 years of teaching there, retired as Emeritus on October 2, 1934, on his 70th birthday. Before beginning his teaching Harris went to France and England to familiarize himself with and make collections from the type Eocene localities of those regions. As a result of friendship with the French paleontologists and geologists, he was elected to membership in the Société Géologique de France. His teaching thereafter was savored with the influence of that contact and he frequently proposed his inter- ested students as members to the French geological society. The need for a means of the publication of paleontological papers in 1895 was acute. The study of the southern Tertiaries was a fertile field for the delineation of new forms. Following the original work of T. A. Conrad (1832-1860) 1° and the Leas, I. and H. C. (1833, 1848), T. H. Aldrich (1885-1932) and O. Meyer (1884-1887) carried the torch in behalf of the molluscan fossils of Alabama and Mississippi. Wm. Gabb (1860), A. Heilprin (1891), and Harris (1895) pioneered in Texas. W.H. Dall was writing his monumental Tertiary work in the Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science (1890-1903), a comprehensive series of monographs presenting a galaxy of forms from the Pacific Coast through the West Indies. Dall particularly specialized in the later Tertiaries so that the wealth of new forms in the light of more refined stratigraphic observations of the Mississippi Embayment area was untouched. This was true in spite of the elaborate monograph (316 pp., 46 pls., quarto) of A. de Gregorio (1890) in Palermo of the fossils from a barrel of the Gosport sand or of the lesser tome of M. Cossmann (1893, 51 pp., 2 pls.) in Paris, on the fossils from the same formation. Harris, in 1895, was fresh from studies in the Eocene of the Paris and London basins. Because of accumulative experiences, he was the recognized authority on the Eocene of the eastern and southern states, and he had a wealth of new field and fossil data to present to the paleon- tological world. He had spent the time and labor of preparing one large manuscript. This was lost, as far as total publication was concerned, because of lack of funds, and he had made a success of one printing venture. These were the conditions which spurred him to strike out on a private enterprise of publishing the series which he titled Bulletins of American Paleontology. They were first printed on his own platen press in the Geology Department, McGraw Hall, at Cornell University. The 15 Dates following the names refer to publications. 12 Bulletin 146 ih. first number was appropriately written by himself on ‘Claiborne Fossils.” The second number by T. H. Aldrich on ‘‘New or Little Known Tertiary Mollusca from Alabama and Texas’’ was equally suitable. Aldrich continued to publish at intervals in the Bulletins until 1921. Although the two authorities on the southern Eocene, Harris and Aldrich, carried on correspondence to their mutual help and interest, they never met. In 1919, Harris dedicated his treatise of the ‘‘Pelecypoda of the St. Maurice and Claiborne Stages” to his long-time friend and scientific colleague, ‘Hon. Truman H. Aldrich, who has continuously maintained that true Conradian love for our Eocene Mollusca from the last days of that forgetful dreamer on into the Twentieth Century this work is most respectfully dedicated—”. The word “affectionately” might well have been added. The first two numbers of the Bulletins were published under the auspices of Harris and Stoneman. The following numbers were by Harris Company until, in 1932, volume XX bore the emblem of the Paleontological Research Institution. Though Harris, as before, con- tinued the printing of the papers on his own presses, he conveyed in 1932 the ownership of his publications to his newly founded organ- ization. In August, 1895 Harris rearranged and catalogued the Isaac Lea Tertiary {marine } Collection at the Academy of Natural Sciences. Due to the controversy over the priority of names of Conrad and Lea of Claiborne species this provided important information as to the original material available in connection with those names. Edward M. Kindle, young geologist from Indiana, received his Master's degree in 1896 after studying, during the second year of Harris’s teaching at Cornell, the relation of the Ithaca group to the faunas of the Portage and Chemung Devonian. This work, based on exhaustive collections carefully tabulated in the sections of the Ithaca group, was published by “the Professor”’ in the still infant series of the Bulletins of American Paleontology (No. 6, vol. I, 1896). This paper marked the beginning of the practice by Professor Harris of printing these and other original papers of his students. Such ready publication made it possible for them to secure an early place on the roster of original investigators and gained for their publisher their lasting loyalty and cooperation. With financial help from the Trustees of Cornell University in 1895 and in 1896, Harris and W. S. Hubbard were able to further in- vestigate Eocene sections, including collections of fossils, from western Tennessee to western Georgia. This material, together with collections 13 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 13 made before and after, made possible the development of Harris's plan for thoroughly illustrating the fossils of the southern Tertiary from the Paleocene (Midway), group by group, from older to younger horizons. This project was one of the major contributions he made to the science of paleontology. The first of the monographs, ‘‘Midway Stage,’ illus- trated by skilled drawings of 15 plates from his own pen, (Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 4, 165 pp., 17 pls., 1896) was a factor in breaking the ground for a clearer understanding of the true relation of the Midway and the Cretaceous. Besides noting the unconformity between the Cretaceous and the overlying Eocene | Paleocene } east of the Mississippi, the conclusions reached in the Midway monograph were summed up by Harris to H. S. Williams (Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. CLII, 4th ser., vol. II, p. 86): “All of Gabb & Safford’s ‘Ripley Cretaceous’ fossils from Harde- man Co., Tenn., are Eocene. “The uppermost 100 ft. of Smith & Johnson's ‘Cretaceous’ section at Prairie Bluff is Eocene, as proven by an abundant and typical Eocene fauna. “The beds at and to the south of Palmer’s mill, Wilcox Co., Ala., referred to the ‘Cretaceous’ by Smith & Johnson (Bull. 43, U.S.G.S.) are all Eocene. Here, as on the Alabama River, they have their contact line 100 or more feet too high. “Enclimatoceras ulrichi, instead of being confined to one calcareous bed, a few feet in thickness, is now known to occur in every important bed of the Midway stage in western Alabama, from the contact (Cret.- Eoc.) below to and including the Matthews landing horizon. “The Chattahoochee River Midway limestones are the represen- tatives of the whole Midway stage to the west, and are not the outgrowth of an insignificant rock in western Alabama.” The same general aim of completeness of description and illus- tration of the “Lignitic’’ lower Eocene (Wilcox [Sabine}) stratigraphy and paleontology was carried out in two Bulletins on that stage (vol. I, No. 9, 1897 and vol. III, No. 11, 1899). The illustrations of the fossils were drawn by Harris. Extra teaching activities, field investigations with the Louisiana Geological Survey, and services in regard to publication of his paleon- tological series delayed the research and writing of the molluscan fauna of the mid-Eocene lower Claiborne and Gosport sand stages of the planned project until 1919. The “Pelecypoda of the St. Maurice and 14 Bulletin 146 i4 Claiborne Stages,’’ was published (Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VI) with only brief statement of the stages of the Gulf Eocene but with 59 plates of illustrations of the fossil Mollusca. The nomenclature of the species was not revised nor generic determinations differentiated in the light of modern or biologic usage, but he did depart from pen and ink sketches of fossils to photographic illustrations which are better, as he pointed out, to depict the real character of the specimens. Increased activities other than his favorite research on the southern Eocene fossils further retarded his study and illustration of the mid- Eocene gastropods. Harris in 1925 asked the present writer to take over the project which he saw he would not have time to do. That investi- gation was carried on and published as number 32 of Bulletins of Amer- ican Paleontology.!® The work on the upper Eocene (Jackson) Mollusca was a joint project by Harris and Palmer. The study was based on material collected by Harris and A. C. Veatch on early expeditions to the various localities in Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama, collections made by Harris, R. H. Flower, and K. V. W. Palmer in 1935, and by Harris and the Palmers (K. V. W. & E. L.) from Arkansas through Mississippi area to North Carolina in 1938 under the auspices of a Geological Society of America grant from the Penrose Fund, and by Harris alone in 1940. The combined work was published as Number 117, Bulletins of American Paleontology. The investigations were con- tinued by those authors on the mollusks from the Ocala limestone, Jackson Eocene, of Florida. Part of the material was obtained during an extended collecting trip in 1946. The last paper which Harris published (1951) consisted of notes on Ocala bivalves. In 1898 until 1909 in addition to teaching at Cornell, Professor Harris served as geologist-in-charge to the Geological Survey of Louis- iana. By teaching in summer he was able to spend part of the winter period, mid-December to late March, in Louisiana, the remainder of the year at Cornell working up the reports for the survey. Arthur C. Veatch, able and enthusiastic student of Harris, was assistant on the Louisiana Geological Survey, as well as instructor at Cornell. In 1898, Veatch spent the greater portion of the year in Louisiana. Their com- bined work formed the ‘Preliminary Report on The Geology of Louts- iana’’ (1899). Besides the maps and discussion of general geology, the publication included special articles among which were a detailed report on the “Five Islands” by Veatch, the illustrated “Cretaceous and Lower 16 Palmer, K. V. W. The Claibornian Scaphopoda, Gastropoda and dibranchiate Cephalopoda of the southern United States. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VII, No. 32, 730 pp., 90 pls. 15 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 15 Eocene Faunas of Louisiana” by Harris and “The Establishment of Meridian Lines” by Harris. It was in the report of 1899 that Harris and Veatch first disproved the so-called Cretaceous ‘backbone of Louis- tana” (p. 62) and asserted the existence of dome structure in the state. In 1902 ‘The Report of the Geology of Louisiana’’ was the com- bined labor of Harris and his assistants A. C. Veatch and J. A. A. Pacheco during 1900, 1901 and 1902. About three months of each year were spent in Louisiana. Besides the fundamental papers and maps on the “Geology of the Mississipp1 Embayment’’ by Harris and ‘‘Salines of North Louisiana” by Veatch, the report contained the geology of those classic traverses by Veatch of the Sabine and Ouachita rivers. Capt. A. F. Lucas’s gusher at Spindle Top, Texas, on January 10, 1901, with its 3,593,113 barrels of oil, startled the petroleum world and as Harris (1908, p. 63) commented, it was the “Commencement of our education, regarding a new type of geological phenomena . . origin and method of development of dome structure”. The impetus which this new development gave to geological work in the Louisiana-Texas area stimulated his writing of the Bulletin of the Geological Survey of Louts- tana on ‘Rock Salt’’ assisted by Carlotta J. Maury and Leopold Reinecke. This and his work in cooperation with the United States Geological Survey which was published as Bulletin 429 of that organization, were pronounced in 1926 (DeGolyer; Spooner) the most comprehensive reports on salt domes. His theory of salt domes at one time was widely accepted. In 1902 A. C. Veatch joined the United States Geological Survey, to prepare a report on the geology and underground water resources of Louisiana (Prof. Paper 46). Pacheco remained the able field man. L. Reinecke and F. L. Whitney, both students of Prof. Harris, became assistants on the Survey. John L. Rich, E. B. Hopkins, and students from Louisiana State University were part of the field investigators. In the late fall and early winter of 1908, Irving Perrine and Walter Hopper worked with Harris in the field on the oil and gas report (1909), the data of which were also incorporated in Bulletin 429 (U.S.G.S.) on oil and gas in Louisiana. The definition by Harris in 1907 (1908) and 1910 of the Sabine Uplift of northwestern Louisiana and northeastern Texas revealed one of the major structural factors of the southern coastal plain. Besides the topographic and geologic mapping and the paleon- tologic studies combined in the work of the Geological Survey of Louisi- ana, special attention was paid to various phases of precise measurements as primal factors in structural deductions. His establishment, with the 16 Bulletin 146 16 cooperation of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, of magnetic stations, meridian lines, self-recording tide gage and bench marks repre- sents pioneer work and far-sighted planning as to the basic needs in the accumulation of geologic facts. His reports of 1905 (Bulletins 2 and 3) of the Louisiana Geological Survey contained the description of the method, stations and results of terrestrial magnetism and meridian line work and the same for his tide gage labor. While he and his assistants were making a reputation by their pioneer geologic mapping, stratigraphic and paleontologic endeavors in Louisiana, Harris at this period was training students in field geology in the summer. His methods left with the participants a lasting 1m- pression of the superior benefits of such contacts over mere text-book teaching and aroused their admiration and loyalty for the teacher who inspired the work. To expedite the problem of travel so that he could take his students far afield to observe geological features first hand, Professor Harris purchased, at intervals during the pre-automobile period, four gasoline launches. By their means, he conveyed summer students via the Erie Canal (1899-1909) to the Helderbergs and Lake Champlain, in 1914- 1915 to Chesapeake Bay area, and up until 1920 historical geology classes on Cayuga Lake. Harris and students on the lanthina, Cayuga Lake Ca. 1900 7 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer L7 In 1899, five students, including H. F. Cleland and J. A. A. Pacheco composed the first geological excursion with Harris to eastern New York via the Erie Canal, in the launch “Tanthina’’. The following year fifteen members of the Cornell Summer School of Field Geology under his direction were transported by means of the “Ianthina’’ and a second, faster boat, the ““Orthoceras” via the Erie Canal to the region of Trenton Falls, Little Falls, and the Helderberg Mountains. Among the group were H. F. Cleland, P. E. Raymond, A. C. Veatch, J. A. A. Pacheco, and L. B. Sage. Veatch and Cleland were assistants. The following year Cleland, Veatch, Raymond and Miss Sage instructed in the work. That year, with headquarters in the Helderbergs, there were 27 students, five of whom had been present the previous year. Fourteen of the group were women. The period was divided into two sections so that while one group worked in the Helderberg Mountains, the others made ex- cursions to the Lake Champlain region, Becraft Mountain, and Trenton Falls. They camped in tents or slept on the boats, they cooperated in the campkeeping and shared the work of geologizing with the fun of the campfire and comradery. From the mapping and the fossil collecting four original papers were published in Bulletins of American Paleon- tology. Two were by Cleland on the “Calciferous’” (Beekmantown) formation of the Mohawk Valley (Bulls. 13 and 18) and two by Ray- mond, one on the ‘Crown Point Section” (Bull. 13) and one on faunas from the Trenton limestone (Bull. 17). The summer geological camp in the Helderbergs in 1904 included J. L. Rich, F. L. Whitney, L. Reinicke, and J. A. A. Pacheco who accom- panied the Professor on his boat from Ithaca. Particular attention at this time was paid to the study of the Silurian-Devonian contact from the Helderberg Mountains to Cayuga Lake. Harris and the same four assistants continued the geologic work in the vicinity of Union Springs, Cayuga Lake, which death had prevented C. A. Tracy from completing. As a result of this research ‘The Helderberg Invasion of the Manlius” was published in Bulletins of American Paleontology (vol. IV, No. 19, 1904) and “Guide to the Geology of Union Springs”. The latter was the third and last number of an ‘Elementary Natural History Series” published by Professor Harris. Although Harris’s major interest was not in the stratigraphy and paleontology of the Paleozoic rocks, he ever emphasized the ideal geo- logic setting of Cornell University, as well as that of the fine exposures and sequence of the Paleozoics in New York State, for teaching earth history. He was particularly anxious that some one of his students would carry on the investigation of the Mississippian-Devonian relationships of 18 Bulletin 146 18 northeastern Pennsylvania and southwestern New York. His wish was fulfilled in the interest and energetic studies which Kenneth E. Caster carried on producing important contributions to a complicated stratt- graphic problem and to the paleontologic studies (Bull. Amer. Paleont., Nos. 58, 71, and 75 {with Flower }). By 1914-1915 Professor Harris had built at Ithaca a cabin launch, the ‘‘Ecphora”’. This was the boat which carried students to the Chesa- peake region, and until 1920, took the Cornell students in historic geology to the fossiliferous Devonian outcrops on the shores of Cayuga Lake. In 1920 Harris went to Trinidad on oil geology consultation. In 1924 he made a trip to Venezuela in the same capacity and continued as consultant until the thirties. Not only did he make large personal col- lections of fossils in Trinidad and Venezuela, but he promoted his students into geologic work in South America and the Caribbean region. There resulted a long series of paleontologic and stratigraphic publica- tions in the Bulletins of American Paleontology and Palaeontographica Americana by Harris, C. J. Maury, Floyd and Helen Hodson, A. A. Olsson, N. E. Weisbord, R. A. Liddle, W. S. Cole, J. W. Wells, and K. V. W. Palmer. His last foreign trip in the summer of 1928 was to north Germany as geologic adviser. To provide a fire-proof building for the large and increasing col- lection of fossil invertebrate types, publication stock, and library and to insure the perpetuation of the two paleontological series he was foster- ing, Harris founded in 1932, the Paleontological Research Institution. This organization was chartered by the State of New York and governed by an elected Board of Trustees. To launch such an enterprise he trans- ferred to the Institution land from his home lot, a building, collections, library, equipment, stock of publications and printing equipment. After retirement from teaching duties in 1934, his interest was dominated by the development of this institution. His time was divided between activities there and the surveying and real estate matters pertaining to his old home and his wife’s family farm in Chautauqua County. He continued to operate his presses and in 1949, in his 85th year, had printed through No. 134 of the Bulletins of American Paleontology. His failing eyesight was an increasing handicap but until his last illness he spent long hours in photographing and compiling data on his favor- ite family of gastropods, the Turridae. He saw the housing of the research and publishing organization which he founded grow from that 19 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 19 of a two-story, three-room depository, the “Cabina,’’ to a building en- larged by two additions of three-story units to house the presses, photo- graphic equipment, research rooms and storage space. Photo E. L. Palmer Paleontological Research Institution — 1953 Harris was a member of Phi Beta Kappa, Sigma Xi, Sigma Gamma Epsilon, Société Géologique de France, the Société Géologique Suisse, American Association for the Advancement of Science, a Fellow of the Geological Society of America and of the Paleontological Society of America, an Honorary member of the American Association of Petro- leum Geologists, and Corresponding member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. He was President of the Paleontological Society of America in 1936 and Vice--President of the Geological Society of America in 1937. He served as Life Trustee, Treasurer, 1932-1951, and Director, 1950-51, of the Paleontological Research Institution. One of the graduate fellowships given by Cornell University is named in his honor (1953). Professor Harris is survived by his daughter, Rebecca Stoneman Harris, who resides at the home. She is a Life Trustee and Secretary- Treasurer of the Paleontological Research Institution. Gilbert Dennison Harris was a tireless worker mentally and physi- cally. He was interested in politics and world affairs, but his alert mind was chiefly concerned in developing geologic science, particularly paleon- tology. His predominant scientific activities and interests were balanced 20 Bulletin 146 20 with a wholesome sense of humor. He continually thought to provide opportunities for his students’ training. Although much thought and effort were given to the preparing of his lectures, they were not clearly or appealingly delivered. But those students who were in direct contact, either in the field or laboratory, with his stimulating influence and train- ing, responded with a lasting loyalty, confidence and the inspiration to carry on. Each remembers some anecdote which illustrated his genial, whimsical and helpful nature. He was determined but kind. He had no interest for the indifferent student but for those who were capable and energetic, he provided opportunity and stimulation to encourage their interest in geological subjects. To honor Gilbert Dennison Harris for his basic efforts of original field studies and research, for his training of students who have also contributed to geologic investigations, for the establishment of the series of fundamental paleontological literature and for the founding of an institution for the preservation and dissemination of paleontological material, this thirty-fifth volume of the Bulletins of American Paleon- tology is dedicated to his memory by the members of the Paleontological Research Institution, who to this memorial affectionately subscribe. Katherine V. W. Palmer Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York September 15, 1953. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1893. 1894. 1895. 1896. 1897. 1897. 1901. G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 21 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS The genus Terebellum in American Tertiaries, Amer. Geol., vol. 5, p. 315. The Fayetteville-Huntsville section, Arkansas Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1888, vol. 4, pp. 149-154. Notes on the geology of southwestern New York. Amer. Geol., vol. 7, March, pp. 164-178, 3 pls. On the confounding of Nassa trivittata Say and Nassa peralta (Con. sp.) Amer. Geol., vol. 8, Sept., pp. 174-176. Correlation papers; Neocene. U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 84, 349 pp., 43 figs. 3 maps. With William Healey Dall. Correlation of Tejon deposits with Eocene stages of the gulf slope. Science WOlNI22= py 977. The Tertiary geology of Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XLV, Jan., pp. 21-31,map. Remarks on Dall’s collection {collation} of Conrad’s works. Amer. Geol., vol. XI, April, pp. 279-280. Republication of Conrad's Fossil Shells of the Tertiary formations of North America. Washington, D. C., April, 121 pp., 20 pls. The Galveston deep well. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XLVI, July, pp. 39-42. With E. T. Dumble. Preliminary report on the organic remains obtained from the deep well at Galveston together with conclusions respecting the age of the various formations penetrated. Geol. Surv., Texas, 4th Ann. Rept., 1892, (1893, June published), pp. 117-119. On the geological position of the Eocene deposits of Maryland and Vir- ginia. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XLVII, April, pp. 301-304, figs. The Tertiary geology of southern Arkansas. Ann. Rept. Geol. Surv. Arkan- sas for 1892, vol. II, 207 pp., 7 pls. New and otherwise interesting Tertiary Mollusca from Texas. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 47, pp. 45-88, pls. I-IX. Manual of geology, by James D. Dana, 4th ed. Part on marine Tertiary. Clatborne fossils. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 1, May, 52 pp., Ipl. Neocene Mollusca of Texas or fossils from the deep well at Galveston. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 3, Dec., 32 pp. 4 pls. The Midway stage. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 4, June, 156 pp., 15 pls. New and interesting Eocene Mollusca from the Gulf states. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 48, Sept., pp. 470-482, pls. X VIII-X XIII. A reprint of the paleontological writings of Thomas Say, with ai introduc- tion by G. D. Harris. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 5, Dec., 84 pp., 7 pls. with app. The Lignitic stage; Part I. Stratigraphy and Paleontology (Pelecypoda). Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. II, No. 9, June, 102 pp., 14 pls. The Lignitic stage: Part Il. Scaphopoda, Gastropoda, Pteropoda and Cephalopoda. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. III, No. 11, May, 128 pp., 12 pls. Key to the Upper Devonian of southern New York. Elementary Nat. Hist. Ser., No. 2, I-IV, 26 pp., 13 pls., Harris Co., Ithaca, N. Y. The Natchitoches area. Louisiana St. Exp. Sta., pt. V, pp. 289-310, il. A Preliminary Report on the Geology of Louisiana. By G. D. Harris and A. C. Veatch, Louisiana Geology and Agriculture, pt. V, 354 pp., 62 pls. Oil in Texas. Science, n. s., vol. 13, pp. 666-667. i) ie) 1902. 1904. 1905. 1907. 1908. 1909. 1910. UO Te2e Wey. 1914. 1915. Bulletin 146 22 A report on the geology of Loutsiana. By G. D. Harris, A. C. Veatch and J. A. A. Pacheco consisting of 8 special papers bound together, Louisiana Geology and Agriculture, pt. VI, 288 pp., 44 pls., 27 text figs. Eocene outcrops in Georgia. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. IV, No. 16, 7 pp. Notes on elementary geologic mensuration. 61 pp. Harris Co., Ithaca, N.Y. The Helderberg invasion of the Manilus. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol IV, No. 19, 27 pp., 9 pls. Underground waters of southern Louisiana. U. S. Geol. Suryv., Water Supply Pap., No. 101, 98 pp., map. Guide to the geology of Union Springs. Elementary Nat. Hist. Ser., No. 3, 16 pp., 15 pls. Harris Co., Ithaca, N. Y. A report on the underground waters of Louisiana. By G. D. Harris, A. C. Veatch, and others, Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 1, 164 pp., 10 pls. A report on terrestrial magnetism and meridian line work in Louisiana. By G_ D. Harris and others, Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 2, 62 pp., 6 pls. A report on the establishment of tide gage work in Louisiana. Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 3., 28 pp., 7 pls., 3 text figs. Report of 1905. By G. D. Harris, A. C. Veatch and others. Geol. Surv. Louisiana, 1907, Nos. 1-4, 514 pp., 50 pls., 35 text figs. Notes on the geology of Winnfield Sheet. Geol. Surv. Louisiana, 1907, No. 5, 26 pp., 9 pls., 5 text figs. Cartography of southwestern Louisiana with special reference to the Jennings sheet. Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 6, 24 pp., map. Rock salt. Its origin, geological occurrences and economic importance in the State of Louisiana together with brief notes and references to all known salt deposits and industries of the world. By G. D. Harris and others, Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 7, 259 pp., 48 pls., 21 text figs. The salt domes of Loutsiana and Texas. Abst., Science, n. s., vol. 27, pp. 347-348. Note on the “Lafayette” beds of Louisiana. Science, n. s., vol. 27, p. 351. Salt in Louisiana, with special reference to its geologic occurrence. Geol. Surv. Louisiana, Bull. No. 7, pp. 5-59. Domes, or, structural peculiarities of the salt-bearing localities of Louis- jana and southeast Texas. Geol. Surv. Louisianna, Bull. No. 7, pp. 59-83. The geological occurrence of rock salt in Loutsiana and east Texas. Economic Geol., vol. 4, pp. 12-34, map. Magnetic rocks (peridotite eruptives about Murfreesboro, Ark.) Science, n. s., vol. 29, p. 384. Oil and gas in northwestern Louisiana with special reference to the Cadoo field. Geol. Sury. Louisiana, Bull. No. 8, 52 pp. With I. Perrine and W. E. Hopper. Oil and gas in Louisiana with a brief summary of their occurrence in adjacent states. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 429, 192 pp. The lower Tertiaries of Louisiana. Science, n. s., vol. 35, pp. 502. Oil concentration about salt domes. Science, n. s., vol. 35, pp. 546-547. Dome theories as applied to gulf coast geology. Science, n. s., vol. 36, pp. 173-174. Immense salt concretions. Popular Sci. Monthly, vol. 82, pp. 187-191. Geologic Mensuration. 2d ed., 70 pp., 1 pl., 31 text figs., 12 tab. Harris Co., Ithaca, N. Y. Discussion in “The origin of the Louisiana and east Texas salines’’, by E. G. Norton. Am. I. M. Eng., Bull. 97, pp. 93-102; Bull. No. 101, Pp» 120-1122 liranss NOs 1s) 5 02-513) ho we 1916. 1917. 1918. 1919. 1920. 1921. UBM 1932. N73) 1934. 1934. NBT 1940. 1943. 1947. EO Bile G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer N wo Horizon of the Shark River (N. J.) Eocene deposits. Science, n. s., vol. 43, No. 1111, April, pp. 532-534. Review of C. W. Cooke's "The Age of the Ocala limestone’. Science fie S:, Vol. 43; p. 72. Review of “An introduction to Historical geology with special reference to North America’, by Wm. J. Miller, Science, n. s., vol. 45, No. 1157, March, pp. 218-220. Age flow and ebb of the Eocene seas. Science, n. s., vol. 48, No. 1252, Dec., pp. 646-647. New or otherwise interesting Mollusca species from the East Coast of America. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VIII, No. 33, March, 32 pp., 3 pls. With Katherine Van Winkle. Pelecypoda of the St. Maurice and Claiborne stages. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VI, No. 31, June, 268 pp., 59 pls. The genera Lutetia and Alveinus, especially as developed in America. Palaeontographica Americana, vol. I, No. 2, 14 pp., 1 pl. A reprint of the more inaccessible paleontological writings of Robert John Lechmere Guppy. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VIII, No. 35, March, 108 pp., 10 pls. The rudistids of Trinidad. Palaeontographica Americana, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 119-162, pls. 18-28. With Floyd Hodson. The geology of the island of Trinidad, B. W.1., by Gerald A. Waring with notes on the paleontology by G. D. Harris, Johns Hopkins Univ., Studies Geol., No. 7, pp. 87-112, pls. XVII-XX (Harris part). An Oligocene rudistid from Trinidad. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XVI, No. 61, Nov., 9 pp., 2 pls. With Floyd Hodson. Suggestions in stratigraphic nomenclature. Science, n. s., vol. 76, No. 1978, Nov., p. 489. Memorial of Adam Capen Gill (1863-1932); Geol. Soc. America, Bull. vol. 44, pt. 2, pp. 325-328. A paleontological research institution at Ithaca, N. Y. Science, n. s., vol. 79, No. 2052, pp. 380, 381. A low-price station indicator. Science, n. s., vol. 80, No. 2063, p. 38. Our first century of Cenozoic invertebrate paleontology. Address as retir- ing Pres. Pal. Soc. America, Geol. Soc. America, Bull., vol. 48, pp. 443-462. Turrid illustrations; mainly Claibornian. Palaeontographica Americana, Vol. II, No. 7, May, 144 pp., 14 pls. The name Clatborne in geologic literature. Science, n. s., vol. 92, No. 2386 Sept., pp. 257-258. The Rio Cachira Section in the Sierra de Perija, Venezuela. Pt. II. Brach- topoda and Mollusca. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XX VII, No. 108, April, pp. 55-82, pls. 4-9. [With R. A. Liddle and J. W. Wells] The Mollusca of the Jackson Eocene of the Mississippi Embayment (Sabine) River to Alabama River. Pt. 1, 1946, Pt. II, 1947, 563 pp., 65 pls. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XXX, No. 117. With Katherine V. W. Palmer. Preliminary notes on Ocala bivalves. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XX XIII, No. 138, 54 pp., 13 pls. Volume 1. IL, 108 ANOS. “7B eNO) a Kano - Di OL DISs. "so :5 Potea min sub-bieiay ticks * cna Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera. LNORS | Cotas ee ADL iby SO PRN. cerca iy uc ewe kK sa Sable es Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Conrad. CNOR “OUSSay oS Oe. DP pit DISS Nae nbs son etre he's min oe els Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 68-34B).- 30G: pps 80 “pISas ow! sa iy og bas otees Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Maryland Miocene mollusks. (Nos. 95-100). 420 pp., 58 pls. Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador. Gos: -101=108) .2-376--pp.,.- d6=- Diss SS ines Wali tre Tertiary _ Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela. (Nos. 109-114). 412 pp., 54 pls. Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. Noes. FI5-116) 3-738. pp.,-52 “DISS. usec wae heen oe Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. (No. 117). 563 pp., 65 pls. Jackson Eocene mollusks. (Wos, “218 =128 )y=458 =p QTASPISS ss. Sida a cee cons See Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. (Nos 129-135) s< "294 pp 39 PIS se. aor oo ce RS a hte Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. (Nos. 134-139). 448 pp., 51 pls. Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, stratigraphy and paleontology. (Nos. 140-144; 145 in press). Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography. (Nos. 146-149 in press). Memorial to G. D. Harris, camerinid and Georgia Paleocene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics. ee ee ie a) ec D Ecuadoran PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA (Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids, (Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 pls. Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida. (Nos. 13-25). Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia. ee 8.00 10.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 10.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Volume 1. (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. TE .GNos346-10)5),: 34%, Pp 237 Disah er acaek en ce oepiee So eehere $15.00 Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. Til. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp. 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. EVS\ (Nes.216=21)2 AG pps 26. Nplsn ic is Co eo atone ees 6.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. Vi. (NGS 22230) 487“ ppk 668 Spies: Sees pene cae ees 8.00 Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Meazor and Paleozoic fossils. VESSCING S31) .0268;; Dpist759. DIS: Sie aaa cea nena ial cetera 10.00 Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. : VERS (No,S32) 35-30 Pi 2 99 DISH eee Fa SEA Pas ae cle Seale ae ee 12.00 Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and cephalopods. VEE. (Nos; 233-36) - 357, pp. 1D" DIS ck Dn Rose sie en ce 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. TX. (Nos'37=39):= 462 spp, Sh ApIS. | £50. eas Kreis oer nee ee 8.00 Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. 4 x.) (NOS=C40-42)3"-3825 pp? 54 Diss os eS cing hen oe ee 10.00 Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. XLS» (NOs243"46):. 292: Dass Ale DISK eiisie's « Sa.c teens ok wie ateinn a ere 7.00 Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from ~- “| Venezuela. XI .(Nos.47-48). 3494. pp3U8. pls A wh a a eee 7.00 Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- brate bibliography. SOUL. (Nos-/.49=50) 5. 264 epp.,-40= DISs ie AW incl alee wee deen 6.00 Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. SUVs) Z0Nos.751-54)5s-306) pps 244 pls cco oes < oreo 9.00 Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. XV. s-(Nes, 55-58)7 314 “pp; 80 piss. Sek. Se I 9.00 - Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. KVL > -CNos..259=61). |; 140 (pps? 482 pisi. 3 Sas es eee lee 6.00 Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. XVI. (Nos:)’ 62-63) 5. 283" pps S33} DIS. Gosia eka now oe aie owes cle 7.00 Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. XVHIL |: (Nos. -64=67)..->286:2pp55. 29 piscina eR Rees 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals. SS 3 ONO: 68) e272. pes QE Ise ey UAT sige ek ole ate ene oe oO 9.00 Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. XX. =: CNos.: 69-70C) #5266. pps; 726 pls. ss TNS hers 9.00 Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and ~ Cuba. MOREL 7 ~( NOS: 01-72). S21 pps Ah2 DIS sl eee diese ote eee aus oe reds nel 79.00 Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY VOL. XXXV 1953 Paleontological Research Institution thaca, New Yor U.S.A. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1953 PRESIDEN TON Gs hae cage a aie whose abl tela ool sista hae Sele reiehe eialaterahte KENNETH E. CASTER WACK=PRESIIEN T "e250 k coe e re petler heats Set eos bonkers cane wha aran asate W. Storrs COLE SECRETARY- LREASURER ©.2.5.52.102 5 Sole tails ate Nae Shelecnier ee ats ReBEccCA S. HArris DIRECTOR 8652 The wicd ocr ele Rad ties MoT e SEN Rees KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUNSEL ioe gack ae casio lore eiaca eee Bite No eee rohanetaua ta adie one alles etatesetate ARMAND L. ADAMS Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56) Rousseau H. FLower (1950-55) AxeL A. Otsson (Life) Resecca §, Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEIsBoRD (1951-57) SoLomon C. HOLLISTER (1953-59) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V, W. PALMER, Editor Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary Editorial Board KENNETH E. CASTER G. WInston SINCLAIR Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and III of Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana. Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn Place Ithaca, New York U.S.A. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY EEE Vol. 35 No. 147 CRITERIA FOR THE RECOGNITION OF CERTAIN ASSUMED CAMERINID GENERA By W. Storrs Cole Cornell University December 24, 1953 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York, U. S. A. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 53-281 MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY JAN 25 1954 HARVARD UMIVERSH asi Printed in the United States of America CRITERIA FOR THE RECOGNITION OF CERTAIN ASSUMED CAMERINID GENERA! W. Storrs Cole CorNELL UNIversiTy, ITHACA, N. Y. ABSTRACT The genera Camerina, Miscellanea, Operculina, Operculinoides, and Pella- lispirella are discussed and typical specimens are illustrated. Pellatispirella is recognized as a valid genus and is transferred to the nonionids. Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) is reevaluated and new illustrations are given. INTRODUCTION The classification of the camerinids both at the generic and specific levels is not satisfactory. Recently, Grimsdale and Smout (1947, p. 15) stated that Operculinoides is a synonym of Camerina. Glaessner (1945, p. 175) wrote “Some species of O perculinoides occurring in the Miocene are not easily distinguishable from the latest striate Camerina.”’ Many other citations could be given to demonstrate the uncertainty between the two genera mentioned, as well as many of the other genera assigned to this family. In the study of a camerinid species found in certain wells in Georgia” it was necessary to decide to what genus these specimens should be as- signed. Various authors have placed this species in the genera Miscel- lanea, Rantkothalia, and Nummulites ( Operculinotdes). Moreover, confusion exists in current concepts of many of the species. Several specific names have been assigned to a well-known and thoroughly described Paleocene species which is widely distributed in the Caribbean region. This species has appeared in the literature as Oper- culina bermudezi D. K. Palmer, Pellatispirella antillea Hanzawa, Cam- erina pellatispiroides Barker, Miscellanea antillea (Hanzawa), and Mis. cellanea tobleri Vaughan and Cole. Therefore, several of the most disputed genera are discussed and new information is presented on the species most commonly called Mzis- cellanea antillea (Hanzawa). 'This paper is a partial outgrowth of a general program of studies on the larger Foraminifera for the U. S. Geological Survey. 2This species is described and illustrated in the following Bulletin, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 35, No. 148, 1953. 4 BULLETIN 147 28 KEY-TO GENERA The genera discussed can be separated by means of the following key: A. Spiral sheet with numerous pillar-like structures or pectinations Ee WWitthouti amare imalcOn secces capcac ee. 10 Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen. 2. Operculinoides: willcoxi (Heilprin) (*)........-- 52.05 -ee ee 8, 9, 10 Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen. 3. Operculinoides georgianus Cole and Herrick, nom, nov. ...... 8 Part of a transverse section to show the aperture, structure of the spiral lamina, and marginal cord. 4. Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) ..................... 8 Part of a transverse section of a megalospheric specimen to show the structure of the spiral lamina and the coarse de- velopment of the marginal cord. 5. Operculinoides ocalanus (Cushman) .....................+06- 8, 9, 10 Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen. 6. Operculinoides vicksburgensis Vaughan and Cole ........... 8, 9, 10 Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen. (.'Camerina: fichteli ((Michelottt)) 2. - 2 5-- - ie - - eleneere 7 Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen. 8. Camerina striatoreticulata (L. Rutten) ...................2.05. 7 Part of a transverse section of megalospheric specimen to show the marginal cord and apertural development. 9: Camerina laevigata Bruguietre ... 2... .% 6. sec nee ce a eee U Part of a transverse section of a microspheric individual to show the marginal cord. 105 Camerina, variolaria ((luamarek)) © 205... ee ee eee 7 Part of a transverse section of a microspheric individual to show the marginal cord and apertural development. Fig. 1, of a specimen from the Chipola River, below the wagon bridge, east of Marianna, Florida; 2, of a specimen from 4.5 miles west of Williston, Levy County, Florida; 3, of a specimen from the No. 1 Chehaw Park well, Georgia at a depth of 580-590 feet; 4, of a specimen from the cut on the Carretera Central under the railroad bridge at Central San An- tonio, 2 kilometers west of Madruga, Havana Province, Cuba (Palmer sta. 757) ; 5, same locality as 1; 6, of a specimen from southern Miahua- pam, Vera Cruz, Mexico, collection of E. Gevaerts, No. 269, donated by R. Wright Barker; 7, of a specimen from Muara Djaing on the Tabalong River, southeastern Borneo, donated by the late T. Wayland Vaughan; 8 of a specimen from the core hole SL-84, Gatun Lake area, 3.6 miles north- northwest of Frijoles on the divide between Quebrada Juan Gallegos and Quebrada La Chinilla, Panama Canal Zone; 9, Chaumont, Paris Basin France, donated by the late T. Wayland Vaughan; 10, of a specimen from Bracklesham, Sussex, England, donated by the late G. D. Harris. Figures 1, 3, 4, 6, 8-10, x 40; 2, 5, 7, x 20. ‘7 ti No. 1 PALEONT. AMER. BULL. 22 BULLETIN 147 46 Explanation of Plate 3 (3) Figure Page 1. Operculinoides catenula (Cushman and Jarvis) .............. 13 External view of the holotype introduced for comparison with Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer). 2-12. Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) iGl 2. External view of 4 megalospheric specimens. 3-6. Median sections of megalospheric specimens. 7-9. Transverse sec- tions of megalospheric specimen. 10-11. Transverse sec- tions of microspheric specimens. 12. Median section of a microspheric specimen. 11. Previously figured as fig. 11, pl. 3, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 31, No. 126. Figure 1, of a specimen from a pit at Lizard Springs near Guayagu- ayare, southeastern Trinidad, British West Indies; 2-9, 11, 12, of speci- mens from the cut on the Carretera Central under the railroad bridge at Central San Antonio, 2 kilometers west of Madruga, Havana Province, Cuba (Palmer sta. 757); 10, of a specimen 1 kilometer southwest of Mad- ruga (Palmer sta. 832). Figures 1, 2, x 10; 3-12, x 20. 9 hae We ae Wee if XXVI. XXXII. XXXIIL XXXIV. XXXYV. Volume 1. ONGH. >) CRETE) ODO DD 4 JGL DIRS lanes elveires Wetlalersteare ca bie Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera, Bs Cae (eb LO PS? a 0) 0 Rages 1s TUG) FLD a eG nS Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Conrad. CNR GUHOd hel GOS) DDsc vet | DISis: Mel.tcate aucecan aoe bed ae ote Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca. (NOS. *) 68=048s),4. SUG) DD. SOU DIS. oss ic wheelies aeeeers Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Maryland Miocene mollusks. (Nos. 95-100). 420 pp., 58 pls. Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Eogene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador. MING RUS RUS errs 1 PID = GO DIS Yi yc.0s Reco ethane Melee awe Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela. RIN OS. SOLOO Ris) ot Se OD. bbe) DIS h 2 ee nes abe We ee Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. CNGS Lio LeG)aninisay (Db Oe DIS. secs. ase wre Celene Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. (No. 117). 563 pp., 65 pls. Jackson Eocene mollusks. (NGS. LIS -828) (559458) Dies 20s DIS. 2. cece acdc ke Se kee Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. COS 129-133) 3/294) DD ao 1 DIS. i tale k cahoeeeeie eal rh oes Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. (Nos. 134-139). 448 pp., 51 pls. Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, stratigraphy and paleontology. (Nos. 140-144; 145 in press). Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography, (Nos. 146-149 in press). Memorial to G. D. Harris, camerinid and Georgia Paleocene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics. ee | ee ee ese eee ec esses es eseeeenese ee ? Ecuadoran PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA (Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. (Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 pls. Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida. (Nos. 13-25). Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia. ee 8.00 10.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 10.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Volume 1. (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. Ti | CNos. 6-10) 347 pp), } 282 DIS. NE Gatien cote ta lek anette eee $15.00 Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. Ill. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas, TV: 3! (NOS/> 16-22). 22261L2 pp 26 olsen cya (a) ore eavlonsl salah te eteine 6.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and ‘ faunas. Vi (Nos. 22230). 43872, pps? G82 VDISs: Koso. cits = clots ee ete aten 8.00 Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. VIE (No. SDE 17268 pp 59) DIS sees oiataiaaiece caivetel ot ereiee tie eee 10.00 Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. VERS (NOS 32)6" F380 PDs 99) DIS es a loite’s oleate rela catalase ale enc ean 12.00 Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and cephalopods. VEEL ::(Nos:;-33-36) 6.357: pps 215 Uplse eee A ecient esos areal 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. EX (Nos: = 37-39) 5462" pp: Sd) DIS eee ie ee op oenege) Ue 8.00 Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. Ke MONOS:5 40-42) oF 382s Pp G4: DSi asian ea elare'c cae ree 10.00 Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. XT. (Nos: 43-46) 2" 272 ppl. pistons aiaere oes cdots eras soe 7.00 Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. XCEL. (Nos:47=48) 494. pp.8: DISh 2s wn etiteiilen setae te 7.00 Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- brate bibliography. SOE <5 GNoss49=50) 3 AGS pes 4h DISS osc os pike eas ate Ose we ee 6.00 Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. MV... CNos.151-54) 306. pps) 44 Sls lo ete clstsic a cinco neateee ae OG Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. &V.:, (Nos.- 55-58) 52314) pp. 862 DIS iC tSe since sinteleition sae eee 9.00 Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican ‘Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. VE = (Nos..759-6L) 6140) pp 48 pls: eee ee cae een 6.00 Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. SVE (Noss 62-63) 3) 283 (No. 31) ::268)pp.5: 59) Isis tain ere are aon teie starr 3 cite erie 10.00 Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. WHE -.(N032)32) 2-130) pps 99 DISis cic icrata-ctn crete avcne eras tetedale eile Wie 12.00 Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and cephalopods. VEEL: :(Nos."'33-36) 50357 -pp, 1b. pls. ae ae eae eee area 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. TX: (Nose! 37-39). 462) pps 35) -DISs 7 occ tess vere Ware oars ieee . 8.00 xX. >. 4 Fy XI. xO XIV. : Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. (Nos;.40=42))..\ 382" ppis54- piss se. secs er'e ecce sie eee late eae 10.00 Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos, 43-46). 272) pp.; 41) piss. sokk ols ickic css eietem emiemeae 7.00 Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. (Nos, 47-48) \..,494: pp, 8) DISA oe.ii/. cies etre oe behets lettre ane 7.00 Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- brate bibliography. (Nos:*49250):..- 264) pph) 47 *ipls csc acctrcnsianscleceteeeteaiee 6.00 Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. (Nos.’51=54) 306: pp: 44 “pis.) is ira dee see ee 9.00 Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. KV. ' CNos; (55-58). 314. opp.) 86. pls... Se cnsateroe slerslaetelereveetteiets 9.00 Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. SVE) (Noss<59-61)..)2140° pp. 48 pls oe ok. cretls corals 6.00 Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. XVI. (Nos;, 62-63)..." 283" ‘pps::33)) DIS. eh ies cists ss cee ee 7.00 Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. XVIIE, (Nos. 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls. ...... ccc ee cee ee eee 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals. SUX, UNOS 68) e272) DDD DISS ie sicie ake woiele Site Ge fo iota I 9.00 Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. XX.) (Nos..1,69=70GC);.) 266) pp. 26° piso oe ee See saree 9.00 Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and Cuba. MAS. > (NOS. 71-72). S21 cpp xy L2)- DISi sor cons os ciao okanie ote ie eae 9.00 Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy. BULLETINS AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY VOL? XXXV NUMBER 149 1954 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York U.S. A. MSS. COMP. Z00L. LIBRARY Pk 20 1954 BARVARD BER SITY PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1953-54 PRESIDENTE 214) 6! 0 b0 wv etotovels li pie Wale Ree Ne Bees eee ee le KENNETH E. CASTER WIGE-PRESIDENT = .7' 203 \ oe Slob AUS es we RO coe dade cha W. Storrs COLE SECRETARY- 1 REASURER “UA 2 tile. tee ce ne wba shia p heh Meine ae ReBeccA S. HARRIS DIRECTOR oe gciouss Ska es, 2 adbens sraanietistaevalage iy * sete KATHERINE V. W. PALMER KEGUNSELN (ald 1 eee os ooo toe Le ghee BORN ate, oletc ek aaeea Seo mO ARMAND L. “ADAMS Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. Paumer (Life) W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56) RousseEAu H. FLower (1950-55) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) ReBeccA S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEISBoRD (1951-57) SOLOMON C. HOLLISTER (1953-59) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. Patmer, Editor Lemp! H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary Editorial Board KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be ! had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and. WII of Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana. Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn /Place Ithaca, New York USA. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Vol. 35 No. 149 CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE OF THE BRAZILIAN PALEOZOIC: NO. 1 A. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF THE BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS By Kenneth E. Caster B. NOTES ON SOME BRACHIOPODS FROM THE ITAITUBA FORMA- TION (PENNSYLVANIAN) OF THE TAPAJOS RIVER, BRAZIL By Hugh Dresser March 31, 1954 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York, U.S.A. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-31 Printed in the United States of America Maes. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY APR 20 1954. RARVARD UNIVERSITY Page A. Introductory Survey of the Brazilian Carboniferous, by Kenneth E. OE SSR Tae Rae Re A he es ee tee Oe Ds 2 ee RE ae eee 5 B. Notes on Some Brachiopods from the Itaituba Formation (Pennsyl- vanian) of the Tapajos River, Brazil, by Hugh Dresser ..................- 15 JEN OLOGY eh Oe SS eR arch cee ark a ee re eee ae ee ee eee Lae 15 introductionsandwacknorvled pments) =e. eneere ee 15 PCE PAM ALLE Ode MILA CE DEAN teens hes coat cmer cece ecsnn cobee peat cea eedacn toc nbagecesauchs St vaeaee 16 | EOS (SCNT 30) (2 ee cep eae eek SOME RD. Boy Mat IRAE OT ei Pare ae Pee ES 19 Systematic description of fossils —.............2...:.-:21c:ccse000- DES naae ees? 20 Ripedomelia pennana’ (Derby) 228.272 se ie ee 21 Onthotichasmorganianan (Derby ee ee ee 23 EREDIOTAVUCHUS. Nalianus WIELD Y oh seks ee ee 27 PEI P VITOR ERIS T (ID CEDY)) 3 i. stecsetoocct re ea ig 30 Genusilapajoia Dresser, 1. ene on 32 Tapaoiiandapajorensts (Derby) % 2 ee 33 Gletornyriding Laster? WW resset, Ts), SPv. tsk 39 Gietotiyripinag acroyt Dresser. Nssp:...<.02-5 ne 42 Grunthyris grantlaris> Dresser, m. sp....0.00 46 Phricodothyris perplema (McChesney) 22.2.2 eee 49 Bpirijer 70cky-moutlanus Marco) 122. ret. Soe ac cae 53 Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton) .............-.-ccececes0--es000e- 57 Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton) variant 61 Punctospirifer transversus (McChesney) ............----sc-s-ssecesesssseseeaee 62 Be OMa ee AD iy eet Re tee ee Os oe aah ces cg me iar 65 Text figures BENE ASEIGS CLGUADDD LAY gia cctet costo cate eae cen ates Tet Uf 2. Geologic and geographic distribution of critical brachio- pods in the Amazoniam Carbpniferous -. eee 20° 3. Cardinalia of the brachiopod Tapajotia tapajo- (TA ha Pe DEE hg) ge nae Meee A oy ce fet 35 4. Pattern of median plications in Neospirifer cameratus CNT ORLOTD) lar peek ae eee eter re ere od ee ee 59 Plates 1-8 CONTENTS 4 in) eae beara er ee ee ee } =e ~ .) => » “lito s cs. 0 har i * CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE OF THE BRAZILIAN PALEOZOIC—NO. 1 Kenneth E. Caster and Hugh Dresser A. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF THE BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS KENNETH E. CASTER University of Cincinnati Mr. Dresser’s study is the first of a projected series of paleon- tologic works ‘on the Brazilian Paleozoics. The materials employed in this and the succeeding works derived from my personal collections made during a three year stay in Brazil (1945-1948) plus materials furnished through the courtesy of the various geological agencies of the Brazilian Government (Divisao de Geologia e Mineralogia, Con- selho Nacional de Petréleo, and the Geology and Paleontology De- partment of the University of Sao Paulo). All of these agencies co- operated generously in making field studies and fossil collections pos- sible in most of the Paleozoic areas of Brazil. One or more further investigations of the Amazonian Carboni- ferous fauna is planned for the series; likewise a monographic re- évaluation of the Amazonian Devonian faunas. Collections are at hand for description of a new Devonian fauna from the southern border of the Maranhao-Piaut Basin, and likewise for a broad re- vision of the Devonian fauna of the Parana Basin. This paper is based on the first silicified material to be artifically etched from the Carboniferous limestones of Brazil. Since the initial discovery of the Amazonian Carboniferous (Coutinho, 1863, Agassiz, 1869, Hartt, 1870) the extraordinarily fine, naturally etched nature of the material has been known. Specimens of exceptional delicacy and perfection have been recovered from residual soils and even from river sands ever since the discovery. However, it was felt that acid bath techniques might furnish further morphologic details, especially 6 BULLETIN 149 68 of the more fragile forms and also of earlier stages of growth. All de- pended on the nature of the silicification, and especially on the depth of penetration of the seemingly surficial phenomenon. A con- siderable store of promising limestone and shales was collected in the summer of 1948 during a survey trip into the Amazonian Paleo- zoic area under the sponsorship of the Brazilian Petroleum Council. Through the perseverence and ingenuity of Mr. Dresser the muddy bituminous limestone was made to yield a substantial body of ex- cellent silicified shell material. However, due to the great amount of time and labor spent in perfecting techniques and in tending the acid baths and garnering the fragile shells, Mr. Dresser could, in the time available, undertake the paleontologic study of only a small part of the fauna. The new facts on brachiopod morphology and new genera and species which his study has brought to light, coupled with his extra-Brazilian comparisons, make a worthwhile addition to knowledge of a subject inadequately known. Although a single com- prehensive restudy of the fauna is needed, rather than further piece- meal analyses, there seems to be no immediate prospect for such a work. The rich and beautiful fauna of these beds has been receiving only sporadic and piecemeal attention since it was first described by Derby (1874). Unfortunately that splendid publication is so rare and the illustrations so faded? that it is difficult to gain an adequate literature impression of the fauna now. Happily, not only the original specimens, mounted on boards as photographed in 1873 are still intact at Cornell University, but also the original glass negatives 1Jt is interesting, in view of the unfortunate outcome, to read Hartt’s belief (in Derby, 1874, p. 63, footnote) that the new process of photographic plate reproduction, perfected in the photographic laboratory at Cornell, and printed on “plain paper,” would prove permanent. Despite the fiasco of the method of reproduction, we could profit greatly from the process of photography em- ployed in that laboratory if it were only known. Instead of the laborious and time-consuming technique of individual specimen photography to-day almost universally employed (with tinting or whitening of the specimens and subse- quent retouching of the prints), Derby’s specimens were mounted in cement on boards in exactly the pose and position seen on the finished plates; apparently without further ado, the whole was photographed in bright (sun?) light on a wet plate. After opaque was washed around the individual fossil negatives, the plate numbers were scratched through and the plates were then printed “on plain paper” directly from this negative. 69 BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER from which the published plates were printed. Vhrough the kindness of Dr. W. Storrs Cole, of Cornell University, Mr. Dresser and I were furnished with excellent photographic prints from these negatives.” Several works on the Amazonian Carboniferous fauna have ap- peared since Derby’s original study. The largest single contribution was that of Katzer (1903; 1933) in his Geology of the State of Para. He greatly extended the fossil list both by the identification of foreign species and a considerable body of new forms. The paleon- tological part of this work does not, however, match the general excellence of the geological. In an attempt to compromise between the Carboniferous age assignment of Derby for the Itaituba terrane and the pronouncement of Waagen (1888) as to its Permian age, Katzer applied the “Permocarboniferous” label by which these beds are even to-day not uncommonly known, despite considerable evi- dence in many publications which supports Derby’s original deter- mination. The history of the studies of the Amazonian terrane and the confusion in extra-Brazilian correlation to be found in these works is so well summarized in the little-known, but excellent, work of Fossa- Mancini (1944) that the following historical survey is a summary translation of his words: “Near Itaituba, the Tapajos River crosses extensive outcrops of limestone containing silicified brachiopod shells. They weather out abundantly along certain stretches of the river banks; being of such characteristic aspect and often of large size, they quite naturally attracted the attention of the first explorer to pass that way. Thus Silva Coutinho (1863) returned with a collection of fossils from Itaituba. Marcou (1868) published a brief note on this collection, identifying them merely as of Paleozoic age. Agassiz (1869) also - While this manuscript was in the hands of the editor, the magnificent tribute of the Brazilian Government to the memory of Orville A. Derby on the occasion of his centenary came to hand. In a special publication all of Derby's studies on the Paleontology of Brazil were reprinted, including a fine rendition of Derby’s 1874 work on the Itaituba brachiopods, illustrated from the original fossil specimens at Cornell University. (“Orville A. Derby’s Studies on the Paleontology of Brazil’. Selection and coordination of some of this geologist’s out of print and rare works by Alpheu Diniz Gonsalves. Published under the direction of the Executive Commission for the 1st Centenary Commemorating the Birth of Orville A. Derby, and sponsored by the American Embassy of Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, 1952 (1953), Brazil). 8 BULLETIN 149 70 dutifully recorded the occurrence, but added nothing more. Like- wise Hartt (1870) in the account of his first expeditions in Brazil. “In 1870 and 1871 Hartt and some of his students, including Derby, extended their studies along the Amazon Valley to the Tapa- jos fossiliferous limestones. They found similar limes and fossils else- where in the general area. A collection of the fossils made by Brown in 1872 made possible the indisputable Carboniferous age determi- nation... “The preliminary reports of the Hartt ‘Morgan Expedition’ appeared in 1874 as the first number of the Bulletin of the Cornell University. In this, Hartt analyzed the Carboniferous limestones and proposed the name Itaituba series for them. In the same Bulletin Derby gave an excellent description of the Itaituba brachiopods and pointed up their affinities. “By 1872 Derby was already aware of the presence of Carboni- ferous beds on the Trombetas River, across the Amazon from the Tapajos. As a member of the Geological Commission of the Brazilian Empire he visited these outcrops and collected fossils from them in 1876. Derby shortly studied this material and all other Carboni- ferous fossil ‘materials from the Amazon Valley. By then the fauna numbered more than a hundred forms; more than half the species he found to be identical to ‘Coal Measure’ (Upper Carboniferous ) species of the United States; six species occurred in both the United States and Bolivia. It was inevitable that the fossils of the Tapajos and Trombetas Rivers and elsewhere in the Amazon Valley should be judged of Upper Carboniferous age (Derby, 1877). “In his study of the fossils of the ‘Productus limestone’ in the Salt Range of the Punjab, Waagen made critical comparisons with Derby’s Amazonian fauna. In 1882 he recognized Dielasma ttattu- bense Derby in the black limestones at the limit between the middle and upper part of the Productus limestone. Waagen was preoccupied with the idea that the Productus terrane must be Permian in age; hence also for him the fossiliferous limestones of the Tapajos, Trom- betas, etc., were Permian. Since the striking affinities of the latter to the upper part of the Coal Measures of the United States argued against such an assignment, Waagen (1882, 1889) found himself obliged also to maintain that the upper section of the Coal Measures 71 BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER 9 was assignable to the Permian. Here then is the remote origin of that exaggerated downward extension of the Permian at the expense of the Carboniferous in North America and Asia which has lead to such lamentable confusion in stratigraphic correlations even on other con- tinents. “Derby restudied the Amazonian fossils in 1894 and reaffirmed their equivalence to faunas of the Upper Coal Measures of Missouri, Arkansas, Iowa and Illinois, and their Upper Carboniferous (rather than Permian) age. “Katzer carried on the Amazonian stratigraphic and _ paleon- tologic work so well begun by Derby. His first work on the subject appeared in 1897. This was followed by his work on the Geology of the State of Para (1903). This work contains an extensive chapter on the Amazonian Carboniferous and its relation to the Anthra- colitic of other continents; an appendix carries descriptions of new and interesting species of Carboniferous fossils from the Amazon area ... He breaks his fossil-lists down into the assemblages from six separate sites: 1, Tapajos River, between Barreirinha and Bra- zilia Legal; 2, confluence of the Pitinga and Jamunda Rivers; 3, Trombetas River, between Lake Jacaré and the Great Lake of Ara- pecu; 4, Curua River near Praia Grande; 5, Lake Cojubim in the Maecurt valley; 6, Serra Itauajuri near Monte Alegre. The faunas of the Pitinga River and the Itauajuri Serra comprise many brachio- pods and few gastropods; in the faunas of the Trombetas and Curua Rivers and Lake Cojubim brachiopods predominate and pelecypods are also numerous, but gastropods are lacking; in the Tapajos fauna, which is the richest, all three classes are well represented. These differences indicate marked facies changes which add to the dif- ficulty of stratigraphic correlation. “Katzer’s lists appear in a chapter entitled ‘Carbon’; however at the end of his foregoing chapter, ‘Perm,’ he reports a ‘fauna of Permian bearing (Einschlag)’ in certain sandy lime beds which overlie the limestones of the Maecurt and Curua Valleys. However he chose to consider their age problematical out of deference to Derby’s having identified many characteristically Carboniferous fossils from them. At the time when Katzer wrote, the erroneous ideas of Waagen and Noetling concerning the Permian age of the Productus lime- “I i) 10 BULLETIN 149 stone had already been widely disseminated. Hence the existence of the species Productus semireticulatus Martin, P. cora d’Orbigny, P. lineatus Waagen, Cleiothyris roissyt ( Leveillé),Dielasma itaitubense (Derby), in the Amazonian deposits and the Productus limestone seemed to be a forceful argument against Derby’s correlation, and made Katzer reluctant to give up the possibility that at least the upper part of the Amazonian sequence might be of Permian age.. . In the conclusion of his discussion Katzer succinctly stated [the somewhat contradictory opinion] that at the end of the Carboni- ferous the sea retreated from the Lower Amazon region, never again to cover this vast area (p. 253). “.. Since the publication of Katzer’s book, knowledge of the stratigraphy and paleontology of the Carboniferous of northern Bra- zil has grown considerably through the work of the Servico Geoldgico e Mineralogico of Brazil. The geological reconnaissances of Albu- querque (1922), Carvalho (1926), Avelino de Oliveira (1926) and Moura (1934) have yielded new data on the geological conditions of different parts of the Amazon Valley. To Moura (1938) we are fur- ther indebted for a synthesis which was accompanied by a good geo- logic map of the area concerned (between parallels 0 and 8° and meridians 51°30’ and 60°30’). Cowper-Reed (1933) has studied the Carboniferous fossils from the Urupadi River; Duarte (1936, 1938) those of the Parauari and Jatapu Rivers. The results of these investigations have fully confirmed the conclusions formulated by Derby in 1877, and moreover have demonstrated the enormous hori- zontal extent of the Carboniferous marine sediments. “In some of these recent publications the marine fossiliferous strata of the Amazonian region are simply referred to the ‘Upper Carboniferous, while in others they are specifically referred to the Uralian; in none is the possibility suggested of their being in part Permian. These publications have stressed even more forcefully the affinities to the Upper Carboniferous faunas of Bolivia and the United States. Thus, in the list of Amazon Valley brachiopods given by Duarte (1936) the species in common with North America, Bo- livia, Russia and Belgium are 17, 14, 7 and 3, respectively; of the species in common with Russia, two come from the Artinskian; those in common with Belgium come from the black marble of Dinant, which corresponds to the base of the Viséan. Hence the arguments BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER 11 a | wee in favor of an Artinskian age are no stronger than those for the Viséan. Moreover, Productus cora and Schizophoria resupinata of Duarte’s list are represented in both the Dinantian and the Artin- skian. “There are reasons to suppose that in the latest part of the Car- boniferous the seas extended much further westward than the sites in the states of Para and Amazonas. An important indication of this is the high proportion of forms common to the Carboniferous faunas of Bolivia and the Amazon Valley; even more significant is a de- posit of brachiopod imprints in chert from the Moa River in the Territory of Acre, Brazil... . The Moa River is nearer to the fossili- ferous Upper Carboniferous outcrops of Huanta, Tarmo and Ambo in Peru than to those of the Tapajos and Trombetas Rivers, etc. “Tt is possible that during the latest Carboniferous the sea ex- tended uninterruptedly from the present Amazon Valley to the re- gion to-day occupied by the Parnahiba Valléy in the State of Piau', although Paiva and Miranda (1937) believe that the sedimentation there took place in a basin surrounded on all sides by land, save for three narrow interruptions, toward the East, the South, and the Southwest; this last they supposed to be the one which permitted connection with the ‘Andean sea’ of that time. Be this as it may, the presence of marine sediments which may belong to the Upper Carboniferous has been unexpectedly revealed by a well-core taken by the Servico Geologico e Mineraldégico of Brazil near Terezina, on the Parnahiba River in the State of Piaui. Duarte (1936) referred the fossils extracted from the core to Protaster, Lingula, Lingulidis- cina, Orbiculoidea, Edmondia, Aviculopecten, and Nucula, but was unable to identify any cf them positively with any known species. He said that these fossils indicate a Uralian age. While this conclusion may be correct, and certainly is suggestive, it does not seem to be founded on sufficiently secure data; the presence of forms comparable with Spirifer opimus, Lingulidiscina missouriensis and Lingula car- bonaria and of indeterminable forms of the other mentioned genera, may constitute an indication of age, but could hardly be adduced as exact proof of a Uralian age. In the excellent Geologia do Brasil of A. de Oliveira and O. Leonardos (1943) the fossiliferous strata of Piauit are considered the equivalents of those of Itaituba. “Both in the Piaui and the Itaituba series brachiopods and 12 BULLETIN 149 74 pelecypods predominate. Correlations with the formations of the Northern Hemisphere would be less difficult if foraminifera of the family Fusulinidae should be encountered and identified in accord with modern criteria. “Derby (1894) and Katzer (1903) both mention a rare ‘Fusu- lina’ which they had encountered in the Upper Carboniferous lime- stones of the Tapajos River. More recent authors have, however, contributed nothing further on the subject. It is possible that Derby and Katzer did not refer to Fusulina, s.s. Such a determination re- quires knowledge and techniques unknown when they worked. But we may be sure that the forms observed by Katzer were Fusulinidae of large size. If they had been globular they would have been re- ferred to the genus Schwagerina as was the practice prior to the revelations of Douvillé (1906) and Deprat (1903) as to the un- suspected complexity of the internal structure of the foraminifera of this family . . . In view of the fact that the rare Fusulinidae noted by Katzer were associated with corals (such as Lophophyllum pro- liferum and Rhombopora lepidodendroides), pelecypods (such as Pinna peracuta), and gasteropods (e.g., Bellerophon carbonarws), found by Meek (1872) in the light-colored limestones of Nebraska City, and with brachiopods (like Productus cora, Spirtfer condor, Squamularia perplexa, Ambocoelia planoconvexa and Hustedia mor- moni), common in the limestones of Yarbichambi, it seems probable to me that the Fusulinidae-bearing limes of the Tapajos correspond to the Gshelian, and that they contain some form of the genus T'riti- cites, the external aspect of which is exactly that of a typical Fusu- lina. It would be convenient to have a microscopic examination of oriented sections of the Tapajos foraminifera . “Meanwhile, we can only express the opinion, which has pre- vailed among Brazilian geologists and paleontologists for several years, that the fossiliferous Anthracolitic sediments in north Brazil belong in their entirety to the Upper Carboniferous, and appear to correspond to the Uralian.” Happily, what seems to be the most significant contribution to the problem of the age of the Amazonas Carboniferous deposits was recently published by Petri (1952) in which he reported the results of precisely the kind of restudy of the rare Tapajos fusulines that Fossa-Mancini urged. The results are not quite what most previous al BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER 13 students or commentators would have expected: Petri shows the forms to belong not to 7'riticites as Fossa-Mancini guessed, but to two primitive fusuline genera, Millerella and Fusulinella. As Petri points out, the former is a primitive genus of the Fusulinidae, known from the Upper Mississippian. to the Upper Pennsylvanian; the Mis- sissippian and Pennsylvanian species of the genus are readily dis- tinguished, and the Amazonian forms are allied to the later species complex. The second genus appears in the Middle Pennsylvanian and became extinct in the middle Upper Pennsylvanian. Petri calls attention to the fact that specialists do not accept identifications of Fusulinella from the Permian. It is Petri’s apparently sound conclusion that at least the lower third of the Itaituba sequence, 7.e., the part containing his fusulines, must be assigned to the Middle Pennsylvanian (Muscovian of Eu- rope; Desmoinesian of the United States). In view of the present evidence of essential unity of the Amazons “Anthracolitic” fauna, despite the absence so far of fusulines from the upper beds, the whole terrane may well be similarly correlated. Although Petri’s age as- signment is much older than most previous ones, there have been recurrent suggestions of this outcome. In searching out world af- finities of the Glass Mountain faunas of Texas, King (1930) ques- tioned the more or less accepted correlation of the Amazonian sequence with the “Carboniferous” of the Bolivian altiplano. Where- as King spotted in the Bolivian terrane conspicious “Permian” affinities, the Amazonian fauna seemed to him to show closer affinity to the Lower Pennsylvanian of southwestern United States (e.g., the Naco limestone of the Galiuro Mts. in Arizona). Stoyanow (1936) has reinforced this view of the Amazonian relationships. ‘Thompson (1943) pointed up King’s contention as to the bearing of the Bolivian faunas by recording Permian fusulines there. These were further elaborated by Dunbar and Newell (1945, 1946) who assigned the Bolivian Permian to the base of the system (Wolfcampian of the United States; Sakmarian of Russia)*. They also showed that the *So long as the Permian-Pennsylvanian boundary continues to be drawn by a majority of North American stratigraphers at the base of the Wolfcam- pian, due in the main to the historical causes outlined in the material quoted from Fossa-Mancina, above, such footnotes as this are a courtesy to foreign readers. Happily, it now appears that the north Brazilian section has been definitely removed from this zone of contention. 14 BULLETIN 149 76 lower third of the altiplano terrane in the Titicaca area is Pennsyl- vanian. Fusulinella peruana (Meyer) in this lower third of the column suggests coevality, if not continuity, with Petri’s fusuline fauna. Wilhelm Kegel (1951) has recently shown that the trilobites of the “Permo-Carboniferous” terrane of the Piaui-Maranhao Basin strongly bespeak close time equivalence with the Tapajos sequence and possess a morphology that pertains to the world Pennsylvanian fauna; he judges the containing beds to be not younger than West- phalian “C”, the while leaning toward correlation with the older unit “B” (= Muscovian). This is essentially the age assigned by Petri to the Tapajos beds on the basis of his fusulines. Thus two decisive blows have been struck at the unfortunate recrudesence of a tendency (e.g., Plummer, Price and Gomes, 1946; Campbell, Almeida and Oliveira Silva, 1949) to refer the Piaui sequence, and by implication the commonly correlated Amazonian terrane, to the “Permo-Carboniferous”’. Whether this term is applicable to any Brazilian terrane is still an open question; however, evidence mounts (e.g., Caster, 1952) for considering still more of the coal, glacial and limited marine beds of south Brazil as Pennsylvanian. Kegel and Texeira da Costa (1951) furnish data on the fasciculate-ribbed aviculopectinid pelecy- pods common to the Carboniferous fauna of the Maranhao Basin and the Itararé series from the inter-glacial beds of Taid, Santa Catarina in the Parana Basin. These fossils suggest not only coevality of these deposits of the two basins, but also correlation with Pennsyl- vanian faunas of North America. The flora of the post-glacial part of the “Permo-carboniferous” terrane in the Parana Basin bespeaks ever more strongly Permian age, however, as Mendes (1952) has pointed out in his restudy of the unique, apparently autochthonous and non-correlatable pelecypod fauna of these beds. (See combined Bibliography at end of Dresser’s paper.) B. NOTES ON SOME BRACHIOPODS FROM THE ITAITUBA FORMATION (PENNSYLVANIAN) OF THE TAPAJOS RIVER, BRAZIL? Hucu DREssER CARTER OIL COMPANY ABSTRACT Twelve species and one variant of brachiopods belonging to ten genera and one subgenus, are identified and described from the Carboniferous Itaituba formation of the Tapajos River, a tributary of the Amazon River in Brazil. They represent about one-third of the brachiopods of the fauna and only a small portion of the entire fauna. One genus, three species, and one variant are new. Seven of the species occur in other parts of the world; they appear to indicate a Pennsylvanian age for the Itaituba formation. INTRODUCTION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The purpose of this paper is to examine some of the brachiopods of the Carboniferous Itaituba formation from the Rio Tapajos, a tributary of the Amazon, and to identify and redescribe them in the light of information which has been published since the first descrip- tion of the brachiopods of this fauna by Derby in 1874. It is hoped that the age determination of such of the brachiopods as are known outside the Amazon area will add a link to the chain of evidence concerning the still-debated age of the Itaituba formation. Twelve species and one variant of brachiopods belonging to ten genera and one subgenus have been studied. Of them, the variant, three species and one genus are new; six species have been placed in different genera from those assigned to them by Derby, and one has had its specific assignment changed. Only two species were left nomenclatorially as Derby described them. The writer is indebted to Dr. Kenneth E. Caster for his gen- erous aid and assistance on perplexing problems which have arisen during the preparation of this paper; for his aid in the translation of pertinent French and Brazilian literature as the needs arose, and for giving the author this opportunity to “cut his paleontologic teeth.” Dr. Caster has already expressed our joint appreciation to the many 1 Based on a dissertation submitted to the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences of the University of Cincinnati in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Science, 1951. 16 BULLETIN 149 78 Brazilian sources of indebtedness and to Dr. W. Storrs Cole of Cor- nell University for making copies of the Derby illustrations of the Tapajés fauna. The text figures were prepared by Mrs. Elizabeth A. Dalvé and part of the costs of the revision of the manuscript and printing of the plates was met by research funds from the Graduate Schcol of Arts and Sciences of the University of Cincinnati. PREPARATION OF MATERIAL In the summer of 1948 Dr. K. E. Caster collected naturally etched, silicified fossils, and muddy limestone blocks containing silici- fied fossils from the Tapajos limestone. This is the type area of the Itaituba formation (Igarapé Bom Jardim, a small tributary of the Tapajos River, two km. above Itaituba, in the state of Para, Brazil). More than nine months were spent etching the fossils from the limestone blocks and in perfecting equipment wherewith it could be done efficiently. About three-fourths of the material has been etched. This would have been a relatively simple and quick process but for the extremely bituminous and muddy nature of the lime- stone. To etch a limestone block completely is an almost impossible task, since all of the mud would have to be removed during etching. No completely satisfactory method has yet been devised for doing this. The limestone blocks themselves are light grey on fresh fracture, weathering to dark grey or brown. They contain about fifty per cent calcium carbonate, about twenty-five per cent black-brown petroli- ferous mud, and about twenty-five per cent silicious material. The silicious material occurs mostly as chert nodules and lenses, but some of it occurs as microscopic quartz crystals disseminated through the rock. The calcium carbonate of the fossil shells appears to have been silicified by a crystal-for-crystal replacement. After etching, many of the fossils with thick shells reveal a network of quartz crystals on the interior. This is due to the incomplete silicification of the internal portions of the shell, the network effect being caused by the removal of calcium carbonate from between the quartz crystals dur- ing etching. The black-brown petrolifercus mud is generally sticky, sometimes flaky. It is rather evenly distributed throughout the rock. As indicated by the fragmental nature of much of the fossil ma- terial, the environment of deposition was evidently in a sea shallow BRACHILOPODS: DRESSER vA < BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVA / > a r = O 7h 36 O pe uJ uJ = O = = = Ww k for iS) iss — op q a 3) 2 v op 5 o =| fe) hy as ' = AS oO is] q vo vo Cai 12) n oO a lly silicified blocks of | lass and plast ia treatment of small, different Fig. 1. Sketch of a plexig 18 BULLETIN 149 89 enough for the waves to wash the shells around and break them up. This type of environment is also indicated by the fact that while the shells generally lie flat, paralleling the bedding, they may occasion- ally stand at an angle to it, suggesting current action. The equipment for etching, which was developed by trial and error, is both economical and reasonably efficient. It consists of nine five-gallon stone “pickle jars,” eight plastic trays for holding blocks and fossils, a plastic sorting pan, stone sink, fifteen feet of plastic tubing, and many carboys of muriatic acid. The five-gallon stone jars were lined with a quarter-inch coating of paraffin to prevent seepage through the pottery. The plastic trays designed to hold the fossils are constructed from plexiglass? and ordinary commercial plastic window screening. The plexiglass sheets were sawed into the proper lengths and widths and then fused to- gether by the solvent ethylene chloride. The plastic screening was cemented to the plexiglass frame with ethylene chloride. The finished rack is shown in Fig. 1. The plexiglass pieces were soaked in the solvent for from three- quarters of a minute to a minute and a half, or the ethylene chloride was liberally applied with a brush. It has been found that a better bond is produced if some pulverized plexiglass is added to the ethy- lene chloride until it becomes a rather thick and viscous cement. It should be remembered in working with ethylene chloride that it is poisonous and quite volatile. Therefore, all work should be carried on in a well ventilated room, or under a chemical hood. The “Lucite” pieces were welded together by applying the ethy- lene chloride liberally to both surfaces and then holding them to- gether for two or three minutes, or until a temporary bond was produced. These joined parts were cemented to other parts until the whole tray was completed except for the cementing of the screen to the bottom. The whole tray was allowed to stand overnight for the joints to weld completely. The plastic screening was then cemented to the bottom of the tray, and allowed to dry for at least four hours before any strain was placed upon it. The jars were filled from one-half to two-thirds with water, and “Dupont “Lucite,” an acrylic resin. 81 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 19 the trays bearing the limestone blocks were placed in them. Acid was then siphoned to the vats until the limestone was vigorously effer- vescing. When the effervescence ceased, more acid was added until the limestone again effervesced. By the time this second effervescence ended, the mud usually had to be removed from the surfaces of the block before effervescence could again be induced. To remove the muddy residue from the blocks the plastic tray was lifted out and placed in a plastic pan with sides about two inches high. The loose mud was then hosed off and the limestone block lifted out with care lest partially liberated shells be damaged, and the loose fossils were removed from the screen. The fine residue, consisting largely of scraps, was washed into a beaker. Often the sticky mud on the lime- stone block had to be very carefully picked off with a probe or dis- secting needle, before the block could be returned to the acid bath and effervescence induced. This procedure may be repeated as often as desired. However, with the Tapajés material after the second time, more residue re- moval work was required than the fossil returns seemed to justify. When there were still visible fossils in the rock, the vibro-tool or a hammer and chisel were used to chip them out for further cleaning. After several blocks had been treated there was usually so much mud in suspension in the acid that its slow settling onto specimens effectively stopped the etching. The mud was then allowed to settle for a day or so and the clear acid was siphoned off to be used again. The residue in the vat was washed into the plastic pan, and the mud decanted. The microfossils in the remaining material were then picked out and fragmental material was allowed to dry on paper toweling over night. This material was then sieved in water, and the various grade sizes examined for microfossils. Pay ii OF Ou, OG ¥- The total Itaituba fauna reclaimed from the acid bath, plus the extensive collection of naturally etched material from the weathered outcrops, is large. Less than one-tenth of the whole is here con- sidered. BULLETIN 149 20 ‘snoiajzIuogied ULUOZeWY ay} Ul spodoryoeiq [eOIID JO UOTNGIYsIp oIydeis0a3 pue s1B0[oay ‘7 “Bly snjosawDdd (49p14IdSOSN) day ldids 1uDJUOW-AyWDO4 (stuXyyAyooig )saplsids DSJAASUDI} JaJl4Idsoyound pxajduad siuAypJOpodiuud snubdlj}OYy Ssnyoukysojdais sisuayofodp} odIyofodoy DUuDIUDHIOW DIYdIJOULIO VNIHO | -as'S'n VOINSWY HLYON eee ae 83 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 21 SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS Order PROTREMATA Beecher, 1891 Suborder ORTHOIDEA Schuchert and Cooper, 1932 Family RHIPIDOMELLIDAE Schuchert, 1913 Genus RHIPIDOMELLA Oehlert, 1890 Type species —Terebratula michelini Léveille, Soc. Géol. France, Mém., vol. 2, 1835, p. 34, pl. 2, figs. 14-17. As abstracted from Hall and Clarke (1892, p. 209, 210), the features of this genus are as follows: shells subcircular in outline, biconvex and sublenticular; ornament consists of fine, rounded, sub- equal costellae which are hollow, often opening upon the surface. In the ventral valve there are large flabelliform, medially divided, di- ductor muscle scars. The adductors occupy a small central scar com- pletely enveloped by the great diductors. The muscular area is bor- dered by two strong teeth from the base of which a strongly defined curving ridge extends forward. The pedicle scar fills the entire ros- tral cavity. In the dorsal valve there are deep, narrow dental sockets and extremely prominent crural plates sometimes supporting short crura. The cardinal process is erect, strongly arched on its anterior face, and with a trilobed posterior face. The muscular area is quad- ruplicate, comparatively small and usually indistinct. A broad, low median ridge extends anteriorly about half the length of the valve from the base of the cardinal process. In addition, Schuchert and Cooper (1932, p. 135) demonstrated that Rhipidomella has a definite interarea between the two halves, as contrasted with Peritocardinia Schuchert and Cooper, 1932, which is similar, but has the interarea completely reduced. In Perditocar- dinia the ventral beak often overlaps the dorsal beak to such an extent as to produce a rostrate appearance, as in Terebratulina. The Tapajoés specimens have a very definite interarea between the two valves, and agree closely with Hall and Clarke’s analysis of Rhipidomella. They differ in having a strongly elevated notothyrial platform from which the cardinal process arises; the dorsal muscula- ture 1s also deeply impressed and well defined. Rhipidomella penniana (Derby) Pl. 1, figs. 1-4, 6-7 1874. Orthis penniana Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2. p. 23, pl. 5, figs. 13, 15, 17, 19-22; pl. 8, fig. 2. 99 BULLETIN 149 84 1903. Rhipidomella penniana (Derby), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 172, pl. 6, fig. 9a-c; (Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 6, fig. 9). 1914 (?). Rhipidomella cora (d’Orbigny), Koztowski, Annales de Paléon- tologie, vol. 9, p. 48, fig. 15, pl. figs. 35-60. 1929 (?). Rhipidomella cora (d’Orbigny), Steinmann, Geologie von Peru, p. 49, fig. 45. 1933. (2) Orthis (Rhipidomella) penniana Derby, Reed, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., voll JUL (CIGD )S oe, BAZ : 1938. Rhipidomella penniana (Derby), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Boly 845 padGoeples2waitesa 203s: The new Tapajos material examined agrees perfectly with Derby’s description of this species. The important features of the species are: thick, heavy valves; subtrigonal outline, biconvex with the dorsal valve being the more convex; vertical delthyrium is nearly filled by the projecting cardinal process of the dorsal valve; notothy- rium about equal in size to the delthyrium, and lies at right angles to it (horizontally). It 1s completely filled by the cardinal process. The surface of the valves 1s marked by fine rounded costae and numerous lines of growth. Many of the large specimens develop a slight median sinus on each valve, one opposing the other, giving the shell a more or less heart-shaped appearance. The dorsal sinus is the more prominent. In the ventral valve large, widely divergent teeth enclose the pedicle muscle scar between them and the beak. The di- ductor muscle scars are elongated and flabelliform, completely en- closing a narrow, medially divided ridge upon which the adductors are situated. In the dorsal valve the cardinal process is situated upon Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth (mm. ) 25258 MOS ots 0 ote A) Saat LOU Sc yet bort- eee EE 25258 Di lteten ce gts aa Wh carci te bp oek el tie oe 25258 DNR in) poo ns tp Us ae etl oe 25258 Wee sete a Be cag ee CLS Dat eee eae eee 25258 MD ig oe wits aah NO es os ee 25258 18a ashe el: Sect fe a 25258 | Ae Rte lc Sneha! tre ee Th v.v. 25258 i een, eee A eee ye v.v. 25258 ZO hs chk) 24, io shot ALC Re. ee eee d.v. 25258 BO: S20 Sy Dea ie ee ee ae d.v. 25258 7s eh, aR Gee eat eee ene: ea $5 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 23 a high notothyrial platform. Its posterior face has a trilobed appear- ance. The crura arise from the anterolateral margins of the noto- thyrial platform just anterior to and mediad of the sockets which are situated between the notothyrial platform and the posterior mar- gin of the shell. The four muscle scars are well impressed, the poste- rior set being impressed into the anterior portion of the notothyrial platform. A broad median ridge, which divides the muscle scars, ex- tends almost to the middle of the valve. Comparison—This species differs from North American species of Rhipidomella in the following ways: R. penniana possesses a very high notothyrial platform from which the cardinal process arises. The muscle scars of the dorsal valve are deeply impressed, the posterior set being partially impressed into the anterior portion of the noto- thyrial platform. Koztowski (1914, p. 48) has identified a Rhipidomella from the Carboniferous of Bolivia as D’Orbigny’s R. cora. However, his text figures and his description of this form lead one to believe that it may be Derby’s species, R. penniana. Since his text figures show only exteriors, they do not help much, and until the Bolivian fauna is restudied, the identification must remain doubtful. Steinmann is apparently following Kozlowski in identifying the Peruvian Rhipi- domellas as R. cora. Reed (1933) reports that Haug had an apparently conspecific shell from the Pennsylvanian of the Sahara which Haug identified, however, as R. michelin Léveille. Number of Specimens Studied—About 850 specimens consisting mainly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied. Family SCHIZOPHORIIDAE Schuchert, 1929 Subfamily SCHIZOPHORIINAE Schuchert, 1929 Genus ORTHOTICHIA Hall and Clarke, 1892 Type species—Orthis (?) morganiana Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, 1874, pp. 29-32, pl. 3, figs. 1-7, 9, 11, 34; pl. 4, figs. 6, 14, 15. Itaituba formation, Carboniferous of Brazil. As abstracted from Hall and Clarke (1892, p. 213), the char- acters of this genus are as follows: in the ventral valve there is a thin, elevated median septum dividing the muscular area. It has 24+ BULLETIN 149 86 prominent, vertical dental lamellae. The muscular area is but faintly impressed and faintly defined at its anterior border. In the dorsal valve there is a multipartite cardinal process. The muscle scars are in three pairs, arranged as in Schizophoria. Comparison.—Externally this genus often resembles Schizo- phoria, but it can be distinguished from Schizophoria if good interiors are available. Schizophoria does not have the well-developed ventral median septum of Orthotichia. The Tapajds material is of the type species of the genus. It agrees In every respect with the generic diagnosis given by Hall and Clarke. Orthotichia morganiana (Derby) Pl. 1, figs: S=1let3 1874. Orthis (?) morganiana Derby, Cornell Univy., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 29-32, pl. 3, figs. 1-7, 9, 11, 34; pl. 4, figs. 6, 14, 15. 1892. Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Hall and Clarke, Paleontology of New York, vol. 8, pt. 1, p. 213, pl. 7, figs. 11-15. : 1894. Orthis morganiana Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol. vol. 2, p. 492. 1903. Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brazilien), p. 164, pl. 5, fig. 6a-f; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 5, fig. 6.) 1914. Orthotichia morgani (Derby), Koztowski, Annales de Paléontologie, wll Sh jon ZF joll, Sh ivers, alee 1927 (?). Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Chao, Geol. Soc. China, Bull. VOle Sips 99) plemde iets ple 2) Hes 2S: 1927 (2?) Orthotichia morganiana Derby mut. chihsiaensis Chao, Geol. Soc. China, Bull., vol. 6, pl. 101, pl. 2, fig. 4. 1930 (non). Orthotichia kozlowskit King, Uniy. Texas, Bull., No. 3042, pp. 36, 45, pl. 1, figs. 14, 15. 1938. Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Duarte, Sery. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bolesoy peal templeed iesaeth. 2: This species is characterized by the following: its large size; the broad sinus in the ventral valve of old specimens; the non-alternate, regular character of the striae making up the ornament; the hinge line length equals about half the width of the shell; beaks of both valves are moderately to slightly incurved, not erect. Exterior —Well-preserved, undistorted specimens are nearly cir- cular in outline, and are biconvex with the dorsal valve slightly more inflated than the ventral. On old specimens there is a broad, shallow sinus developed in the ventral valve, near its anterior margin, which indents the dorsal valve. Thus, the shell is uniplicate. Derby (1874, p. 29) stated that there is a strong ventral sinus which indents deeply into the dorsal valve. None of the specimens studied show so prominent a sinus. 87 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER rh wn The beak of the ventral valve is somewhat moderately incurved over a delthyrium which is about as high as it is wide. That of the dorsal valve is slightly incurved over a notothyrium which is about half as high as it is wide. The length of the hinge iine is about half the width of the shell. The ornament consists of fine, radiating striae which multiply by bifurcation and which number about six per millimeter at the anterior margin. Sometimes these striae terminate abruptly as a small, round hole, the striation probably continuing out as a small, hollow spine. An occasional growth line is also often present. Interior—Arising just in front of the beak in the ventral valve is a thin, elevated median septum which extends forward from one-third to one-half the length of the valve. Near its anterior extremity it rises to a sharp, elevated point. The small, divergent teeth are sup- ported by thin dental plates which extend forward, nearly parallel to the median septum, for about one-fourth the length of the valve. Laterally they delimit the faintly impressed, oblong muscle scars on either side of the median septum. In the dorsal valve there are three sets of muscle scars which are completely surrounded by the anterior extensions of the crural plates. The muscle area is further divided by a definite, low, median ridge having its origin under the beak and terminating where it joins the anterior extensions of the crural plates. It is considerably more elevated anteriorly, near its termination, than it is posteriorly. Two of the three pairs of muscle scars are oval in outline, and are located in the normal position in the posteromedian portion of the valve with the low, median ridge dividing them. The anterior pair is the better impressed of the two, the posterior pair having boundaries which are quite indistinct. The third pair of muscle scars is likewise oblong, and it lies laterad of the posterior pair just described. Each scar of this pair lies just under the crural plates at the place where they change from plates into the ridges bordering the muscular area. In well-preserved specimens there is a suggestion of a callus dividing each scar of this pair into equal, lateral halves. The crural plates are wide and divergent, and they project ventrally, staying rather close to the beak, into toothlike processes, the crural processes. The cardinal process is multilobed and small, 26 BULLETIN 149 88 situated in the apex of the beak. Sometimes it appears to be unilobed due to the etching away of the other lobes. Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth (mm.) 25259 ADs © Sh Eh apy BSS. ts ea ee eee v.v. 25259 bie AS) COS 9 a oes: ee d.v. 25259 Sle | sae See Tal eRe Sa Accurate measurements were difficult to obtain because all the large specimens were distorted. The shape of the small specimens is not diagnostic. Comparison—Chao (1927, pp. 99-101) has described this species as occurring in the Permian of China. His descriptions and plates do not permit evaluation of his identification. He evidently did not have any good interiors of the valves, and, therefore, his generic deter- minations may be questioned. Perhaps this is an example of homeo- morphy between species of two genera. R. E. King (1930, p. 36, 45), in his study of the Permian of the Glass Mountains of Texas, believed that he had brachiopods con- specific with those from Bolivia which Koztowski (1914, p. 62) had labeled Orthotichia morgant (sic) Derby (= Orthotichta morgani- ana). However, King believed the Bolivian species was incorrectly identified by Koztowski with the Amazon species. Hence, when he proposed the new specific name Orthotichia koztowski for his Texas Permian material, he placed Koztowski’s O. “morgant” in synonymy with it. King’s O. koztowski from the Texas Permian is especially distinct from true O. morganiana, since it possesses plates running transversely between the dental lamellae and the median septum at their anterior extremities, and O. morganiana Derby possesses no such structure. However, I believe King was in error in supposing that the material identified by Kozlowski as O. “morganv’” is the same as his O. koztowsku. In the first place, Koztowski (1914, p. 62) stated that his material fits the type descriptions of O. morgantana in every way. In the second place I believe that King placed Koztowski’s ma- terial in his species because it has a shallower sinus in the ventral valve than Derby (1874, pp. 29-32) stated that his type material pos- sessed. However, the topotypes of O. morganiana, which are here 89 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 27 described, reveal no such deep sinus as Derby indicates. Perhaps Derby was misled by the distortion, so common in this species, which makes the sinus appear deeper than it really is. For these reasons it seems likely that the fossils identified by Kozlowski as O. “morgant’ Derby are specifically identical with Derby’s species, O. morganiana, and not with King’s O. koztowsku. Stoyanow (1926) reported O. morganiana from the upper por- tion of the Pennsylvanian section in the Galiuro Mts. of Arizona. There is some doubt whether the horizon is Middle or Upper Penn- sylvanian. The Lower Pennsylvanian is, however, well developed below the O. morgamana horizon. Stoyanow also reported that Tschernyschew identified this species in the Upper Pennsylvanian Schwagerina limestone of the Urals. Number of Specimens Studied.—About 120 specimens, mostly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves, were studied. Superfamily STROPHOMENACEA Schuchert, 1896 Family STROPHOMENIDAE King, 1846 Subfamily ORTHOTETINAE Waagen, 1884 Genus STREPTORHYNCHUS King, 1850 Type species—Terebratula: pelargonatus Schlotheim, Akad. Munich, vol. 6, 1816, pp. 28, 29, pl. 8, figs. 21-24. The Shell limestone and breccia of Great Britain. The genus Streptorhynchus, as defined by King, includes those members of the Orthotetinae which lack a ventral medial septum and which have the dental plates but little developed. These dental plates are most strongly developed where the teeth join the palin- trope, and they become less and less prominent as they are traced downward toward the beak. In the Tapajéos material the dental plates take more the form of a callus than of a plate or ridge. This is typical of the small extent to which they are developed in this genus. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby Beietione Sule See tipci2 Sk5nG 1874+. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Cornel! Uniy., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. Zap apis neSs let, So ele Os Ss ples. dies 3. 1894. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 492. 1903. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 172, pl. 6, fig. 6a-1; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 6, fig. 6.) 28 BULLETIN 149 90 1938. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Duarte, Sery. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bolt 84 p- 19s ple5) hes: 3) 4 pleGahoa le The material upon which the diagnosis of this species is based consists of the posterior portions of four dorsal valves and one com- plete and one nearly complete ventral valve. The diagnosis is as fol- lows: hinge line is about two-thirds as long as the shell is wide; ante- rior edge of the shell has radial plications bearing costae which num- ber from 10 to 12 per 5 mm. at that point. The plications do not ex- tend far posteriorly. The muscle scar of the ventral interior is bor- dered by an irregular, sometimes faint callous just anterior to which the internal surface of the valve is irregularly pitted. The muscle scars are not well separated, but there appears to be a faint trace of a narrow, medial scar for the attachment of the adductors. The teeth are strong, straight, and divergent. They are supported by a dental callus which becomes obsolescent before it reaches the beak. The cardinal process is a long, bifid structure with a deep groove running down the exterior face from the sinus between the lobes to the beak. Each lobe is again grooved at the tip, sometimes by more than one groove. The muscle scars of the dorsal valve are partially surrounded by the anterior extensions of the crural plates as a callus which term- inates somewhat posterior to the anterior edge of the muscle scars. They are divided by a low median ridge leaving each scar as an ovate impression without division into anterior and posterior sets. Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth (mm.) v.v. 25260 LOS iia ie SADT es eae a Comparison—The dorsal valves of this form look much like those of Derbyia correanus (Derby). However, they can be distin- guished since each lobe of the cardinal process of Streptorhynchus halhanus is grooved only at the tip, the grooves not extending as far toward the beak as in D. correanus. Sometimes there is more than one groove at the end of each lobe in S. hallianus. There is a low, prominent medial ridge dividing the dorsal muscle scars of S. halli- anus. This ridge is weak or absent in D. correanus. The muscle scars of S. hallianus are much better impressed than those of D. correanus. As far as can be determined, D. correanus never has its anterior 91 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 29 margin thrown into plications. This may be a useful character in distinguishing between the exteriors of the two forms. The differ- ences between the ventral valves of the two species are obvious. The ventral valves of D. correanus have a ventral medial septum; those of S. hallianus do not. Stoyanow (1926) reports this species from the upper portion of the Pennsylvanian column of the Galiuro Mts. of Arizona; this may be either Middle or Upper Pennsylvanian. He also reports that Tschernyschew had identified the species from the “Cora” limestone (Upper Pennsylvanian) of the Urals. Number of Specimens Studied. They consisted of 4 incomplete dorsal valves (the posterior por- Six specimens were studied. tions ); one complete ventral valve; and one incomplete ventral valve (the posterior portion). Genus DERBYIA Waagen, 1884 Genolectotype—Derbyia regularis Waagen, Hall and Clarke, Paleontology of New York, vol. 8, Pt. 1, 1892, p. 262. Upper Pro- ductus limestone (Permian) of India. Waagen (1884, pp. 591-594) defined the genus Derbyia as in- cluding those forms with the following characteristics: the external appearance is the same as that of the genus Streptorhynchus. In the dorsal valve there is an extremely large and massive, bifid cardinal process. The crural plates partially surround the muscular area. The impressions are always large and deep but not separated from each other by a median septum. In the ventral valve the strong median septum extends from the apex of the beak about halfway to the an- terior margin. The hinge teeth are supported inside the area by prominent ridges which extend to the apex where they unite with the median septum. This group is known as the Septati. The hinge teeth may be supported inside the area by dental plates which unite with the posterior edge of the median septum throughout their length, “forming a little trigonal chamber under the vaulted pseudo- deltidium.” This group is known as the Cameratt. Thus, Waagen divided Derbyia into two groups, the Cameratt and the Septati. The Camerati are those with the “little trigonal chamber” formed by the union of the dental lamellae with the me- dian septum throughout their length, thus producing a spondylium. 30 BULLETIN 149 D2 The Septati are those in which the dental lamellae have been reduced to mere columns confluent with the teeth and joining the median septum only at the apex of the ventral valve. Since the type species of Derbyia, Derbyta regularis Waagen, is a member of the Septati, Girty (1908, p. 190) has split the group Camerati from the genus Derbyia and made it synonomous with the genus Orthotetes. The early descriptions of Orthotetes by Fischer de Waldheim (1820, 1837, 1850) are indistinct, and it seems safe to assume that he had no clear idea of its structure. Girty believed that what Fischer de Waldheim was calling a dorsal valve with septa was actually a ventral valve. Waagen (1884, pp. 592, 607) in proposing the genus Derbyia, and in his analysis of Orthotetes, agreed with Fischer de Waldheim’s interpretation of the forms, 1.2., septa are present in the dorsal valve and none are present in the ventral valve. Girty’s case appears best founded for the following reason: in Fischer de Waldheim’s 1850 paper he figured a species closely related to the type species which clearly shows the presence of septa in the ventral valve. Therefore, Girty’s definition of Orthotetes as being synono- mous with the Camerati of Waagen’s Derbyia seems best. This re- stricts the genus Derbyia to the Septati of Waagen. Thus, the genus Orthotetes possesses a small spondylium, whereas the genus Derbyia possesses obsolete dental lamellae joined with the median septum only at the apex of the beak. The Tapajos specimens agree essentially with Waagen’s original description of Derbyia as modified by Girty. However, the Tapajos material does differ in that the dorsal musculature of D. correanus is often divided by a faint median ridge, and it is not deeply impressed. Derbyia correanus (Derby) Pls 2, fig. 125 Bly 2a she Se G 1874. Streptorhynchus correanus Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci., Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 32-35, pl. 6, fig. 11; pl. 7, figs. 1-4, 8, 10-14, 17. 1894. Streftorhynchus correanus Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 492. 1938. Orthotetes correanus (Derby), Duarte, Sery. Geol. e Min. (Brazil), Bol. Sapo plas tle No specimens complete enough to permit an adequate descrip- tion of the exterior form of this species are available. However, this is not an insurmountable obstacle in identification, for as Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 77) have pointed out, there is an unusual amount of individual variation in the shape of the Upper Carboni- 93 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 31 ferous Derbyias. Concerning the shape of the Tapajos material, only the following can be said; the ventral beak varies from being high and distorted to only about half as high as the hinge line is wide and undistorted; the hinge line is about one-half to two-thirds the width of the shell; the dorsal valves are generally quite regularly convex. The ornament consists of radiating costae interrupted at regular intervals by obscure to prominent growth lines. When these growth lines are abundant and prominent, they give the shell a crenulated appearance. The costae multiply largely by intercalation, and they are a little narrower than the flat-bottomed spaces between them. The interior of the ventral valve has two strong, diverging teeth, each of which is continued along the inside edge of the del- thyrium as a strong callus to unite with the median septum just above the apex of the beak. This septum continues anteriorly for about one-third the length of the valve. The internal face of the deltidium bears a weak median callus which fits into the groove between the lobes of the bifid cardinal pro- cess of the dorsal valve when the two valves are articulated. On well- preserved specimens two small depressions can be seen on either side of this callus at the apex of the deltidium where the teeth join the median septum. These depressions are undoubtedly for the reception of the ends of the lobes of the cardinal process. The muscle scars of the ventral valve are too obscure to de- scribe. In the dorsal valve the oval muscle scars lie directly under the cardinal process and between the anterior extensions of the crural plates. In some specimens they are divided by a faint median ridge. There is no division into anterior and posterior pairs. The cardinal process is a long, bifid structure which bends pos- teriorly to various degrees depending upon the angle of the area of the corresponding ventral valve. The exterior of each lobe of the bifid cardinal process has a groove running from its tip almost to the beak of the valve. There is also another groove extending from the cleft between the two lobes to the beak of the valve. These grooves probably served for the attachment of the diductor muscles. On the interior of the cardinal process, just below the median cleft between the two lobes, is a slight callus which sometimes extends completely to the apex of the beak. Laterally the cardinal process gives rise to a 32 BULLETIN 149 94 pair of anteriorly diverging crural plates which partially surround the posterior portions of the muscle scars. Well-defined, deep sockets are located between the posterior portions of the crural plates and the hinge line. In his description of the species Derby (1874, p. 33) stated that the “strongly developed dental plates” are united with the median septum “within the apex of the beak,” forming a “small conical cav- ity... within the beak.” None of the Orthotetinae here studied have any suggestion of a spondylium. In view of this, Derby has been interpreted as referring to the tiny depression formed where the ventral ends of the dental calluses join the posterior end of the me- dian septum. This depression is extremely small, and it could not be construed as a spondylium. Furthermore, Derby’s illustrations of his species do not show a spondylium. Diagnosis —This species is characterized by the following: the presence of a single groove extending down each lobe of the bifid car- dinal process almost to the beak; the poor definition and light im- pression of the muscle scars; the presence, in some specimens, of a faint median ridge dividing the muscle scar into equal, lateral halves; the joining of the ventral median septum to the obsolescent dental lamellae just above the apex of the beak, and not within the apex of the beak. Approximate (restored) Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.) 25261 Sy ti aie et ae ODI wey tion coe ere dv. 25261 BOE ve sone, eran Gk a ese v.v. 25261 DOs OOS Ee, Sorin 2 ar tae er v.v. 25261 DO. Pe we 5.2 6 AO i, 2 ie 5 oe Comparison.—See discussion under the heading of Comparison in the discussion of Streptorhynchus halhanus. Number of Specimens Studied—TYwenty-one specimens of mostly dissociated, incomplete dorsal and ventral valves were stud- ied. 95 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 33 Genus TAPAJOTIA Dresser, n. gen. Type species— Streptorhynchus tapajotensis Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, 1874, p. 37, pl. 5, figs.°3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10; pl. 8, fig. 9. The shells of this new genus are moderately to weakly resupi- nate. The hinge line is long. The cardinal area is low and the beak is not cemented. The ornament consists of radially arranged costae as in Derbyia and Streptorhynchus. The dental lamellae are reduced to mere calluses bordering the interior edges of the delthyrium. The median septum is likewise re- duced to a small plate less than 1 mm. high and 5 mm. long in large specimens. In the dorsal valve the free edges of the crural plates are re- curved posteriorly to such an extent that their proximal portions are actually coalesced with the ventrolateral edges of the chilidium forming two tubes, one on each side, whose long axes project laterally and somewhat anteriorly. The distal portions of the crural plates continue nearly parallel with the hinge line, but they are not recurved as much as the proximal portions. They bound spoon-shaped sockets which are the lateral continuations of the tubes formed by the prox- imal portions of the crural plates. They do not extend anteriorly around the muscle scars. The cardinal process is a short, bifid struc- ture with the two widely separated lobes which appear to rise inde- pendently from the medial portions of their respective crural plates. Discussion.—The dorsal cardinalia bear a strong resemblance to those of Derbyoides (Dunbar and Condra, 1932, p. 114, pl. 14, figs. 1-4). However, the crural plates of Tapajotia are more recurved pos- teriorly than those of Derbyoides. Also they more closely parallel the hinge line than those of Derbyoides, and the lobes of the cardinal process are much more widely separated than in Derbyoides. The ventral valves of the two genera are very different. Dunbar and Con- dra state that Derbyoides resembles Derbyia except in the structure of the dorsal cardinalia. This means that Derbyotdes must possess a strong median septum. In Tapajotia the median septum is greatly reduced. It is evident that Tapajotia is closely related to Derbyoides. It may have evolved from Derbyoides by a reduction of the median septum and the dental lamellae and an accentuation and refinement 34 BULLETIN 149 96 of the features of the dorsal cardinalia, as outlined above. Whether or not it evolved directly from Derbyoides is obscure. It may have, but in any case, it is a step beyond Derbyoides in evolution along the Derbyia-Orthotetes branch of the Orthotetinae subfamily tree, as outlined by Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 73). The Tapajos species of this genus has been assigned to two separate genera by previous workers. It was identified as Strepto- rhynchus by Derby (1874, p. 40) when he originally described the fauna, although he suggested that the nature of the dorsal cardinalia might eventually lead to the removal of the Amazon species from Streptorhynchus. This, I believe, showed remarkable foresight on Derby’s part for his time. The other worker, Katzer (1903, p. 153), assigned his material to the genus Orthotetes apparently quite un- critically. Tapajotia tapajotensis (Derby) Pl. 3; figs. 126: -Pl. 43 fercar Seo mii 1874. Streptorhynchus tapajotensis Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol., No. Zep aDiN oy esas Oe 7a 9 lO plans. he 9: 1894. Streptorhynchus tapajotensis Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 492. 1903. Orthotetes tapajétensis (Derby), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien) (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 6, fig. 5.) 1938. (non) Derbya tapajétensis (Derby), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol. 84, p. 17, pl. 4, figs. 2-4. This species is characterized as follows: the poor impression of the muscle scars in both valves; its semicircular shape with the widest portion of the shell being anterior to the transverse mid-line of the shell; the long, relatively narrow palintropes of both valves; the strongly convex deltidium and chilidium; the details of the dor- sal cardinalia; the lack of a median septum dividing the musculature in the dorsal valve. Exterior —The shell is semicircular in outline, and varies from moderately to mildly resupinate. The long hinge line is a little less than the greatest width of the shell which is just anterior to its transverse mid-line. The ventral valve is slightly to moderately concave. The palin- trope is long and relatively narrow, being about seven or eight times as long as it is high. The delthyrium is about as high as wide, and is covered by a thick deltidium which is convex toward the exterior (posteriorly). The usually moderately distorted beak is, as a rule, ——— 97 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 35 about twice as high as are the lateral portions of the palintrope 1m- mediately adjacent to the deltidium. The dorsal valve is regularly and moderately convex. Its palin- trope is extremely narrow and elongated. The notothyrium, which is at least six times as wide as it is high, is filled by a solid thickened chilidium which is strongly convex toward the exterior (posterior), its mesial portion extending considerably posterior to the apex of the inconspicious beak. The ornament consists of strong, radiating costae which increase in number by intercalation. This intercalation produces an alternate ornament which usually has two or three weaker costae between the stronger ones. Sometimes a few moderate to weak growth lines are developed near the anterior margin of the shell. Interior—The strong, short, widely diverging teeth of the ven- tral valve are supported by the greatly reduced dental plates which are represented by mere thickenings or calluses bordering the edges of the deltidium. These dental calluses do not reach the apex of the beak, becoming obsolete at one-half to two-thirds the distance. They are relatively larger in immature specimens, here sometimes extending almost to the beak. A greatly reduced median septum arises from the floor of the valve anterior to the beak. It is usually from 3 to 4 mm. long and 1 mm. or less in height on mature specimens. The anterior portions of the muscle scars are lightly impressed, and their form is extremely difficult to discern. The posterior por- tions of the adductors are well impressed on some specimens. They lie on either side of the median septum and arise about the same lati- tude as does the median septum. They are well impressed anteriorly for about two-thirds the length of the median septum. Anterior to this they are very poorly impressed, and their outline has been seen on only one specimen. Here, the lateral margin of each scar, on either side of the median septum, curves anteromesially to join the lateral margin of the other scar about 2 mm. in front of the end of the me- dian septum. Thus, the overall shape of the adductors is that of a lozenge with a pointed anterior end, a rounded posterior end, and divided by a septum in its posteromesial portion. The shape and dis- tribution of the diductors cannot be determined. In the dorsal valve the cardinalia are quite complex (fig. 3). The crural plates are nearly parallel with the hinge line. Their internal 36 BULLETIN 149 98 or anterior surfaces join mesially under the bifid cardinal process to form an arc of about 60 degrees, which is concave toward the ante- rior. [he proximal one-third of the crural plate has its free margin recurved posteriorly to such an extreme degree that it coalesces with the ventro-lateral margin of the chilidium, thus forming a tube, the long axis of which extends laterally and a little anteriorly. The dis- tal portion of the crural plate does not have its free margin as re- curved as the proximal portion, and it forms the internal face of a spoon-shaped socket. The extreme distal end of the crural plate is slightly elevated into a sharp ridge, which probably served for at- tachment of the brachia. Fig. 3. Dorsal cardinalia of Tapajotia tapajotensis (Derby). A. Interior view B. Posterior view. ch, chilidium, cf, cardinal process, dc, distal portion of the crural plates, mn, median node, ms, median septum,. pc, proximal portion of the crural plate, ¢, tube formed by the coalescing proximal portion of the crural plate and the lateral edge of the chilidium. Drawing by Elizabeth A. Dalvé. The cardinal process is a bifid structure lying between the crural plates with its base apparently continuous with them. The lobes of the bifid cardinal process are widely separated, short, strong struc- tures. Between them on the surface of the arc formed by the anterior surfaces of the crural plates is a small, antero-ventrally projecting node. The postero-ventral side of this node is continuous with a plate standing halfway between the two lobes of the cardinal process and joining posteriorly with the internal surface of the chilidium. Thus, there is a median septum between the two lobes of the cardinal pro- 99 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 37 cess. Unfortunately on most specimens this plate has been partially destroyed and all that remains is a low ridge where the septum once stood. [he heavy chilidium overarches the posterior faces of the lobes of the cardinal process, its ventro-lateral margins on either side coalescing with the proximal portions of the crural plates to form the tubes referred to earlier. The posterior faces of the lobes of the cardinal process under the overarching chilidium are each grooved by a gutter which is wider near the end of the cardinal pro- cess than it is proximally. It probably served for the attachment of the diductor muscles. The adductor muscle scars are poorly impressed, their shape and distribution being indeterminable. Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.) 25262 SMe ate! Siar Gs) (Gresé..) eis 25262 UGH A Shei ten CE ae ee oie DS v.v. 25262 Dist ge are Oh ee eS Oy 2 d.v. 25262 NO) ess ghee 8 9S Ie eg Comparison.— Duarte (1938, p.17, pl. 4, figs. 2-4) described and figured a form which he called Derbyia tapajctensis. His form appears to be a Derbyia, but it is not this species. The cardinalia of his form are entirely different, and a strong median septum is present in his form which is not found in D. tapajotensis. Duarte’s species is resup - nate, and it is apparently upon this feature that he based his assign- ment of it to D. tapajotensis. However, the exterior form of any of the Orthotetinae is a most unreliable character to use for either generic or specific assignment, and since the interiors of the two forms differ so radically, it seems unwise to assign Duarte’s material to this species. Davidson (1857, p. 124, pl. 26, figs. 5,6) described and figured specimens from the Carboniferous of the British Isles which are of the same genus as this species. He grouped these specimens, with many others which are obviously not species of this genus, under the name Streptorhynchus crenistria Phillips. These specimens are specifically distinct from Tapajotia tapajotensis because they possess a much deeper impression of the muscle scars in both valves. David- 38 BULLETIN 149 100 son stated (zbid., p. 126) that he had examined specimens of Hall’s Orthis keokuk and O. robusta and found that they could not be specifically distinguished from British forms of S. crentstria. An ex- amination of Hall’s plates [1858, pl. 19, fig. 5 (Orthis keokuk), pl. 28, fig. 5 (Orthis robusta)] sheds no light upon the validity of this concept. If what he said is valid, and if they are the same as those forms of S. crenistria belonging to the genus Tapajotia, then O. keo- kuk, O. robusta, and S. crenistria will all be a single species under the genus 7apajotia but distinct from 7. tapazotensts. Stoyanow (1926) reported Derbyia tapajotensts from the upper portion of the Pennsylvanian section in the Galiuro Mts. of Arizona (Middle or Upper Pennsylvanian?). He also cited Tschernyschew’s identification of Derby’s species from the Schwagerina limestone (Upper Pennsylvanian) of the Urals. Number of Specimens Studied.—About 200 specimens consisting mainly of partially broken, dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied. Order TELOTREMATA Beecher, 1891 Superfamily SPIRIFERACEA Waagen, 1883 Family ATHYRIDAE Phillips, 1841 Subfamily ATHYRINAE Waagen, 1883 Genus CLEIOTHYRIDINA Buckman, 1906 Type species—Athyris royssu Davidson, British Fossil Brachio- poda, vol. 2, part 5, 1857, p. 84, pl .18 figs. 1-11. The Carboniferous limestone (Mississippian) of Great Britain. 1841. (Non) Cleiothyris Phillips, Paleozoic Fossils of Cornwall and Devon, pe S56 1850. Cleiothyris Phillips, King, Paleontographical Soc. (The Permian Fossils of England) p. 137, pl. 10, figs. 1-10. 1906. Cleiothyridina Buckman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 18, pp. 323-24. In proposing this genus Buckman merely named it and des- ignated the type species. He gave no description and neither figured nor listed any supplementary species. He evidently intended King’s misinterpretation of Cletothyris Phillips to stand as a generic de- scription for Cletothyridina. Weller (1914, p. 472) stated that this genus differed from Athyris in the form of its surface markings; Cleiothyridina having the concentric lamellae divided into flat spines 101 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 39 by deep incisions; Athyris not having these spines. More recent authors, such as Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 359), and Cooper (in Shimer and Shrock, 1944, p. 333), apparently can find little more than this originally defined difference between the two genera. The interior structures of the two are very similar, and it seems that a restudy should be undertaken to determine whether or not they actually merit distinct generic evaluation. As abstracted from Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 359), the internal characters of this genus are as follows: the hinge teeth have short but stout dental lamellae; the dorsal beak has a short hinge plate perforated by a round foramen just inside the beak; this plate is bordered by deep dental sockets, and its front gives rise to the crural plates which arch forward and ventrally; the primary lamel- lae of the spiralia are recurved abruptly at their origin from the tips of the crural plates. They run dorso-anteriorly and then curve ven- trally to give rise to a pair of spiral cones whose apices are directed laterally; the jugum is a complex structure consisting of two limbs rising ventrally to join a saddle-shaped structure, from which a pro- cess extends backward almost to the tips of the crural plates and then subdivides into two lamellae which recurve dorsally, closely parallel to the bases of the primary lamellae. The Tapajés material appears to agree fully with the North American representations of the genus as diagnosed above, except that the jugum is not exhibited, and, therefore, one cannot be sure that it has the same structure as that described above. The Amazonian specimens have been attributed by previous authors to two separate genera and three North American and Eu- ropean species. [These assignments now seem highly questionable. The Tapajos fauna yields what appears to be two new species, one of which has apparently never before been recorded in South American literature. In all probability the species ranges for Cletothyridina are geographically far more circumscribed than older writers sup- posed. Cleiothyridina casteri Dresser, n. sp. Pl. 4, figs. 1-7, 10 1874. Athyris sublamellosa Hall, Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull. vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 10-12, pl. 2, figs. 9-12, pl. 3, figs. 15, 21,29; pl. 6, fig. 16; pl. 9, figs. 5, 6. 1894. Athyris sublamellosa Hall, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 419. 40 BULLETIN 149 102 1903. Cleiothyris royssii Léveille, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 164, pl. 5, fig. Sa-c; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 5, fig. 5.) 1933. Cleiothyridina orbicularis (McChesney), Reed, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ti, (ser-))) 10; p; 534. 1938. Cleiothyridina orbicularis (McChesney), Duarte, Sery. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol. 84, p. 32, pl. 5, figs. 13-16; pl. 6, figs. 9-11. This species 1s characterized as follows: the valves are generally about equally convex; some specimens have a broad, anteriorly de- veloped, ventral, mesial sinus and a corresponding dorsal fold; the anterior margin of some specimens is thrown into concentric folds or plications paralleling the lamellae; the dental lamellae reach the floor of the ventral valve; the hinge plate of the dorsal valve is per- forated by a large foramen; the fringe of each lamella has about 25 spines per mm., which are often cemented together laterally giving the aspect of larger flattened spines. These spines do not make an angle of over 20 degrees with the surface of the shell. Exterior—The shell is circular to transversely oval in outline. The valves are biconvex, the relative degree of inflation of the two valves varying from specimen to specimen. In some specimens the anterior commissure line is broadly uniplicate, 1.¢., a broad, anteriorly restricted median sinus is developed in the ventral valve along with a corresponding fold in the dorsal valve. Also, many specimens de- velop concentric folds, largely restricted to the anterior region, and paralleling the lamellae. These folds are usually obscure on the ex- terior, being represented by the development of a more prominent lamella which has a higher anterior border than the others. This pro- duces the overall external aspect of a grouping of the weaker lamellae between these less common stronger ones, giving an alternate effect to the rugosity. The folds are conspicuous and prominent on the in- side of the valve. The ventral beak is slightly incurved over the wide delthyrial area which surrounds the dorsal beak when the two are articulated, the underside of the ventral beak resting on the umbone of the dorsal valve. The large foramen of the ventral valve occupies the apex of the beak, the umbone of the dorsal valve bounding its underside which is continuous with the open delthyrium of the ventral valve. The beak of the dorsal valve is less incurved than that of the ventral valve. In life it filled the open delthyrium of the ventral valve. No deltidial or notothyrial plates are evident. 103 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER +) The ornament consists of imbricating lamellae which are more crowded on the sides than middle. Near the middle of the valve the lamellae vary in frequency from 2 to 3 per mm. Each lamella is fringed by many minute spines, some of which are cemented together laterally to give the aspect of large, flattened spines. The minute spines number about 25 per mm., and though generally flattened against the shell surface, they may occasionally make an angle of about 20 degrees with it. Interior —The interior of the ventral valve possesses two short, stout teeth which are strongly recurved posteromesially. The teeth are supported by dental plates which descend almost vertically to the floor of the valve and reach somewhat posteriorly into the umbonal region. An indistinct thickening runs transversely across the floor of the umbonal cavity joining their posteroventral ends. Vague muscle scars are found to lie anterior to this thickening. Their shape is difficult to discern. In one old and large specimen they appear to be six in number, and are of a curious shape and disposi- tion. These comprise, postero-centrally, two small, oval impressions having their posterior portions divided by a wide ridge, thus giving them a somewhat heartlike shape; they are flanked by a pair of cir- cular impressions from which they are separated by a definite ridge; anterior to these four scars, and vaguely separated from them, are two much larger, oval impressions the longer axes of which converge anteriorly toward the longitudinal mid-line of the valve. These last two scars are coalescent and undelimited from each other for about half their total length; however, they are distinctly delimited ante- riorly and laterally by a thin, well-defined callus ridge and by dif- ferences in the shell texture. They do not extend anteriorly past the transverse mid-line of the valve. In the dorsal valve there is no cardinal process, as such. How- ever, there is a thickening in the middle of the hinge plate which may have served this function. The foramen of the hinge plate is situated at the beak, and it is about as long antero-posteriorly as the hinge plate is wide in the same direction. A projection of the thickened mesial portion of the hinge plate extends finger-like into the foramen, giving the foramen a heart shape with the apex of the heart pointing toward the beak. Laterally the hinge plate merges with the crural plates which bound the inner margins of the deep dental sockets. 42 BULLETIN 149 104 Where the hinge plate and the crural plates unite, they give rise to crural processes which extend ventrally to give rise to the primary lamellae of the spiralia. Postero-laterally from each of the crural pro- cesses a trough is developed on the much widened upper (ventral ) edge of the crural plate. This trough runs parallel with the crural process, and it is bounded on its postero-lateral side by the postero- lateral portion of the crural plate which is projected above the rest of the widened upper surface of the crural plate into a ridge recurv- ing slightly over the dental socket to the rear. Originating under the hinge plate on the floor of the valve, just anterior to the beak, is a low, sharp, median ridge. This ridge extends anteriorly about one-third the length of the valve, dividing the mus- cular impressions into two equal, lightly impressed ovate scars, which extend anteriorly about the same amount. Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth( mm.) 25263 DO rel RDN ES ea me 25264 DOP er elon et Moder he oe eam 25264 |W SAAS Dire Mey Seta A 0 ve a elai a S'S 25264 Grakee i Ures vara, VU Quer ae Ue 25264 DON ela se sk) ee ee oe 25264 Ge See ee kOe Sees eee 25264 Bn ENGST RV Dn ese ey eet 25264 | Merengue a) 6 Reames a oat 25264 Lay Baie hey RLS Eel ee ke eae Comparison.—For comparison with the other species with which this species has in the past been identified, see the comparison chart below. Types.—Holotype, University of Cincinnati Geological Mu- seum, Cat. No. 25263; hypodigm: 195 paratypes, University of Cin- cinnati Geological Museum, Cat. No. 25264. Cleiothyridina derbyi Dresser, n. sp. Ply 5 atess6 This species is characterized as follows: the outline is longi- tudinally ovate; the ventral beak is erect, not resting on the umbone of the dorsal valve; small size; relatively narrow, ventral delthyrium; BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 43 105 "14d]SDI “7) UL SB pedojasap [jam os Jou aspii ueipau ydaoxe 149]SD) *) YI SIO -a}ul [esi1op "QATBA [PIQUAA fo 100Y Yoeal Qe[jaue, jeyuap “UU 9—YIPIM ‘mW = 6—YIFua| (AA) ‘oads Jsadie] SP1OJ d1.1ju399U09 ON ‘quasaid PploF 10 snuts [BIsoul 1OL1AJUR ou "A‘p ueyy xaauod a10ul A[[etauad "A°A yam XPAUOIIG “QUILPIE Je YIpPrIA Isajeaid YUM “RAO A[[eurpnyisuo] 1hqsap purpi4hyjo1d],) “YBIq PABMO] JIBIY jo xade YUM uaMes10; 2ya 0} Wadse padeys -J1Bay eb SUIAIS iW ojyuT Sunsafosd ajyejd adury jo uoyiod pauayoryy JBISAU YIM adiR| yeoq ye ayeid asuly Ul udu -B104 “papraArp jou “A‘p jo aqeid asury “ATA JO 1009 YoRad av[jeawie, jewuep “mu = ZTZ—YIPIM pue yisue, “xeul “IB [[OUIR| WaMois ayy sul -jayjered spyoy otajueo -u0d OUT UMOIYI sewmemos ulds1P ul uy ‘pedojasap SAUINAMIOS PlOJ pue snuis peoig “AqrxaAuod yenba inoqe jo “AA pur ‘A'p YIM xaAUOOIq “auTPNO [BAO AlasStaAsSUB. 0} 1e[NO110 140 ]SD) vuipishyq01s)’) “WW g9—YIPIM pue yidue, “xeuw ‘uoneAala Jassa] JO Jajeais jo snuis pur ploy [Biseut perosq “AWxaAUOD [ENba jNOqGe JO “ATA pueR "Ap YIM xXaAUOoI aurpnNo [BAO A[asraa -SUEI} 0} Ie[NII1D nssdod DUIPIAhY1019]/) “UdUIL OF {uije AQ yeaq ay} ye paiesopiad st pue xade 0} JsOul;e paplaip “Ap jo ajerd asdury "ATA JO 100 YORaL jou Op aRjawe| JejUap Joys “WU 9T—IPIM pue yysueay ‘xvw ‘suauitoads pyjo uo snuIs pure ploy [esau JOLaIUe JUIEF AIDA “ATA UBY] XAAUOD 9.10 APysys “Asp sou -9WOS YIM xXaAUODT aulpNo yeondiyya -qns AjasiaAsur.y 0} Je[NoA1Oqns STAD INILGAO DuUIpIsdyJO12]/) “UU §T—YIPIM puv yisua] ade19Ar ‘suaumtdads pjo uo Juasaid Ajjesaues ing Quiey snuts pue POF [BIsau jue ee NaN ubYy} XAAU0D a10UI “ATP JEM ‘xa Auoorq “AUT[INO BJBAO 0} IeBpNorqioqgus DSO]JIUL Dyiqns DuUIptédyjo1];) 44 BULLETIN 149 106 the spines sometimes stand at an angle in excess of 30 degrees to the surface of the shell. Exterior—The shell is small and longitudinally oval in out- line. It is biconvex, either valve sometimes being the more convex. The ventral beak is erect, projecting considerably posterior to the hinge line and the dorsal beak. The dorsal beak projects into the open, relatively narrow delthyrium of the ventral valve, but the beak of the ventral valve does not rest on the umbone of the dorsal valve. Also, the umbone of the dorsal valve does not serve to delimit the underside of the pedicle opening which is continuous with the open delthyrium of the ventral valve. The ornament consists of concentric lamellae, the anterior edges of which are broken up into many minute spines. These spines num- ber about 30 per mm., and they are often cemented together later- ally to produce the aspect of larger, flattened spines. For this reason they are very difficult to count. They are usually flattened against the surface of the shell, but they may upon occasion make an angle in excess of 30 degrees with it. Interior—The strong, short teeth are recurved posteromesially toward the longitudinal mid-line of the valve. They are supported by nearly vertical dental lamellae which reach somewhat posteriorly into the umbonal region. There is no apparent thickening running transversely between their posterior ends, across the floor of the umbonal cavity, as in Cletothyridina castert. The muscle scars are generally poorly defined. However, one old and large specimen shows them generally to resemble those of C. castert in number and distribution. They consist of three pairs of im- pressions lying anterior to the dental lamellae. The posteromesial pair is not separated by a median ridge as in C. casteri. It appears as a single scar. It is interpreted to be two undifferentiated scars from analogy with the two posteromesial oval scars of C. castert. Lateral to this undifferentiated scar lie a pair of kidney-shaped impressions corresponding to the lateral, circular impressions of C. castert. They are separated from the undifferentiated posteromesial scar by a def- inite callus ridge. Anterior to these four posterior scars lies a large, subrounded scar which is separated mesially only at its anterior bor- der. Again, by analogy with C. casteri, this scar is made up of two, ovate, coalescent and undelimited scars. This scar is, however, very 107 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 45 definitely separated from the two posterolateral kidney-shaped scars by a thickened ridge of callus material. The dorsal interior is the same as that of C. casteri, except that the median ridge is not so well developed as in C. castert. Dimensions —Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm). 25265 3 De Fe oe ed PHOLOGY ie v.v. 25266 Se ee ee are fen le 1.5 v.v. 25266 SILANE 98 oc muon a5 Comparison.—This species differs from C. casteri in the follow- ing characters: it has a longitudinally ovate outline, whereas that of C. casteri is circular or transversely ovate; it has a relatively more narrow ventral delthyrium than C. casteri; its ventral beak is erect and does not rest on the umbone of the dorsal valve; the spines are more numerous per mm., and they stand at a higher angle to the sur- face of the shell than in C. casteri; there is no apparent callous ridge running across the floor of the umbonal cavity between the posterior ends of the dental lamellae; the muscle scars have a slightly different shape. Types.—Holotype, University of Cincinnati Geological Mu- seum, Cat. No. 25265. Thirteen paratypes, University of Cincinnati Geological Museum, Cat. No. 25266. Family SPIRIFERIDAE King, 1846 Subfamily AMBOCOELIINAE George, 1931 Genus CRURITHYRIS George, 1931 Type species —Spirifer urei Fleming, 1828, A History of British Animals, p. 376 (for the specimen figured by Ure, 1793, p. 313 pl. 14, fig. 12). The Avonian (Mississippian) of Strathhaven, Lanarkshire, Great Britain. Original Description (George, 1931, p. 42).— Hinge line rela- tively primitive, considerably less than the width of the shell. Ventral umbo markedly incurved. Surface ornament (? smooth to) spinose. Cardinal process sessile, elevated, triangular, tuberculate. Dorsal musculature normally situated, muscle scars elongate. 46 BULLETIN 149 108 Discussion—It would seem that the nature of the cardinal process and the dorsal musculature is enough to establish the validity of this genus, and that the external form, as defined by George, is not diagnostic. The condition of the hinge line being shorter than the width of the shell is not restricted to this genus of the Ambocoe- liinae. For instance, Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 346, pl. 62, figs. 12-14) have shown upon the basis of internal structure and com- parison with the types, that Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard ) from the Pennsylvanian of Nebraska is an undoubted Ambocoelia, and yet, its hinge line is shorter than the width of its shell. The Tapajos material agrees perfectly with the description of this genus, except in a few cases with respect to the width of the hinge line relative to the width of the shell. There are a few ventral valves of which the hinge line is the widest portion of the shell. How- ever, no dorsal valves were found which have the internal characters of Ambocoelia. Perhaps these few ventral valves are a distinct species of Crurithyris, but until articulated specimens are found, the dorsal valves of which can be studied, the assignment of these valves will have to remain a problem. Crurithyris granularis Dresser, n. sp. Pl. 5 figse2-21 1855. (Non) Spirifer planoconvexa Shumard, Geol. Rep. Missouri, p. 202;— Geinitz, 1866, Carbon und Dyas in Nebraska, p. 42, pl. 3, fig. 10-18. 1874. Spirifer (Martinia) planoconvexa Shumard, Derby, Cornell Univ., Ser, Bull= volo 1, No: 2; pp: 19-20; pl. figs, 12, 16, 18% ple 9 figs 7: 1894. Spirifer (Martinia) planoconvexa Shumard, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2. p. 491. 1903. Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 164; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154.) 1914. Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard), Koztowski, Annales de Paléon- tologie; vol. 9, pp. 76-77, pl. 1, fig. 5; pl. 10, figs. 1-14. 1914. Ambococlia planoconvexa (Shumard), Meyer, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Geol., Paleo., Beil.-Bd. 37, p. 639. This species is characterized by the following: subcircular to transversely subovate outline; small size; lack of a sinus in either valve; the possession of numerous, thickly set, small spines covering both valves. Exterior—Vhe shape of the shell varies from subcircular to suboval. It is biconvex with the ventral valve having much the greater convexity. The beaks of both valves are moderately incurved over their respective areas which are relatively narrow, and which 109 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 47 have paradeltidial and paranotothyrial ridges, respectively, border- ing their edges. Paradeltidial ridges and paranotothyrial ridges are terms suggested by Dr. Caster for ridges found to border the del- tidium and the notothyrium respectively. In the ventral valve their origin is obscure. In the dorsal valve they are formed by the junc- tion of the crural plates with the upturned edges of the palintrope bordering the notothyrium. The shell texture is granular. On unusually well-preserved speci- mens this granular texture is seen to be related to the many, tiny spines scattered over the shell surface, the granules of the granular texture representing the spine bases. The spines are small and thickly set in obscurely concentric rows. A few growth lines are usually present. One of these usually circumscribes the shell about its middle. The others are located near the margins. They are generally best de- veloped on the dorsal valves. Interior —TVhere are no dental plates or septa within the ven- tral valve. The recurved teeth are supported by a thickening along the internal edge of the delthyrium. The mesially situated adductor muscle scars are long, narrow, troughlike depressions extending almost the full length of the valve. They are divided by a faint median ridge. The diductor muscle scars are generally faintly impressed lateral to these adductor scars. On exceptionally well-preserved specimens these are seen to be cre- scentic depressions originating near the adductor scars under the beak, and reaching their maximum lateral convexity near the middle of the valve. From here they again approach the longitudinal mid- line of the valve, but they die out before they reach it. They extend anteriorly for about two-thirds the length of the valve. The ventral pedicle muscle scars have their origin in two small holes, one on each side, just lateral to the diductor muscle scars under the thickenings which support the teeth. In the dorsal valve the dental sockets are deep, conspicuous de- press'ons lying under the dorsal palintrope and bounded on their posterior sides by the palintrope surface. On their anteromedial sides they are bounded by the crural plates which give rise to the crural processes. The crural processes are elongate, rodlike structures diverging slightly as they project anteriorly just above the floor of the valve. No jugum is present. The cardinal process lies between the 48 BULLETIN 149 119 crural plates at the mid-line. It is a small, ventrally projecting, sub- conical tubercle. The muscle scars are vaguely impressed, but they can be deter- mined on exceptionally well-preserved specimens. The posterior ad- ductor scars arise about the same latitude as do the crural processes, and they extend anteriorly about one-third the length of the valve. They are divided by a median ridge throughout their length. Lateral to these and beginning just posteriorly of their anterior ends is an- other, even less well-defined, groovelike pair of muscle scars, the anterior adductor scars. They extend anteriorly to the transverse mid-line of the shell. No dorsal pedicle muscle scars are visible. Dimensions —Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.) 25267 3 3 2 holotype 25268 7 if 5 25268 5 6 4.5 25268 5 6 4 25268 4 4 3 d.v. 25268 6 LS 2 d.v. 25268 5 5.5 | v.v. 25268 5 535 3 v.v. 25268 7 9 4 Compartson—Externally this species greatly resembles Ambo- coelia planoconvexa. However, it can be differentiated from it if well- preserved interiors are available. These show a small, triangular, ven- trally projecting cardinal process contrasted with the posteriorly pro- jecting, bifid cardinal process of Ambocoelia. Also, the muscle scars of this species are situated in a normal position, while those of Am- bocoelia are situated in a medial or anterior position. This then is an example of a remarkable external homeomorphy between Crurithyris granularis and Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard). C. granularis is distinguished from other species of the same genus by the lack of a medial sinus in either valve; its generally sub- circular outline; and the numerous, thickly set, small spines covering both valves. 111 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER AY This species also somewhat resembles Phricodothyris perplexa (McChesney ) in its general shape, but it differs from P. perplexa in not having double-barreled spines, or as strongly developed con- centric ornament. In addition, P. perplexa is larger and has a thicker shell. Furthermore, the angle between the crural plates of the dorsal valve is greater than in C. granularis and the crural processes of P. perplexa are more flattened in a vertical (dorso-ventral) plane than those of C. granularis. Types.—Holotype, University of Cincinnati Geological Mu- seum, Cat. No. 25267. The paratype suite consists of about 660 specimens, mostly dissociated dorsal and ventral valves. They are deposited in the University of Cincinnati Geological Museum, Cat. No. 25268. Subfamily RETICULARIINAE Waagen, 1883 Genus PHRICODOTHYRIS George, 1932 (=? Squamularia Gemmellaro, 1889) Type species—Phricodothyns lucerna George, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 88, 1932, pp. 516-575, pl. 33, fig. 2; pl. 34, fig. 3; pl. 35, figs. 1-5. The Avonian series, (Mississippian) of Great Britain. Original Description (George, 1932, pp. 524-525 ).— Brachythyrid, relatively brephomorphic, primitive in shell-form. Spiralia directed more or less laterally; jugum or jugal processes apparently absent. Sur- face-ornament of biramous barbed spines. Shell structure fibrous impunctate. Internal plates usually absent, but progressive, frequently attaining the pri- mary and sometimes the basilary stage, but never the intermediate stage. The double-barreled spines are the distinguishing characteristic of this genus. Although George does not sav: in so many words that this genus is replacing Gemmellaro’s genus Squamularia, this is in effect what it does, for all reticulariid forms possessing double -bar- reled spines were previously assigned to it. Gemmellaro’s descrip- tion of Squamularia is inadequate by modern standards, and, among other critical omissions, fails to mention double-barrelled spines. The validity of Phricodothyris hinges upon a restudy of Gemmel- laro’s types to determine if they possess double-barreled spines, but since by definition Phricodothyris does possess double-barreled spines, the Tapajos material has been tentatively assigned to it. 50 BULLETIN 149 112 Phricodothyris perplexa (McChesney) Pl6 fies 4eeG 1860. (?) Spirifer perplexa McChesney, Descr. New Paleozoic Fossils, p. 43. 1874. Spirifera (Martinia) perplexa (McChesney), Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 16-18, pl. 3, figs. 27, 39, 40, 45, 50; pl. 8, fig. 13. 1894. Sfirifera (Martinia) perplexa (McChesney), Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2,)p: AOU 1903. Reticularia perplexa (McChesney), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brazilien); p. 172, pl. 6, fig. 1la-b; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 6, fig. 11). 1903. Squamularia perplexa (McChesney), Girty, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 16, p. 392, pl. 6, figs. 8-10 1914. Reticularia lineata Martin var. perplexa (McChesney), Koztowski, Annales de Paléontologie vol. 9, pp. 73-76, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4; pl. 10, figs. 19-24; (non) pl. 10, figs. 25-27. 1914. Reticularia perplexa (McChesney), Meyer, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Geol. Paleo., Beil—Bd. 37, p. 640, pl. 14, figs. 4a, b. 1929. Reticularia lineata Martin var. perplexa (McChesney), Steinmann, Geologie von Peru, p. 48, fig. 44. 1930. Squamularia perplexa (McChesney), King, Univ. Texas, Bull. 3042, joe) INK 1932. Squamularia 2? perplexa (McChesney), Dunbar and Condra, Nebraska Geol. Sur., Bull. 5, ser. 2, pp. 313-316, pl. 62, figs. 5-8. 193°. Squamularia perplexa (McChesney), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min., (Brazil), Bol. 84, pp. 31-32, pl. 5, figs. 10-12. This species is characterized as follows: subcircular shape; strongly developed growth lines; large double-barreled spines; pos- teriorly projecting ventral beak; thickness of the shell; dorso-ventral flattening of the crural processess. Exterior—The shell is usually about 1 mm. wider than long, lending a subcircular aspect to it. It is biconvex with the ventral valve being the more convex. The ventral umbone is high and is produced posteriorly further than any other portion of the shell. The dorsal umbone is subdued, ending in a beak which projects a little past the hinge line. The delthyrium of the ventral valve is about as high as it is wide. It is about one-fourth to one-third as wide as the shell. The notothyrium of the dorsal valve is much less high than the delthy- rium of the ventral valves, but it still is about as high as it is wide. It is about one-fifth to one-sixth the width of the shell. Paradel- tidial and paranotothyrial ridges are present as in Crurithyris granu- laris. The ventral area is apsacline (the area is inclined ventro-pos- teriorly ), and the dorsal area is orthocline (horizontal), the angle be- tween them being acute. The ornament of both valves consists of imbricating, concentric lamellae. Each lamella possesses a single concentric row of evenly 113 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 51 spaced double-barreled spines. When broken off, they leave a tear- drop shaped scar with its apex pointing anteriorly. Between each of these scars, and just anterior to them, is a group of three much smaller scars from which a set of smaller spines arises. In mega- scopic view the combined visual effect of all of these scars is one of an almost weakly reticulate ornament. This is a characteristic ap- pearance which can never be confused with any other once it has been observed. On well-preserved specimens the large spines are seen to stand at an angle of about 45 degrees to the surface of the shell. The smaller spines stand at an angle of about 20 degrees to the sur- face. The shells are thick and heavy. Those of the Vapajés material show a fibrous structure wherever the external layer of the shell has been removed. This structure is probably due to the incomplete sili- cification of the prismatic calcite below the outer layer of the shell. This is then brought out by the process of etching wherein the acid attacks the calcite and leaves the silica behind as a network, look- ing not unlike the porous surface of a sponge. Interior —Due to the fibrous, spongelike nature of the interiors of almost all of the shells, the muscle scars are not well shown. In those specimens in which they can be vaguely discerned, they are seen to be of about the same shape and distribution as those of Crurithyris already described. No dental lamellae, apertural plates, or median septa occur in the ventral valve of this species. The teeth are supported by a thick- encd ridge bordering the interior of the delthyrium. In the dorsal valve no cardinal process has been observed. It is not known if one was ever present. In every case the cardinal area under the beak appears to have been eroded or etched out. Perhaps this rough, rugose appearance is natural, the whole area under the beak serving for the attachment of the diductor muscles. The deep dental sockets are bounded anteromedially by the crural plates, and their posterior portions are covered by the palintrope, just as in C. granularis. In the available material all of the crural processes giving rise to the primary lamellae of the spiralia have been broken off close to the cardinal area. All that can be observed about them is that they are dorso-ventrally flattened, at least at their proximal ends. 52 BULLETIN 149 114 Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.) 25269 io Megat eee har teteee! | oem paige Een ae nm 25269 OF) Seen ties AON ot iene v.v. 25269 Ge Fay, Sree eek bot tok. een v.v. 25269 iy SoC oe ee Me: SS d.v. 25269 Ds ar hc sorte ke ep 0020 2s st) ee d.v. 25269 1 SAREE Be ceet tnt! MEER Bae OP Comparison.—See the discussion under the heading of Compart- son in the description of Crurithyris granularis, n. sp. Number of Specimens Studied—About 130 specimens consisting mostly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied. Subfamily SPIRIFERINAE Schuchert, 1913 Genus SPIRIFER Sowerby, 1816 Type species—Anomites striatus Martin, Petref. Derb., 1809, pl. 23. Lower Carboniferous (Mississippian), Great Britain. As abstracted from Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 317) this genus is characterized by the following: spiriferoid outline; simple plica- tions on the fold and sinus as well as on the lateral slopes; dorsal palintrope narrower than ventral palintrope; ventral beak larger than the dorsal beak, and it more or less strongly overarches the palintrope; entire surface covered by fine and closely spaced con- centric lirae which are crossed by fine radial lirae, making a fine- textured grill; the dental plates are strong vertical septa which diverge more or less; a calluslike thickening under the palintrope commonly more or less envelopes the dental lamellae; dental sockets in the dorsal valve are long and subconical; the crural plates are heavy and bound the inner sides of the sockets, curving inward and upward around the socket. They are united posteriorly under the beak to form a narrow, sloping hinge plate; further forward they are vertical and hang pendant and flangelike, not reaching the floor of the valve; the cardinal process is a low, broad boss marked by deep vertical striations. Discussion—Vhe characteristic of having simple plications on the fold and sinus and on the lateral slopes apparently cannot be 115 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 53 taken overseriously. Many species are included under the genus Spirifer in which one or more of the plications bifurcates, especially on the fold and sinus. It appears that it should be interpreted to mean that most of the plications are simple and do not bifurcate, and those which have arisen by bifurcation usually do not again bi- furcate. For instance, in Spirifer rocky-montamt Marcou, the first pair of plications on either side of the fold invariably join near the beak, 1.e., are the result of bifurcation. Also, all of the plications on the fold and in the sinus arise by bifurcation. To carry it one step further, Neospirifer, a subgenus of Spirifer, is characterized by the fasciculation of the plications, which is produced by their repeated bifurcation. It agrees exactly with Spirifer in all other respects. Should it be given separate generic standing merely because the pli- cations bifurcate? The overwhelming mass of evidence from other brachiopod groups, and indeed, from other members of the Spiri- feridae, indicates that the internal characters form the best basis for generic classification. It is for this reason that Neospirifer is being considered as a subgenus under the genus Spirifer in this paper. Spirifer rocky-mentani Marcou Pl ahiess (=1 Ons Pie Gs tes 1858. (?) Spirifer rocky-montani Marcou, Geology of North America, p. 50, pl 7, figs. 4c, d, e; [mon figs. 4, 4a, b]. 1858. (Non) Spirifer opimus Hall, Geol. of Iowa, vol. 1, pl. 2, p. 711, pl. 28, figs. la, b. 1874. Spirifer opima Hall, Derby, Cornell Uniy., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, p. opie tio 4aple 2, fies 7s pla 4. fe 12: 1894. Spirifer rockymontanus Marcou, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 491. 1903. Spirifer rockymontanus Marcou, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 158, pl. 4; fig. 3; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 4, fig. 3; pl. 5, fig. 2). 1932. Spirifer rockymontanus Marcou, Dunbar and Condra, Nebraska Geol. Sur., Bull. 5, ser. 2, p. 318, pl. 61, figs. 7-9. 1938. Brachythyris opimus (Hall), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol. 84 ,p. 29, pl. 1, fig. 16. 1938. Brachythyris rockymontanus (Marcou), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol. 84, p. 30, pl. 6, figs. 5-8. This species is characterized by the following: presence of six plications in the fold and five in the sinus of the m»ture specimens; its transversely suboval outline; nine to twelve largely simple plica- tions on each lateral slope; the joining of the first pair of plications on either lateral slope near the beak of the dorsal valve. Exterior —The shell is transversely subovaze with the widest 54 BULLETIN 149 116 portion of the shell being a little posterior to the transverse mid-line. The hinge line is only a little shorter than the greatest width, thus making the cardinal extremities slightly obtusely angular. It is bi- convex with both valves about equally inflated. The ventral sinus originates at the moderately incurved beak as a simple furrow. Within one millimeter of the beak a median plica- tion develops in the sinus. Within three millimeters of the beak two more plications, one on either side of the median plication, have bi- furcated from the master plication bounding the sinus. There are now three plications in the sinus. The second pair (plications four and five) arise between ten and fifteen millimeters from the beak by bifurcation from the master plications bordering the sinus. This makes a total of five plications in the sinus consisting of two pair and a median one. This is the total number developed within the sinus. Lateral to these there are from ten to twelve plications on each lateral slope, when the master plication bounding one side of the sinus is included in the count. The first plication lateral to the master plication invariably arises from it by bifurcation near the beak. The dorsal fold arises at the slightly incurved beak as a single plication which bifurcates within one millimeter of the beak into two equal plications. Within three millimeters of the beak, a second pair arises by bifurcation, one from the lateral side of each of the two median plications. Thus, within three millimeters of the beak four plications have arisen. The third pair arises considerably further anteriorly by bifurcation from the lateral sides of the second pair. They usually arise between ten and fifteen millimeters from the beak. There are, then, in the adult, a total of six plications of the fold. Lateral to the fold on each lateral slope there are usually from nine to twelve plications of which the first pair on either lateral slope is invariably joined near the beak, 1.e., bifurcates near the beak into two equal plications. All of the plications of both valves are subangular to rounded, moderately high, and separated by subangular to rounded furrows of width and depth equal to the plications. There is no fasciculation of the plications. On well-preserved specimens the palintrope is seen to be ver- tically striated. That of the dorsal valve is considerably narrower than that of the ventral valve, being about half as wide. The ventral 117 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 55 palintrope is quite markedly concave. There is a curious groove bor- dering the delthyrium of the ventral valve and extending a short distance onto the external (posterior) face of the tooth. There is no comparable structure on the dorsal valve. On well-preserved material the surface is seen to be covered by fine, radial striae distributed over furrow and plication alike. Interior —The strong, short teeth are supported by dental plates which reach the floor of the valve only in the umbonal region. From the area immediately below the tooth, where they arise, their free margin extends anteromesially as a sort of platelike projection. They do not meet one another at the mid-line of the valve, but each one does form a surface bounding the interior of the delthyrium and sloping ventro-mesially. Where their fixed edges attach to the mar- gins of the delthyrium, the groove along the external edge of the del- thyrium is developed. The overall aspect of the ventral muscle scars is that of a lozenge-shaped area wherein adductors probably occupied an elongate mesial depression which extends anteriorly for about half the length of the shell. The diductors lie on either side of the ad- ductor impression and are separated from it by the definite ridges which enclose the elongated adductor scar. The diductor scars are about two-thirds as long as the adductor scar. They are considerably wider posteriorly than anteriorly where they are reduced to mere grooves paralleling the adductor groove. The whole of the muscular area is raised above the general internal surface of the valve, and it is bordered by a callus extending anteriorly from the dental plates where they touch the floor of the valve in the umbonal region. In the dorsal valve the groovelike sockets are covered by a definite, independent plate extending from the beak almost to the anterior margin of the socket, where the tooth of the ventral valve is inserted. This plate lies between the palintrope on the one side and the crural plate on the other. It is depressed between them, but it does not touch the floor of the socket. The crural plate, bounding the medial side of the socket, has its upper margin projected antero- ventrally into a blunt toothlike process which lies just anteromesially to the anterior end of the socket. The plate then extends dorsally and a little medially to define the inner walls of the notothyrium. Its free dorsal end gives rise to a laterally flattened crural process which extends anteriorly to give rise to the primary lamellae of the 56 BULLETIN 149 118 spiralia. It is not known if the crural processess are laterally flattened throughout their length, because in all of the material studied they have been broken off near their proximal ends. Posteromesially the crural plates join to form a shallow, sloping hinge plate from which the cardinal process arises. It is a large, bosslike structure which has its posterior end cut by many grooves for muscle attachment. It re- sembles that of Punctospirifer transversa (McChesney) except that it is not so large, and it is more flattened against the underside of the beak. The muscle scars are faint and not well defined. They appear to be essentially the same as those of P. transversa except that they ap- parently do not extend up onto the mesial face of the first pair of internal plications. There is an even more tenuous median septum dividing them than in P. transversa. Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.) 25270 NS peg OS ZB ee ns ee d.v. 25270 USE: Da Gn oe te WTS se ae vav: 25270 LIMCresta) ye Sa. 22 ee eae Comparison.—This species very much resembles Spirifer opimus Hall. According to Dunbar and Condra it differs from S. opimus in the following ways: S. opimus has four plications on the fold and three in the sinus. S. rocky-montani has six plications on the fold and five in the sinus; S. opimus has a much higher palintrope on both valves, but especially on the ventral valve, than does S. rocky-mon- tam. The plications of S. opimus are larger, more angular, and fewer (8-10 on each lateral slope) than in S. rocky-montant. Stoyanow (1926) reported this species from the Galiuro Mts. of Arizona, where its Lower Pennsylvanian position conforms to the general range of the species in the mid-western United States (e.g., Dunbar and Condra, 1939, p. 319). Number of Specimens Studied.—Twenty-seven specimens which can definitely be assigned to this species were studied. In addition there are about 85 immature forms which cannot be distinguished trom the immature forms of S. (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton). The immature and the mature forms consist mostly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves. 119 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 57 Subgenus NEOSPIRIFER Fredericks, 1919 Type species —Spirifer fascinger Keyserling, Reise nach Pet- schara-land, 1846, p. 231, pl. 8, fig. 3. Upper Carboniferous of Russia. This subgenus has the configuration and internal structures of the genus Spirifer. It differs from Spirifer only in having the plica- tions fasciculated. There is some question as to whether the species included under the name of Neospirifer possesses sufficient structural differ- ence from the genus Spirifer to be regarded as representing a sepa- rate genus. It is true that there are several species of Neospirifer, all possessing the characteristic fasciculation of the plications. However, the importance of this character has been questioned by others such as King (1930, p. 115), who assigned it subgeneric rank. Until evidence demonstrating that this character is of generic significance is brought to light, Neospirifer will be tentatively regarded as a sub- genus under the genus Spirifer. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (\orton) ib fies ee aio ei 1836. (?) Spirifer cameratus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 29, p. 150, pl. 2, fig. 3. 1874. Spirifera camerata Morton, Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. Pampa 2-5. ping L,) figs. 71s 13,16; 9) 14; pl. 2, fig. 155: pl. 4: figs S'siipl. 5 fig. 11. 1894. Spirifer cameratus Morton, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 491. 1903. Spirifer cameratus Morton, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 158, pl. 4, fig. 1; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 4, fig. 1.) 1914. Spirifer cameratus Morton, Koztowski, Annales de Paléontologie, vol. 9, p. 70, pl. 5, figs; 6-11. 1932. Neospirifer cameratus (Morton), Dunbar and Condra, Nebraska Geol. Surv., Bull. 5, ser. 2, pp. 334-336, pl. 39, figs. 4, 6-9b. ’ This species is characterized as follows: generally weak develop- ment of the fasciculation of the plications; 10 plications on the dor- sal fold and 12 in the ventral sinus; about 20 plications on each lat- eral slope; generally suborbicular shape with the width usually a little greater than the length; relatively high delthyrium of the ven- tral valve when compared with S. rocky-montani, the ventral beak being moderately incurved over it. Exterior—The shell is suborbicular with the width generally being a little greater than the length. It is biconvex with both valves about equally inflated. The cardinal extremities make an angle with 58 BULLETIN 149 120 the lateral margins of the shell of about 90 degrees. However, the widest portion of the shell may be either just posterior to the trans- verse mid-line of the shell or at the hinge line. The sinus of the ventral valve arises at the apex of the mod- erately incurved beak. Here it is bounded by two strong plications. About three or four millimeters from the apex of the beak a plica- tion appears in the center of the sinus. Simultaneously, at this same latitude, each of the large plicetions bounding the sinus gives off a plication from its medial side. This makes a total of five plications in the sinus. As the plications are traced anteriorly, it is seen that each of the first pair of plications to arise from the large bounding plica- tions (those which immediately flank the median plication) bifur- cates into two equal plications. This occurs about 17 to 20 mm. from the beak near the transverse mid-line of the valve. At approximately this same latitude each of the large plications bounding the sinus gives off a plication from its inner side. This makes a total of nine plications in the sinus thus far. Still further anteriorly, about 30 mm. from the beak, the second pair of plications to arise from the large bounding plications bifurcates into two equal plications. There are now eleven plications in the sinus. Close to the anterior margin of the shell the median plication of the sinus bifurcates into two equal plications, thus producting the twelfth and last plication in the sinus. In overall aspect the sinus is angular and well defined posteriorly, becoming flattened and ill-defined anteriorly. The fold of the dorsal valve arises at the apex of the slightly in- curved beak. Here it consists of a single, strong plication which bi- furcates into two equal plications within three or four millimeters of the apex of the beak. At the same latitude, where it splits into these two equal plications, it simultaneously gives off a lateral plication on each side. Each of these lateral plications is the same strength as the two median ones. Thus, this original, single plication has bifurcated into four equally sized plications within three to four millimeters of the apex of the beak. Within about six to seven milli- meters of the beak, each of the two lateralmost plications gives off a plication from its lateral side which is at first smaller than the parent plication, but which becomes equal to it in size anteriorly. This makes a total of six plications on the fold thus far. Further anteriorly, about twelve to fifteen millimeters from the apex of the beak, each of the two original median plications of the fold gives off a plication lat- 121 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 59 erally between itself and the original lateral plication. There are now eight plications on the fold. At approximately the same latitude as this bifurcation occurs each of the two lateralmost plications of the fold, z.e., those formed by the bifurcation of the original lateral pli- cations, gives off a lateral plication. This completes the compliment of plications possessed by the dorsal fold, making a total of ten. In overall aspect the fold is angular and well defined posteriorly becom- ing flattened and ill-defined anteriorly. The plan of plication is shown diagrammatically in text fig. 4, below. Master plication beget <4—Plication Furrow Plication Furrow B Fig. 4. Pattern of plications on the fold and sinus of Neospirifer cameratus (Morton). A. Pattern on the ventral sinus. B. Pattern on the dorsal fold. A The plications of the lateral slopes of both valves are of a non- simple, bifurcating type. There are generally about twenty on each slope. For any given individual the plications on the fold, and sinus, and on the lateral slopes have the same shape. They vary on dif- ferent individuals from being very low, broad and rounded to mod- erately high, well defined and subangular. On individuals having the former type the furrows between the plications are reduced to mere lines. This is true on the median portion of the shell only, for as the postero-lateral margins of the shell are approached the furrows in- crease in width until they are about twice as wide as the plications are there. They widen at the expense of the postero-lateral plica- tions which are reduced to mere low, rounded lines on this portion of the shell. Those individuals with moderately high, subangular pli- cations have furrows of about the same depth and width as the plications throughout the shell. It is in this latter group that the fasciculation of the plications is best shown. In the former type it is at best poorly expressed. The generally poor expression of the fasci- culation of the plications is a characteristic of this species. 60 BULLETIN 149 122 The palintrope of the ventral valve is high and concave along its longitudinal mid-line. The delthyrium is about as high as it is wide, and it is bounded laterally by grooves extending onto the teeth as in S. rocky-montant Marcou. The palintrope of the dorsal valve is much narrower than that of the ventral valve, and they are perpendicular to each other, the palintrope of the ventral valve being vertical, while that of the dorsal valve is horizontal. The notothyrium of the dorsal valve is from four to six times as wide as it is high. On well-preserved specimens the surface of the shell can be seen to be covered by fine radial striae distributed over furrow and plication alike. Interior —The teeth and the dental plates have the same shape, configuration and relation to the ventral valve as those of S. rocky- montant. The muscle scars have the same general shape as those of S. rocky-montant, but they differ in detail. The diductors of this species extend as far anteriorly as the adductors, while in S. rocky-montani they extend only about two-thirds as far anteriorly as do the ad- ductors. In addition, the diductors are relatively wider; they extend further into the beak, and they are better impressed and defined than those of S. rocky-montam. They extend anteriorly for from one- third to one-half the length of the valve. In general the whole mus- cular area of this species is broader than that of S. rocky-montant. The muscle scars have more of a heartshape with the apex of the heart pointing anteriorly, rather than the lozenge shape of S. rocky- montant. The dorsal valve of this species has exactly the same structures in the same shapes and relations as does S. rocky-montant. The only noticeable difference between the two species is that the crural plates of this species are narrower than those of S. rocky-montani, 1.e., they do not hang down into the valve as far as those of S. rocky- montant. Dimensions. —Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.) 25271 BOrke Sole Abe On bP re ee 25271 BB Mid ienwi! So TOURG SD i att Oe ee re a] Ve SOR ar ent ceca 123 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 61 25271 a ae aR td eco TSE 25271 4 A oe Le Se ee ate POE er 25271 ory eee ee ale geet ty OSE fattened * Greatest width just posterior to the transverse midline of the shell. ** Greatest width is at the hinge line. Comparison.—This species differs from other Spiriferidae of the Itaituba fauna in having fasciculated plications, in having more pli- cations on the fold and sinus and on the lateral slopes, and in attain- ing a larger size. Some specimens much resemble S. rocky-montani. However, such specimens can be distinguished from S. rocky-mon- tant by the fact that at least some of the plications on the lateral slopes bifurcate. On S. rocky-montani only the first pair on either slope immediately adjacent to the dorsal fold bifurcate, and they do so near the beak. The rest of the lateral slope plications are simple. Neospirifer cameratus is a characteristic Lower Pennsylvanian index in midwestern United States, and has been found by Stoyanow (1926) in this part of his Galiuro Mt. section in Arizona, in associa- tion with several elements of the Amazonian Carboniferous fauna. Number of Specimens Studied—About 150 specimens consist- ing mainly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton), variant LEAS ta) 30ltees LILES VEAL tee saieegsh ala! 1874. Spirifera camerata Morton, Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. Ze palt ple 2eties 2s This variant has all of the characteristics of the species pre- viously described except that the hinge line is extremely drawn out, producing a strongly alate shape. The greatest length is along the hinge line with the result that the angle between the cardinal area and the lateral margin of the shell is about 45 to 50 degrees. In the Tapaj6s material there are all gradations between this form and the suborbicular form characteristic of the species. Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.) 25272 BO eae Oe pee * 0) s) holonype 25273 Sueayete tatters 2 > 19 latéened v.v. 25273 Spe oe a? ees. hos erie 2 SS dleneth wrest 62 BULLETIN 149. 124 Family SPIRIFERINIDAE Davidson, 1884 Subfamily SPIRIFERININAE Schuchert, 1929 Genus PUNCTOSPIRIFER North, 1920 Type species——Punctospirifer scabricosta North, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 76, 1920, p. 213 [= Spirtferina laminosa (McCoy), Garwood, 1912]. Ashfell sandstone (Carboniferous ) Great Britain. As abstracted from North’s original description (1920, pp. 212- 213), the genus possesses the following characters: shell spiriferoid, about twice as wide as long with the greatest width at or near the hinge line; cardinal extremities slightly rounded or subangular; area moderately high and concave; biconvex with a well-developed, dis- tinct mesial fold and sinus; lateral slopes evenly convex and orna- mented by round plications separated by equally wide rounded fur- rows; surface of both valves crossed by regularly disposed imbricat- ing lamellae, shell structure fibrous and strongly punctate; dental plates slightly divergent; ventral median septum well developed, about two-thirds as high as the ventral palintrope and about half as long as the shell; no marked apical callosity; a low median crest bisects the muscle area of the dorsal valve; spiral coils large with the apices directed laterally to a point a little anterior to the cardi- nal extremities; jugum is a slender V-shaped process with its apex directed postero-ventrally. Discussion.—According to Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 351) Punctospirifer differs from Spiriferina as follows: fold and sinus are wider than the lateral plications and are flattened in Punctospirifer; the angular fold and sinus are not sharply differentiated from the costae in Spiriferina. The cardinal area is clearly separated from the lateral slopes by an abrupt angle in the shell in Punctospirifer. It is not separated from the lateral slopes by a sharp angle in the shell in Spiriferina. The surface is closely lamellose at all stages of growth in Punctospirifer. The surface is closely lamellose only at the anterior margin in Spiriferina. Punctospirifer possesses a V-shaped jugum. Spiriferina possesses a simple, transverse jugum. The Tapajés material agrees in every respect with the genus Punctospirifer. 125 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 63 Punctospirifer transversa (McChesney) Pla esas —6 1859. (?) Spirifer transversa McChesney, New Paleozoic Fossils, p. 42. 1874. Spiriferina transversa (McChesney), Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 21-23, pl. 2, figs. 4-6, 13; pl. 3. figs. 12-24, 17; pl. 5, fig. 4. 1903. Spiriferina transversa (McChesney), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brazilien), p. 158, pl. 4, fig. 2a-c; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 4, fig. Ze ple ost 3)) 1914. Spiriferina transversa (McChesney), Weller, Geol. Surv. of Illinois, Mon. 1. pp. 297-299, pl. 35, fibs. 41-49. This species is characterized by the following: a single slight groove and slight plication in the dorsal mesial fold and ventral mesial sinus respectively; eight to twelve plications on each lateral slope; width of the shell is about twice its length; biconvex nature of the shell with the ventral valve slightly more inflated than the dorsal; heavy, solid, posteriorly grooved cardinal process and ex- tension of the dorsal muscle scars onto the mesial face of the first pair of internal plications; and the presence of the thin, dorsal, mesial septum dividing the muscle scars. Exterior —The shell is typically spiriferoid, about twice as wide as long with the greatest width at or near the hinge line. The cardi- nal margins are acutely angular in mature specimens and often rounded in immature specimens with the greatest width of the shell in these being just anterior to the hinge line. The shell is biconvex, the ventral valve often being slightly more inflated than the dorsal. The umbone of the ventral valve is only slightly inflated, and the beak is only slightly incurved over a delthyrium which is about as wide as it 1s high. The umbone of the dorsal valve is even flatter than that of the ventral valve, and the beak is only slightly incurved over a notothyrium which is about one-fourth as high as it is wide. The palintropes of the two valves lie at nearly a right angle to each other, that of the ventral valve being vertical and that of the dorsal valve being horizontal. The dorsal fold and the ventral mesial sinus are well developed. They are about as wide as two or three plications and their included furrows. On the dorsal fold a slight median groove often develops just anterior to the beak. There is a corresponding slight median fold in the sinus of the ventral valve. On mature specimens there are from eight to twelve simple plications on each lateral slope. Usually the first three or four of these take their origin from the beak. The 64 BULLETIN 149 126 rest of them originate from the cardinal margin which is a sharp angle separating the lateral slopes from the palintrope area. The ornament other than the plications consists of regularly spaced inbricating growth lamellae which number from four to five per millimeter near the transverse midline of the valve. The shell structure is fibrous and coarsely punctate, the punctae tending to be arranged more or less concentrically parallel to the growth lamel- lae. Interior—The strong, diverging teeth of the ventral valve are supported by dental plates whose medial sides are slightly convex. Their anterior edges are concave, and they diverge slightly anteriorly. They extend anteriorly for about one-fourth to one-fifth the length of the valve, and between them lies the thin median septum, the concave anterior margin of which rises to an apex just anterior to the space between the teeth. It extends anteriorly for about half the length of the valve. The muscle scars could not be delimited on the available material. In the dorsal valve the heavy crural plates are united mesially to form a hinge plate from which the large rounded cardinal process arises. The cardinal process fills the whole mesial portion of this plate. Its posterior end is divided by deep grooves into sometimes as many as nine, subequal, laterally flattened projections. The grooy- ing of the posterior end of the cardinal process probably facilitated muscle attachment. The groove-shaped dental sockets lie lateral to the heavy crural plates which are projected into a blunt tooth just anteromesially of the anterior termination of the socket floor. No portion of the groove-shaped sockets is covered by a plate or by the palintrope. The hinge plate formed by the fusion of the mesial edges of the crural plates is supported underneath by the posteriorly joined ends of the first pair of internal plications. This first pair of internal pli- cations is stronger and is better developed than any other internal plications of the shell; these plicae are the internal reflections of the first pair of furrows which bound the medial fold. A thin, tenuous median septum originates where the posterior ends of this first pair of internal plications come together. It extends anterior for about two-thirds the length of the valve, dividing the muscle scars into equal lateral halves. These halves extend onto the median faces of this strongly de- ~ th a | BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 65 veloped first pair of internal plications, causing their ventral edges to be flattened laterally and extended ventrally into a slight ridge which is higher than the rest of the plication. This ridge extends anteriorly along the plication for about half the length of the shell. The muscle scars between the plications on either side of the tenuous median septum are poorly impressed. Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No. Length (mm. ) Width (mm.) Depth (mm:) 25274 15 2 Cie wi A eae Ls 25274 | es tes SLI 22 11 25274 DOUESE ramet etn Dl te Caetkcs cd lo d.v. 25274 15 26 6 v.v. 25274 Ree) 10 3 Comparison.—This form differs from Punctospirifer kentucky- ensis (Shumard), which it superfically somewhat resembles, in the following characters: P. kentuckyensis has five to six plications on each lateral slope. This species has eight to twelve plications on each lateral slope. In P. kentuckyensis the cardinal process is a minute, rounded nub. In this species it is a large, bosslike, posteriorly grooved structure. P. kentuckyensis has the hinge plate supported by the median septum. This species has it supported by the posteriorly joined ends of the first pair of internal plications (the internal re- flections of the first pair of furrows on either side of the dorsal fold). Punctospirifer transversa ranges low in the Carboniferous sec- tion of the midcontinental United States. Dunbar and Condra (1932), e.g., gives the range as Chesterian and Morrowian (Upper Mississippian and Lower Pennsylvanian). Number of Specimens Studied.—About 75 specimens consisting in large part, of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied. BIBLIOGRAPHY Albuquerque, 0. R. 1922. Reconhecimentos geologicos no vale do Amazonas. Sery. Geol. Min. do Brasil, Bol. 3, 84 pp., ill. Beecher, (. E. 1891-2. Development of Brachiopoda. Amer. Jour. Sci., 41 (3), pp. 324- 257; 44 (3), pp. 135-155. Buckman, S. S. 1906. Brachiopod nomenclature. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 18, (7 ser.) pp. 323-327. 66 BULLETIN 149 128 Campbell, D. F., de Almeida, L. A., and de Oliveira Silva, S. 1949. Relatorio preliminar sobre a geologia da Bacia do Maranhdo. Con- selho Nac. de Petroleo (Brazil), Bol., No. 1, 160 pp., ill. Carvalho, P. F. 1926. Vale do Rio Tapajos, in Reconhecimentos geologicos e sondagems na Bacia do Amazonas. Serv. Geol. Min. do Brasil, Bol. 16, pp. 33-88. Caster, K. E. 1952. Stratigraphic and paleontologic data relevant to the problem of Afro-American ligation during the Paleozoic and Mesozoic. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull. 99, pp. 105-152. Chaopye il. 1927. Brachiopod fauna of the Chihsia limestone. Geol. Soc. China, Bull. 6, pp. 83-121, 2 pls. Cooper, G. A, 1944. Brachiopoda in Shimer, H. W. and Shrock, R. R. Imdex Fossils of North America, pp. 277-365. New York. Davidson, R. 1857-1862. British fossil Brachiopoda, 2, pt. 5: A monograph of British Carboniferous Brachiopoda, 280 pp., 55 pls. Palaeontographical Society, London. Derby, 0. A. 1874. On the Carboniferous brachiopods of Itaituba, Rio Tapajos, Prov- ince of Pard, Brazil. Cornell Univ. Sci. Bull., No. 2, pp., 8 pls. Reprinted, 1952 (53): Orville A. Derby’s Studies on the Paleontology of Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, pp. 23-95, 9 pls. 1877. Contribuicoes para a geologia da regiao do Baixo Amazonas. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, Arq., 2, pp. 77-104. 1894. The Amazonian Upper Carboniferous fauna. Jour. Geol., 2, pp. 408-501. Duarte, A. G. 1936. Fdsseis da sondagem de Therezina, Estado de Piauhi. Div. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Notas Prelim. e Estudos, No. 2, 3 pp. 1938. Braquidpodos do Rio Parauart. Div. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol. 84, 34 pp., 5 pls. Dunbar, (. 0., and Condra, G. E. 1932. Brachiopods of the Pennsylvanian system in Nebraska. Nebraska State Geol. Surv., Bull. 5 (2), 377 pp., 44 pls. Dunbar, €, 0., and Newell, N. E. 1945. Early Permian rocks of southern Peru and Bolivia. Amer. Jour. Sci., 243, p. 218. 1946. Marine early Permian of the central Andes and its fusuline-faunas. Amer. Jour. Sci., 244, pp. 377-402; 457-491, 12 pls. Fossa-Mancini, E. 1944. Las transgresiones marinas del Antracolitico en la America del Sur. Mus. de La Plata, Rev., 2 (n.s.), Geol., pp. 49-183. Fredericks, G. 1919. Etude paléontologique: Les Spiriferides du Carboniféere Superieur de l’Oural. Comm. Geol., [Russia] Bull. 38, No. 2. Fischer de yon Waldheim, G. 1829. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, Bull. 1, p. 375. 1830-37. Oryctologie. Gouy. Moscou, p. 133, pl. 20, fig. 4a-c. 1850. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, Bull. 23, p. 491, pl. 10, fig. 1-4. Gemmellaro, G. G. 1889. Fauna calcari con Fusulina. Fasc. 4, pt. 1. Palermo. George, T. N. 1931. Ambocoelia Hall and certain similar British Spiriferidae. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 87, pp. 30-61; pls. 1-5. 1932. The British Carboniferous reticulate Spiriferidae. Idem, 88, pp. 616-677, pls. 31-35. 129 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 67 Girty, G. H. 1908. The Guadalupian fauna. U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper, No. 58. Hall, James 1858. Report of the Geological Survey of Iowa, 1, pt. 2. Hall, James, and Clarke, J. M. 1892. se introduction to the study of the genera of ae ozoic brachiopods. Vol. 1. Nat. Hist. New York, Paleontology, 8, pt. 1894. ae. pterz: Hartt, C. F. 1870. Geology and physical geology of Brazil. Pp. 620, ill. Boston. 1874. Preliminary report of the Morgan Expedition, 1870-71: Report of a reconnaissance of the lower Tapajos. Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., No. 1 37 pp. Katzer, F. 1897. Ueber das Carbon von Itaituba am Tapajos-flusse in Brasilien. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal. Beil.-Bd. 2, 218-220. 1903. Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien). Pp. 296, ill. Leipzig. 1933. Idem, Portuguese translation (Hugo Mense): Geologia do Estado do Parad (Brasil), with notes and revision by Avelino I. de Oliveira and Pedro de Moura. Museu Goeldi (Paraense), 9, 269 pp., 261 fig., 1 map. Belém de Para, Brazil. Kegel, Wilhelm 1951. Sdbre alguns trilobitas Carboniferas do Piaui e do Amazonas. Div. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 135, 38 pp., 1 pl. Kegel, Wilhelm, and Texeira da Costa, Manoel. 1951. Espécies neopaleozdicos do Brazil da familia Aviculopectinidae, ornamentados com costelos fasciculados. Diy. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 137, 48 pp., 6 pls. King, R. F. 1931. The geology of the Glass Mountains, Texas; Pt. 2, Faunal sum- mary and correlation of the Permian formations, with descriptions of Brachiopoda. Univ. Texas, Bull., No. 3042, 245 pp., 44 pls. King, William 1846. Remarks on certain pRCGELS belonging to the class Palliobranchiata, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1850. A monograph of Bes Permian fossils of England, 248 pp., 38 pls. Palaeontographical Society, London. Koztowski, Roman 1914. Les brachiopodes du Carbonifére Supérieur de Bolivia. Annales de Paléontologie, 9, pp. 3-100, pls. 1-11. Meek, F. B. 1872. Report on the paleontology of eastern Nebraska with remarks on the Carboniferous rocks of that district in Hayden, F. V., Final Rept. of the U.S. Geol. Survey of Nebraska, etc., pp. 84-239. Washington, DAC: Mendes, J. (. 1952. A formacao Corumbatai na regiao do rio Corumbati (Estrati- grafia e descricao dos lamelibranquios). Univ. Sao Paulo, Fac. Filos., Cién. Letras, Bol., Geol., No. 8, 114 pp., 4 pls. Sao Paulo, Brazil. Meyer, H, F. L. 1914. Karbonfauna aus Bolivia und Peru. Neues Jahrb. Min., Geol. Pal., Beil.-Bd. 37, pp. 590-620, pls. 13-14. Moura, Pedro de 1934. Reconhecimentos geolégicos no vale-do Tapajos. Sery. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 67, 53 pp., ill., map. 1938. Geologia do Baixo Amazonas. Idem, Bol., No. 91, 94 pp., ill, map. 68 BULLETIN 149 130 North, F. J. 1920. Syringothyris and Spiriferina. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 76, pt. 2, pp. 208-214. Oehlert, D. R. 1890. Jour. de Conch., 30 (3), p. 372. Oliveira, Aveline. I. de 1926. Rio Parauary, in Reconhecimentos geologicés e sondagems na Bacia do Amazonas. Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 15, pp. 12-17. 1926A. Rio urupadi. Idem, pp. 22-26. Oliveira Avelino I. de, and Leonardos, 0. H. 1943. Geologia do Brasil. 2d. Ed., Serv. de Informacao Agricola, Série Didatica, No. 2, 813 pp., ill., map. Rio de Janeiro. Paiva, G. de, and Miranda, Jose 1937. Geologia e recursos minerais do Meio Norte. Sery. Fom. Prod. Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 15, 55 pp., ill, map. Petri, Setembrino 1952. Fusulinidae do Carbonifero do rio Tapajoés, Estado do Para. Soc. Brasil Geol., Bol., 1, pp. 30-45, pl. 1, 2. Sao Paulo, Brazil. Plummer, F. B., Price, L. I., and Gomes, A. F. 1948. Relatério (1946), Conselho Nacional de Petréleo (Brazil), pp. 87-1 34, ill. Reed, F. R. Cowper 1933. Some Upper Carboniferous brachiopods from Brazil. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 11, 10 ser., pp. 519-537. Schuchert, C. 1896. Brachiopoda, in Zittel-Eastman, Texthook of Paleontology, Ist. ed., pp. 355-420, New York, N.Y. 1913. Idem, 2d. ed., vol. 1, pp. 369-420. Schuchert, C., and Cooper, G. A. 1932. Brachiopod genera of the suborders Orthoidea and Pentameroidea. Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist., Mem., 4, pt. 1, 270., 29 pls. Schuchert, (., and LeVene, C. M. 1929. Brachiopoda (generum et genotyporum, index et bibliographia). Fos- silium Catalogus, 1: Animalia, Pars 42, 142 pp. Berlin. Stoyanow, A. A. 1926. Notes on recent stratigraphic work in Arizona. Amer. Jour. Sci., 12, 5 ser., pp. 311-324. 1936. Correlation of Arizona Paleozoic formations. Geol. Soc. America, Bull. 47, pp. 459-540. Thompson, M. L. 1943. Permian fusulinids from Peru. Jour. Paleont., 17, pp. 203-205. Waagen, W. 1882-1885. Salt Range fossils. Geol. Sury. India, Mem.: Palaeontologia Indica (13). Calcutta. 1882. Salt Range fossils: 1. Productus limestone fossils. Pt. 4. Brachiopoda, fasc. 1. Calcutta. 1887. Idem, Preface. 1888. Mitteilung eines Briefes von Herrn A. A. Derby ueber Spuren einer Carboneiszeit in Sud Amerika, etc. Neues Jahrb. Geol. Min., Pal., Beil. Bd. 2, pp. 172-176. 1889. Salt Range fossils: IV. Geological results. Pt. 1. Geol. Sury. India, Mem., Palaeontologia Indica (13). Calcutta. Item, pt. 2, 1891. Walcott, C. D., and Schuchert, C. 1908. Classification and terminology of the Cambrian Brachiopoda. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 53, pp. 136-185. Weller, Stuart 1914. The Mississippian brachiopods of the Mississippi Valley basin. Illinois State Geol. Sury., Mon., No. 1. PEATEES PLATE 1 (6) 70 BULLETIN 149 Explanation of Plate 1 (6) 132 Figure Page 1-4:6.7.. Rhipidomella penniana Derby. -..222-:..:2..23:..223.22. 2 1. Ventral interior showing the large flabelliform muscle sears. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258. 2. Dorsal interior showing the high notothyrial platform with its trilobed posterior face and the deep muscle sears. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258. 3. Ventral interior showing the muscle scars and the punc- tae. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258. 4. Laterial view showing a definite interarea between the valves. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258. 6. Dorsal exterior. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258. 7. Posterior view of a dorsal valve showing the trilobed character of the posterior face of the cardinal process and the prominent crural plates. « 2. Univ. of Cincin- nati Geol. Mus., No. 25258. 5. Strepterhynchus hallianus Derby ...............22.......2----2sc2se0eeeeeeeeee=e Ventral exterior showing the plicated anterior margin of shell. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25260. 8-11-13) (Orthotichia morganiana, (Derby): 8. Posterior view of a slightly distorted specimen. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25259. 9. Ventral interior showing the short median septum and the dental plates. x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25259. 10. Posterior view of a dorsal valve showing the small car- dinal process and the prominent crural processes. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol, Mus., No. 25259. 11. Dorsal interior showing the diverging crural plates, the small cardinal process, and the median ridge. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25259. 13. Ventral interior showing the median septum, dental lamellae and teeth, * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25259. 12. Derbyia correanus (Derby) Posterior view showing the cardinal process with the grooves for muscle attachment and the crural plates. x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25261. 27 24 30 No. 149, Pu. 1 AMER. PALEONT. ULL. > > ] Le BULLETIN 149 134 Explanation of Plate 2 (7) Figure Page 1-60 = Derbvia-cormeanug (Derby)! ee 30 1. Dorsal exterior. x 1%. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25251. 2. Ventral interior showing the median septum, teeth, palintrope, and deltidium. x 1%. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25261. 3. Dorsal interior showing the weak ridge dividing the sears and the cardinal process. X2. Univ.of Cincin- nati Geol. Mus., No. 25261. 4. Dorsal interior showing the dental socket and the silici- fied material filling the valve. x 1%. Univ. of Cincin- nati Geol, Mus., No. 25261. 5. Dorsal exterior showing the alternate ornament. xX 1%. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25261. 6. Ventral interior showing the median septum, interior of deltidium, and the dental calluses. K1%. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25261. No. 149, Pr. 2 Bunty. AMER. PALEONT. in Po Pu. 7, VOL. : 74 BULLETIN 149 136 Explanation of Plate 3 (8) igure 1-6. Lapajotia. tapajotensis: (Denby)) 22. 34 1. Dorsal exterior showing the over-arching chilidium and the ornament. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262. 2. Posterior view showing the deltidium and the chilidium. x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262. 3. Dorsal interior showing the bifid cardinal process, the median node, and the dental sockets. 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262. 4. Ventral interior showing the very reduced median septum and a portion of the muscle scars. X 2. Uniy. of Cin- cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262. 5. Ventral exterior showing the slightly twisted beak and the ornament. xX 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262. 6. Dorsal interior. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262. PLATE 4 (9) 76 BULLETIN 149 Explanation of Plate 4+ (9) 138 Figure Page 1-7-10. Cleiothyridina, caster Dresser; nn. Sp. 1. Ventral exterior showing the growth lamellae and the spines. > ] » oO Pu. 9, Vol ix ce PLATE 5 (10) 78 BULLETIN 149 Explanation of Plate 5 (10) Figure Page i-6-° -Cleiothyridina derbyi- Dresser, n-.sp. 2..--..<.-. -s<.2.. 2 ee 1. Ventral exterior showing the elongate shape and the growth lamellae. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype. 2. Ventral interior showing the erect beak, the posteriorly recurved teeth, and suggestions of the muscle scars. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype. 3. Dorsal exterior showing the elongate shape, the imbricat- ing growth lamellae, and the spines. «4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype. 4. Dorsal interior showing the relatively large foramen in the hinge plate and the antero-laterally directed grooves on the top edges of the crural plates. « 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype. 5. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen showing the erect ventral beak and the spines. * 4. Uniy. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25265. Holotype. 6. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen showing the elongate shape and the growth lamellae. «4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype. 7-10. Spirifer rocky-montani Marcow <...................2....) 7. Dorsal interior showing the tenuous median septum, the posteriorly grooved cardinal process, vague muscle scar impressions, and the crural plates. «2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270 8. Ventral interior showing the muscle scars, the dental lamellae, and the teeth. x2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270. 9. Dorsal exterior showing the six plications on the fold, and the bifurcation, near the beak, of the first pair of plications on either side of the fold. «2. Univ. of Cin- cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270. 10. Ventral exterior showing four of the five plications in the sinus. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270. 11. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton), variant —..........-.. Dorsal exterior showing the acute angle between the car- dinal area and the lateral margins; and the vague fasciculation of the plications. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25273. Paratype. i-21 VOrInithyris cranularis Dresser neiSp) 2 =e ee 12. Dorsal exterior showing the general shape, and the few growth lamellae generally present. X4. Univ. of Cin- cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 13. Ventral exterior showing the general shape. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No, 25268. Paratype. 14. Ventral interior showing the paradeltidial ridges on either side of the delthyrium. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 15. Lateral view showing the relative convexity of the valves. «4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 16. Posterior view. X 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 17. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen. xX 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol, Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 18. Dorsal interior showing the paranotothyrial ridges on either side of the notothyrium. xX 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 19. Dorsal interior showing the small, ventrally projecting cardinal process, the crural process and crural plates. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 20. Ventral interior vaguely showing the muscle scars. X 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 21. Dorsal interior showing the cardinal process, the crural plates, and the crural processes. <4. Univ. of Cin- cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype. 53 61 46 Pu. 10, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 149, Pu. 5 PLATE 6 (11) 80 BULLETIN 149 142 Explanation of Plate 6 (11) Figure Page 1,4,6. Phricodothyris perplexa (McChesney) .....-....---------c:ccceceee---ee------ 50 1. Dorsal exterior showing the growth lamellae and the double-barreled spines. * 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264. 2. Dorsal interior showing the paranotothyrial ridges on either side of the notothyrium, the crural plates, and a vague suggestion of the muscle scars. 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264. (Je) Ventral exterior showing the tear-drop shaped scars left behind where the double-barreled spines have broken off. « 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264. 4. Ventral interior showing the paradelthyrial ridges on either side of the delthyrium. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264. 6. Dorsal interior showing the rugose cardinal process area, the crural plates, and the dental sockets. x4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264. 5. . Spirifer rocky-mentani* Marcou. .........0.. 53 5. Dorsal interior showing the plates covering the groove- like dental sockets. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270. . 11, Vou. 35 BULL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 149, Pu. 6 PLATE 7 (12) 82 BULLETIN 149 144 Explanation of Plate 7 (12) Figure Page 1-6. Punctospirifer transversa (McChesney) -....20..........220202220c--eee--e--- 63 1. Dorsal interior showing the large cardinal process, the tenuous median septum, the muscle scar’s encroach- ment onto the first pair of internal plications, the crural processes, and the punctae. <4. Univ. of Cin- cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274. 2. Ventral interior showing the median septum. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274. 3. Ventral interior showing the median septum and the punctae. *2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274. 4. Posterior view showing the wide palintrope of the ven- tral valve. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274. 5. Dorsal exterior showing the many growth lamellae, the punctae, the slight median groove on the fold. X2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274. 6. Dorsal interior showing the large, boss-like cardinal pro- cess, the tenuous median septum, and the punctae. « 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274. 7-11. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton) -......................-.------- 57 7. Ventral interior showing the teeth and the muscle scars. x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25271. loa) Ventral exterior showing the vague fasciculation of the plications, x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 250211. 9. Ventral interior showing the muscle scars. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25271. 10. Dorsal interior showing the crural processes. x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25271. 11. Dorsal exterior showing the vague fasciculation of the plications. x 2. Univ, of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25271. PALEONT. \ AMEI ULL. B 35 VOL. » “) Pu. 1 PLATE 8 (13) 84 BULLETIN 149 146 Explanation of Plate 8 (13) Figure Page 1,4. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton), variant —............... 61 1. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen showing the acute angle between the palintrope and the lateral margin. < 1.5. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25272. Holo- type. 4. Ventral exterior of a very long specimen showing the acute angle between the palintrope and the lateral margin. < 1.5. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25273. Paratype. 2,3,5,6. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby .....................-..----------c2sssseseeeeee= 27 2. Ventral interior showing the anterior plications of the shell; the strongly developed muscular area, the teeth, and no median septum. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25260. 3. Dorsal interior showing the massive bifid cardinal pro- cess, and the strongly developed median ridge between the muscle scars. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25260. 5. Dorsal interior showing the same as Fig, 3. xX 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25260. 6. Postero-dorsal view showing the lobes of the cardinal process, one with two grooves. < 2. Uniy. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25260. PL. 13, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 149, Pu. 8 d tons 6. ss ae x a. ~ =" } 4, ~ = coos ET Ty ea ee or a aN m XXIL XXIII. XXIV. XXV. xX XVI. XXVIL. XXVUL XXIX. XXX. XXXL MXM XXXIUL XXXIV. XXXV. Volume 1, Ii. IF. (NDS, 7O=UG)er GOGH sy GL IS CAG vibe oldie c tio, Nees, cisvere dds arein Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera. (NES: 18a 9) S 20M DDS (10D DIS s fala Ment ay ded eme tence « Corals, Cretaceous. microfauna and _ biography of Conrad. (Nosi5 80-82).6 (384 “DDN 27 CDIS. . ockitaes SAowk os eltivle tle o'eeiee Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. ‘88-94B);, 306) pp,’ 30) -pIsi’ 2 .Ge\5 ial, 3 lee we bietole Paleozoic~ fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic. echinoids, . California Pleistocene and Maryland Miocene mollusks. CNas. 95-100)... 420! ppl, D8) 1S.F ee ait el cele, crud alaedoves dis Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian) Fogene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador. (Nos. 100-108) 5376s pp.,- 1362 DIS 7; 2). Sis 4; Stile divs wd ald ane Tertiary’ Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of .Venezuela. (NOS): 100114) 57 412. pps, 1.54). Pls. eis a css o onstecdzes delice ghee Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. (Noss 0155916)- 75 (88.50 P-s-De DIS inden sew cle le cble ele shen as Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. GNOs2 49 7))9. 563) BDA KGOMIDIS, Serr sic tcy ste eis cal whale diarerelerole a oft! « Jackson Eocene mollusks. (Nos; . 118-128) 458+ pp., 4270) Ise he Ai. Ue AN. Geek enezuelan. and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Fioridian forams, an Cuban fossil localities. (Nas. 129-133 298 PD SO°PPIS. (esa. Skate clog eo a ys hee Slee Silurian’ aeohaiodcan crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. (Nos) 48345998): 448 opp.) OF!) pis. Pi Ss sia bi bes eres pp Devonian |‘annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran stratigraphy and paleontology. (Nos. 140-144; 145 in press). J Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid biblhography, Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardja. 8.00 10.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 10.00 8.00 10.06 (Nos. 146-1493 150-151 in press). Australian Ordovician cephalopods, Californian Pleis- tocene Eulmidae, Volutidae, and Globotruncana in Colombia. PALAEFONTOGRAPHICA “AMERICANA (Nos. 1- 5). 519 Jpop) fd" ‘pis, Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. LN @s= (G*82)s (O51 7 DY BRS WIS ooh os aki «jee Salat me a iessels Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoie cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and z Paleozole and Recent Hexactinellida. (Nos. 13-25). CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA Volume 1. iil. VIL. XI. XIII. XIV. x Vv. XVL XVII. XVIII. XIX. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 6-10). 347 pp., 23 pls. Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 16-21). 161 pp., 26 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos... 22-30). 487 pp., 68 pls. Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. (No. .31). 268 pp:, 59~pls. Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. (No. 32).- 730. pp., 99 pls. Claibornian Eocene ~-scaphopods, cephalopods. (Nos. 33-36). 357 pp., 15 pls. Mainly Tertiary. Mollusca. (Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 pls. Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. (Nos. 40-42). 382 pp., 54 pls. Tertiary forams.and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos:: 43-46) \272>pp.l Ale piss re AEs Se ncaa UE eb eieelens een Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. (Nos. 47-48). 494 pp., 8 pls. Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoie inverte- brate bibliography. (Nos. 49-50). -264 pp., 47 pls. , Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. (Nos. 51-54). 306 pp., 44 pls. Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. (Nos. 55-58). 314 pp., 80 pls. Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48> pls. ; Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33. pls. Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos, 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals, (No, 68). 272 pp., 24 pls. Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. (Nos. 69-70C). 266 pp., 26 pls. Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and Cuba. (Nos, 71-72): 321, pp., 12. pls. Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy. er ae) ee | ee) ed gastropods, ee a 7.00 er | ee | ee ee | ee | | ee ee | BULLETINS AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY ——_— * VOL. XXXV * [ MUS. COMP. 200L LIDRARY NUMBER 150 JUL 3.0 1954 HARVARD UNIVERSITY 1954 ae Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York U.S.A’ PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1953-54 PRESIDENT 2fsd oJhje of odd Oa Move todtayb orale W's Bip clei alsles orale ete id KENNETH E. CASTER VICE-PRESIDENT -o 202s ie a ca Nada ee ee aba Ae ee ob lark tee wlerore W. Storrs CoLe SECRETARY<“T REASURER. )\.5 Licioee Ue cusps ieleih state es ties» «, a\eierd io sigte © ReBecca S. HArrIs PIRECTOR Ss. <5 ok 6 ee SA els cee Sees OKs Sie KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUNSEL) Te oo a ORCS Se sae a eis crease ore oes ARMAND. L. ADAMS Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) W. Storrs Cote (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56) RoussEAu H. FLoweErR (1950-55) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) Repecca S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEISBORD (1951-57) SoLoMon C. HOLLisTER (1953-59) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PALMer, Editor Lempr H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary Editorial Board KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. ‘All volumes available except Vols. I and III of Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana. Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn Place Ithaca, New York U.S.A. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Vol. 35 No. 150 EARLY ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPOD FAUNA FROM NORTHWESTERN AUSTRALIA By Curt Teichert and Brian F, Glenister University of Melbourne July 21, 1954 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York, U.S.A. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-65 Printed in the United States of America MUS. COMP. Z00L. LIBRARY JUL 30 195 HARVARD UNIVERSITY TABLE OF CONTENTS Page CAPSRTAT ES hs ee SRR BES ee en e e e O eoe ec 7 (TVR aay aR Cele Ce) 1 Oe es Bae ee gee oles gaia ar pte Oeste ae Ao 7 Occurrence and history of discovery ....... See ier eer oe sete ae eee cera 8 SEER SZ Tae) Mine ae steers ace se eicc echoes cc shee eR en, A a een ee cre 10 Previous Correlations: and, SOmMe) COLLECtIOIS) ceqcsce se ccsocu-ce seers aeeseee oncceeneeeeeeoeeeneeon ens 11 Sencraleaspectssot the cephalopod) Lavra se -2oceeenescee ee oe teee seco ese aceneee esses 13 Buatinit SUCCESSION ANG CORLEL AC OMS! seec cs cce. 0s teh aac occs nt cece ecncens eaeene tees caeesscceeecese 16 Relationships to other Australian cephalopod faunas ..........2.....2..-:-----e-escee0ee--=+ 23 Relationships and origin of Kimberley cephalopods ..........-2.22-.22.-----:-:e+20e-e0-0--=+ 24 Halve olutiony OL thes bnd oCeraticl ay tee ace eee eee cee 29 ienmmolopyaotuse ptalianeckarets ' 5s tet Seve = Aosta eae UE Se eee 31 sechniguevObsstuayilre Opaque” SCCtl OMS, eocscase= fos sacc eee oe oeecee ek coo ocr cseseeeeceeeteeesteeiee 35 Se She lated f1C we G ESC In pt 115 ue see ee ee rae cess Sere lcs eee eee et en a 37 arn lvarEsll eSIMeT.OCEG ALG ales b alyjaS LN eres recesses ne eee eee cease ea 37 Genus Loxochoanella Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. .....-.-......:.--:-000-0--- 37 Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. —-..........--....- 37) Baran ECOLOGY ClOCeLatid ders ICot Ayia Sih peers et eee we aan ea eee eee 40 Genus Ectocycloceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay .-............... 41 Ectocycloceras inflatum Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. -........-...---:00+--0-=+ 4i Genus Kyminoceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. —.........-..-.-.:ce:ceeeeeeeeee= 42 Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .............-----:-c-c--+-+-0-0 43 Genus Diastoloceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. ..........-2:.-:-:--eeee-0--* 44 Diastoloceras perplexum TYeichert and Glenister, n. sp. ...---------------+----- 45 Haimilyebaltoceratidiae asobary, ashi sees ese n stot eee ee ee aee ee eee eee 46 Genus Hemichoanella Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. ..........-------s-ssee-0-200--" 46 Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. ....--..2----0----00-0+ 47 Family Eothinoceratidae Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay .~............... 48 Genus Eothinoceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay ................-..--- 49 Eothinoceras maitlandi Yeichert and Glenister, n. fam. —...................- 49 Family Thylacoceratidae Teichert and Glenister, n. fam. ..............----:----- 51 Genuse iy acoceras Meichentmamd 1 Gilenisterssec-cess eee corres eee 52 Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister _..................---.------ 52 Thylacoceras teretilobatum TYeichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........---------- 53 Genus Lebetoceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gem. ....-.....-------cssec-neeoee--eo-ee= 54 Lebetoceras oepiki Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. .........-2..2--c2cceeeceeseeeee 54 Genus Notocycloceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. .........2-..:-:--:0-+-++ 56 Notocycloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -........2.2.2.---0-.--- 56 Genus Ventroloboceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. —............--------.---- 57 Ventroloboceras furcillatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ............---- 58 Family; Proterocameroceratidae) Kobayashi) -22c2c-.2-cesese- cee ne 58 Genus» Proterocameroceras: Ruedemannn 2 2ee eee 59 Proterocameroceras contrarium Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........ 59 Genus Azthoceras Ieichert and Glenister, n. gen. --.------ eee 62 Anthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. _............22--2.e------- 63 Family.Piloceratidae Muller <2...) sc2).ssseek nts aeecee ee 64 Genus Allopiloceras Wilnrichy and.) Poerstem es ee 64 Allopiloceras calamus Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. .......----.-::---ses-e--s--- 64 FamulyaEndoceratidae, Fiyatt) <2 sec. cc cs reccce seiko eens 65 Genus’ iG@yrtendoceras Patrunky <2.222.25:5.-525 eee 65 Cyrtendoceras carnegiei Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -......------20------- 67 Genus Lobendoceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gem. ............---.----cee-ccece-n- 69 Lobendoceras emanuclense Yeichert and Glenister, n. sp. —............--- 69 Genus Campendoceras YVeichert and Glenister, n. gen. ~.............-.---------- 70 Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -......-..--------2-00---+ 71 Genus'ets Sp pum dye 5 ees 8 we se ce 71 Family Bassleroceratidae Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay —........ 74+ Genus) Basslerocerasm Ulrich ands Roerste sss. see eee 74 Bassleroceras annulatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. —......-.-.--..- 74 FamulysVWestonoceratidae: Weichent.. ee 75 Genus A pocrinoceras Yeichert and Glenister, n. gen. ........-..--.-.------0-2-=-- 75 A pocrinoceras talboti Veichert and Glenister, n. Sp. -....-...------eese0e---- 76 Bamuly, Parphyceratidae tly atts... sere ee 77 Genus7Aphetocenas’ Wyatt” tec oe a nate 77 A phetoceras delectans Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. -..--0......2:eeeeee--e-- Wik Aphetoceras desertorum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -....-..-.---------- 80 Genus Aethoceras Teichert and Glenister, mn. gem. ~.-.-.--.---<----ceeccceneeeerereene $1 Aethoceras caurus Meichert and’ Glenister, n. sp. eee 82 Genus i stontoceras Noetling?..<-2-0...2< oe ee $3 Estontoceran spe 2s8 eS nes ek ee ee eee 83 Genus Py cr0 cenass EL y att oo cse ss ace atte costco teehee coe cece oes eae 84 Pycnoceras liratum Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. ...........-...-c-c-0c-ce-- 84 Karmulys drocholitidae @hapmiainissecceee- esse ee 86 Genus Arkoceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Furnish ................0......0..---- 86 Arkocenas “Spo. weasel Fea ee ee 2a oe en 86 Genus Hardmanoceras Weichert and) Glenister 2c eee ee 87 Hardmanoceras lobatum Teichert and Glenister ................-2...-.:-2000--------+ 87 Text figures 1. Geological sketch map of the Price’s Creek area with index map of Western Australia in lower left hand corner. The undesignated creek which traverses the outcrop area of the Emanuel limestone is Emanuel Creek. (Map by courtesy of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geo- lopvaman dan Geopnysies Ganbernai) jan ccs ckaccessesecees errsesaserenc ene are tee 2. Distribution diagram of the more important longiconic cephalopod PenenarompthenenicesnCreekranreay te: eke ct Be ee ee Pee LININOLOPyanOh use pt all MMEGKS) exe stece. te xcs cases cakes .cese ec eut venecs --2ucJacb bane suecuassozesoeces 4. Illustration of ectosiphuncular suture, consisting of a diagram of the ventral surface of two camerae (shell removed) and four longitu- dunalusections, Of thepsectosiphune| ence 2 ee te eo Se eictosiphuncle. of Woxochkoanella warburtomt) 2.6 eeee esse Gem BGtoSsIpHUncle Ole ACY 721710 CET AST ONT CSU eee ee Pomctosiphunclevot 1astoloceriass Per pleriuny a. cee eee ee Reectosiphuncle of Hemtcnoanella Canningy 22 DaPE CLOSIPHUNGlE TOE. CLO GET ASO DURE mn mre a merrier es en ee 10. Ectosiphuncle of Proterocameroceras CONtrAPIUM _....0..22--200ce20022-ee2eeeeen-e- MPEP SULUTE OL PE OLEOCATLETOGET.AS CONETGATIILT o2.c:c eee eee 12. Anterior and posterior cross-sections of the holotype of Cyrtendoceras GOGILEG UCTEE tere Te ee eM Wie Lohse bar ote bee Slee Re ree hae oe eae Se OG OSS-SECLIONY OL VA PHCLOCENAS. ACLECLAISS tec. oes sete ne ee ee ete GO LOSS=SeCtlONNOh eA PELO CCHS ee NCTLONICTIV ate ena eee eee iS CLOSS-SECHOMEOL EA CLHO CENA SMe CAUIALS sae eee ee MePmIBLOSS-SCELION OL WH SPOMLOCEI ES Spo ose yhecc eee cca 5 ke ace once Wee @LOSS-SECtION es Ofei2y G70 GEnAS A IINGLIIT meee ee ee eeeOEOSS-SECHION OLWAT ROGET ASASDS 1-2 ae eee ee ee Tables Stratigraphic units, faunal stages and time correlation of the Ordo- vician in Price’s Creek area, W.A. (from Guppy and Opik, 1950) .... Lie Distribution of the Price’s Creek nautilord taunia =. 19 78 84 86 12 1 PAL Rae Leas NC) ek ae Peet ceePeates ac bes ewnwees cates cecet Sune upiasnb ere sige eevee 93-112 EARLY ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPOD FAUNA FROM NORTHWESTERN AUSTRALIA Curt TEICHERT AND BRIAN F, GLENISTER* ABSTRACT _ A study of the rich Middle and Upper Canadian cephalopod fauna of the Price’s Creek area forms the basis of the paper. Preservation in limestone has permitted detailed microscopic study. The time span of the fauna coincides with a critical period of rapid diversification of the nautiloid stock. The 26 new species are distributed amongst 24 genera (14 new) and 12 families (1 new). It is considered that the multiplicity of generic and familial categories in rela- tion to the number of species is a true reflection of the explosive evolution of the early Ordovician nautiloids. Ten of the genera are found only in North America and Australia, 2 gen- era are common to Europe and Australia, and 11 genera are indigenous. It is believed from these facts that there was an intermingling of littoral faunas be- tween North America and Western Australia by some route which by-passed eastern Asia. Guyots may have served as an ecological bridge across the Pacific. The terminology of the ectosiphuncle is revised. The terms orthochoanitic, suborthochoanitic, and holochoanitic are redefined, and the terms achoanitic, loxochoanitic, hemichoanitic, subholochoanitic, macrochoanitic, and ectosiphun- cular suture proposed. INTRODUCTION In 1950, Guppy and Opik published a brief note on the dis- covery of Ordovician rocks in the Kimberley Division of Western Australia. This announcement was momentous for two reasons. First, the new occurrence was geographically remote from any previously known outcrops of Ordovician rocks, the nearest being those of cen- tral Australia, 400 miles to the southeast. Secondly, the newly dis- covered section proved to be thick and fossiliferous and could be expected to provide important faunal links between the Ordovician of Australia and that of other parts of the world. The fossil collec- tions made by geologists of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Ge- ology and Geophysics, contained many cephalopods which were sub- mitted to us for study and description. The present paper presents the first description of a major faunal unit from this new Ordovician area and since Guppy and Opik’s publication is not easily accessible outside Australia, we have thought it advisable to quote extensively from its description of the locality and the section. * U.S. Geological Survey, Denver, Colorado, and Iowa State University, Iowa City, Iowa. Formerly University of Melbourne. 8 BULLETIN 150 154 OCCURRENCE AND HISTORY OF DISCOVERY The Ordovician outcrops, which were discovered in 1949, cover approximately 12 square miles in what is known as the Price’s Creek area of Christmas Creek Station (see Text Fig. 1). This locality is situated at 125°51’ E. long. and 18°42’ S. lat., about 180 miles east- south-east of Derby and 40 miles on a bearing of 145° from Fitzroy Crossing. It lies in the northeastern part of the Desert Basin, the largest sedimentary basin along the western margin of the Australian continent. Until 1949 it was generally believed that the oldest sedi- ments in the Desert Basin were of Middle Devonian age (Teichert 1947a). Attention had been intermittently focused on this area by geological parties since 1919, when traces of mineral oil were re- ported in a shallow water well. As a result of this discovery five bores ranging in depth from 90 to 1008 ft. were drilled during 1922 fo} WH cs, ae Quaternary Be Soils & Alluvium Permian Grant Formation (Pq) GF Mt. Pierre Groun (Dup) Devonian INN Pillara, Limestone (Dmp) (KA Gap Creek Dolomite (0g) Ordovician Emanuel Limestone (Oe) JOCAIITY Fig. 1. Geological sketch map of the Price’s Creek area with index map of Western Australia in lower right hand corner. The undesignated creek which traverses the outcrop area of the Emanuel limestone is Emanuel Creek. (Map by courtesy of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology, and Geophysics, Can- berra). 155 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: ‘TEICHERT & GLENISTER 9 and 1923; mineral oil was reported from four of the bores. The area had been included in a geological map by E. T. Hardman as early as 1887, when the rocks were shown as Carboniferous. In 1924, A. Wade reported on the same area, with a special view to the alleged oil occurrence, and he retained the notion of the Carboniferous age of the rocks concerned. Finally, a contour map of the Price’s Creek area was provided with a more detailed geological report by Blatch- ford (1927) who, however, likewise failed to notice the presence of Ordovician fossils. From Blatchford’s collections Prendergast (1935) described a plectambonitid brachiopod, Spanodonta hoskingiae, but gave its age as Devonian. Recognition of the widespread occurrence of Devonian rocks in the Kimberley Division was due to the researches of L. V. Hosking (1932) who worked on collections made by Blatchford and others and demonstrated that most of the limestones shown as Carboni- ferous on all previous geological maps were actually Devonian. This was the age given to the rocks of the Price’s Creek area in a re- vised map and detailed geological report printed as a company report by Wade in 1936. Later visitors included field parties of Caltex Australia Oil Development Pty. Ltd. in 1940, and of Vacuum Oil Pty. Ltd. in 1947. These parties likewise failed to find Ordovician fossils. For some years one of us (C. T.) suspected the presence of pre-Devonian rocks in the area from a number of Eccyliopterus- like gastropods in the Blatchford collections but failed to realize the importance of the occurrence of Spanodonta; he never had an op- portunity of visiting the area himself. Significant collections were first made by D. J. Guppy and A. W. Lindner, in August 1949, while engaged in a general survey of the Devonian rocks of the Kimberley Division. The party was later joined by A. A. Opik, who collected the bulk of the material which is now available. At the end of 1949 all cephalopod specimens from these col- lections were sent to the senior author who, assisted by J. M. Dick- ins, made a preliminary survey of the material during 1950. Since 1951 the work has been carried on jointly by the authors of the present paper, and some preliminary results were incorporated in an earlier publication (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). In this paper the authors described two new genera, T'hylacoceras and Hardmanoceras, and gave preliminary identifications of a number of other genera. 10 BULLETIN 150 156 They determined the age of the bulk of the cephalopod material as Middle and Upper Canadian. A more detailed study of the fauna, based on a much larger number of thin sections, has led to a revision of some of the preliminary identifications. When the study of the initial collections had been all but completed, about 100 additional specimens were sent to us by O. P. Singleton, of the University of Western Australia, who visited the Price’s Creek area in 1952. Al- though this material contained no new species, it contributed con- siderably to our knowledge of a number of forms. We are greatly indebted to all the individuals concerned, in- cluding the Director of the Australian Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, for making this unique material available to us and for placing all relevant field data at our disposal. We also wish to record our thanks to Dr. R. H. Flower who has freely dis- cussed with us many problems in relation to this paper and who has read and criticized the entire manuscript. We are indebted to the University of Melbourne for a financial contribution towards the cost of plates. STRATIGRAPHY The Ordovician sediments of the Price’s Creek area are 2450 feet thick. They constitute the Price’s Creek group (Guppy and Opik, 1950) and are divided into two formations. 1. Emanuel limestone. This formation consists of 1670 ft. of light-grey limestone and calcareous shale. The lowest fossiliferous beds contain Obolus and hence are correlated by Guppy and Opik with the Tremadocian and Ozarkian. Higher in the sequence X eno- stegium appears, and still higher, limestones with a rich fauna of asaphid and pliomerid trilobites, gastropods, and nautiloids, with in- terbedded graptolite (dichograptid) horizons. The highest beds contain a genus of telephid trilobites which continues into the over- lying formation. 2. Gap Creek dolomite. This formation consists of 780 feet of light-brown dolomite with narrow sandy bands. It contains an il- laenid trilobite (Bumastus?) and the plectambonitid brachiopod Spanodonta hoskingiae Prendergast. Based on a preliminary analysis of the fossil collections, Guppy 157 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 11 and Opik distinguished five “faunal stages” in the Price’s Creek Group as follows: See Table I, page 12. PREVIOUS CORRELATIONS AND SOME CORRECTIONS Guppy and Opik correlated Stages II and III of the Emanuel limestone with the Canadian, Stage IV with the Chazyan, and the Gap Creek dolomite with the lower Trenton. The preliminary study of the cephalopods led us to suggest some changes (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). We correlated Stages II, III, and IV with the Middle and Upper Canadian, and the Gap Creek dolomite with the Chazyan. Our more detailed present studies have confirmed beyond doubt the correlations of the Emanuel limestone above the Obolus beds with the Middle and Upper Canadian, whereas the correlation of Gap Creek dolomite has not been substantiated. By 1952 we had noted the prevalence in our material of ortho- conic nautiloids “with straight marginal siphuncles which range from short orthochoanitic to full holochoanitic in structure and from eury- siphonate to stenosiphonate in size.” It was stated that “most spe- cies can be assigned to such genera as Endoceras, Baltoceras, Pro- tobaltoceras, and Bactroceras.’ However, detailed microscopic study of the siphuncular structure of these forms has since revealed that the species to which reference was made are best accommodated in new genera, which are described in the present paper. Two additional genera which were wrongly identified and which also have to be removed from the faunal list of the Emanuel lime- stone are Cyptendoceras (erroneously spelled Cryptendoceras in our 1952 paper) and Rudolfoceras. The species which were believed to represent these two genera have likewise turned out to belong to pre- viously unknown generic groups. Some of these taxonomic changes have helped to put the cor- relation of Stages III and IV of the Emanuel limestone with the Middle and Upper Canadian on a more secure basis, particularly the removal of such genera as Endoceras, Bactroceras, and Baltoceras 158 BULLETIN 150 0S61 ‘¥IdQ pue Addny UVIYIBZO zeddy wunibajsoua xy *pLvdgoy} -ajq Buipnpout spodos uvipeuey | -ses jo wei9ued [RIZA—S spludese ‘sao equoydorlo[ [9g SPlO[ jo spiydei3 ‘syuopouood ‘epoorlysQ J -QneN snudeZ -oyuvid MON “oBplzIMOg WeFTD UBIZBYO | ‘eepiysoudsy ‘ovpyiswWoTtd ‘avuljaydusy ‘oepyydusy splydofaL ey) ‘spooviqzso ‘spodo14sed Jo elauas [VIdA08 ‘8n/a7087 “(4 8njououaIq) Spligul “Old (8njspung) snuanz)] uoJUIIT, IIMOT ‘vs JO UBIDIAOPIO UIA UOIAL -109-aully, 9A1}8ZUIT, oBvquiassy [vuNney s[ISsOg 9U07 souenbeg [vuneg “FOM ‘DadP Yaad) 820g Ut UMIMOPIC AYR fo UO’MJaLL0jJ—aWiT pun I ATAVL uves JOU aseg 8njoqo I II auo}sSoU'T jonuewg WUE dnoiy 49019 © d01lg NVIDIAOGUO aTOGIW AI aNV¥ UaMOT ayWojog p]uop -ounds A yoolg dey AZTULIOJUOOU (1) NVINOAGG QU0}SOUIN'T aTadIw RIeI ld udddf) SoBRyS jeune sylugQ, o1ydeisyeis sahnig qounng ‘snug aydpshijv.ig 159 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 13 which outside Australia seem to be restricted to beds of post-Cana- dian age.! The identification of an endoceroid from the Gap Creek dolo- mite as Meniscoceras has been abandoned and this nautiloid now affords no basis for an age determination of that formation. GENERAL ASPECTS OF THE CEPHALOPOD FAUNA In this chapter some of the more interesting and significant fea- tures of the cephalopod fauna of the Price’s Creek group are sum- marized. Subsequent chapters are devoted to the discussion of more specialized aspects. With the exception of one indeterminate spe- cies of Endoceratidae, all the cephalopods described in this paper came from the Emanuel limestone. This fauna is of singular interest, because no similar assemblage has been found anywhere else in Aus- tralia or on the neighboring continent of Asia. In fact, it is most nearly related to North American faunas, and these affinities will be discussed in more detail below. At first glance the collections did not appear promising, because many specimens were collected from river gravel and others are firmly embedded in hard limestone, from which they are difficult or impossible to free. However, preservation in limestone permitted detailed study of microscopic structures in thin sections, and it is possible that no single cephalopod fauna of the same age has previously been studied so thoroughly with regard to the structure of the septal necks and connecting rings. A wealth of new information can thus be presented. It was found that the span of this fauna coincides with a critical period in the evolution of the cephalopods, during which holocho- anitic septal necks developed from ellipochoanitic ones and eurysi- phonate forms from stenosiphonate genera. Our material contains, at first glance, a bewildering array of combinations of narrow and wide siphuncles, and septal necks which range from achoanitic to holochoanitic in structure. Variety is increased by the appearance of annulated forms in which these characteristics may also be com- Removal of Bactroceras from the faunal list of the Emanuel limestone does not affect the occurrence of this genus in central Australia, where it is repre- sented by Bactroceras gossei (Etheridge) (see Teichert and Glenister, 1952). More recently, Glenister (1953) has recognized the genus in the Ordovician of New South Wales. 14 BULLETIN 150 160 bined. Out of these observations arose the need for the more precise terminology of septal necks which is described in a later chapter. Regardless of length of septal necks, endocones began to appear in forms in which the siphuncle had reached a certain critical size. If the presence of endocones is regarded as a criterion of the Endocera- tida, the Emanuel limestone contains the earliest known member of that order, a new genus here described as Anthoceras. Altogether the cephalopod fauna of the Emanuel limestone, as here described, consists of 26 species, 2 of which have not been for- mally named. All of the species are restricted to the Emanuel limestone, and none of them has as yet been recognized from other areas. hese 26 species belong to 24 genera, 14 of which are new (in- cluding 2 genera described by us in 1952). The 24 genera in turn are apportioned among 12 families, one of which is new. The high proportion of generic and familial categories in rela- tion to species may shock some readers. Authors who assign 26 species to 24 genera and 12 families must be prepared to face criti- cism for excessive “splitting.” We have given much consideration to this aspect, and in every single case the decision to establish a new genus has been arrived at after mature deliberations and usually with a considerable degree of reluctance. We have had no preconceived ideas, observed facts have been our sole guide to interpretation, and we are convinced that the multiplicity of our generic and familial categories 1s an accurate expression of the evolutionary processes which dominated the expansion of the cephalopods in the early Or- dovician period. This aspect will be again taken up for treatment in a later chapter. In the following we propose to point out briefly the principal features of the Emanuel limestone fauna which make it so uniquely interesting to students of cephalopod evolution. Four large orders of cephalopods are represented, the Ellesmero- ceratida, the Endoceratida, the Discosorida, and the Tarphyceratida. In addition we have a representative of the genus Bassleroceras which Flower and Kummel (1950) made the type genus of an in- dependent order, the Bassleroceratida. In our opinion the genera included in this order may well be regarded as primitive members of the Tarphyceratida. 161 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 15 In the Emanuel limestone the Ellesmeroceratida are represented by the following families: Ellesmeroceratidae, Eothinoceratidae, Pro- tocycloceratidae, Baltoceratidae, and possibly a new family Thyla- coceratidae. The Ellesmeroceratidae and Baltoceratidae are each represented by a new genus, Loxochoanella and Hemichoanella re- spectively. The Eothinoceratidae are represented by a typical species of Eothinoceras which has already been discussed by us in 1952. The Protocycloceratidae are in an unsatisfactory taxonomic state and the assignment of three genera from the Emanuel limestone to this group implies no more than general similarity to genera which have else- where been assigned to this family. The new family Thylacoceratidae has relationships both to the Ellesmeroceratidae and to the Endocer- atidae and will be discussed in more detail below. The Endoceratida are represented mostly by genera exhibiting primitive structures of this order. The Proterocameroceratidae (as defined by Flower, 1946) are represented by a form which we have referred to Proterocameroceras and which, even if it should be trans- ferred to another genus, will remain in that family. In this family we also place Anthoceras, an annulate form with hemichoanitic septal necks (see chapter on terminology of septal necks). The Pilocera- tidae are represented by the genus Adlopiloceras, and the Endocera- tidae by the straight genus, Lobendoceras, and two curved ones, Cyr- tendoceras and Campendoceras. Of particular interest is, furthermore, the occurrence of one new genus which appears to represent an early form of the Discosorida. Until recently this order was known only from beds of Black River and younger age, and extended into the Silurian. However, in 1940 Flower recognized Ruedemannoceras of the Chazyan as a primitive member of this group, and in 1952 we described a much larger and more advanced discosorid, Madiganella, from approximately Chaz- yan equivalents in central Australia. Pre-Chazyan discosorids may be expected to exhibit discosorid features in a more primitive state. Siphuncles should be smaller, and the connecting ring, though show- ing typical discosorid thickening, should be thinner than in later dis- cosorids. The new genus Apocrinoceras possesses such features. It may represent a new family, but is, for the time being, regarded as an early westonoceratid. 16 BULLETIN 150 162 Both families of the Tarphyceratida, the Tarphyceratidae as well as the Trocholitidae, are represented. In these families we have the genera Aphetoceras, Pycnoceras and Arkoceras, previously known from North America, as well as one European genus, Estoni- oceras, and two indigenous forms, Hardmanoceras, a trocholitid, and the tarphyceratid Aethoceras, the earliest known torticone (“tro- choceroid”’). While all the species described in this report are indigenous to the Price’s Creek area of Western Australia, an analysis of the 24 genera reveals that 8 have not been recorded previously from outside North America. Of the 14 new genera described in this report, Dr. Flower reports that he has recognized two among material, as yet undescribed, from North America. This brings the total of genera common to the Ordovician of North America and Western Australia to 10. Twelve genera are thus far restricted to Western Australia, and only two have previously been known from Europe alone. These relationships will be considered in more detail below. FAUNAL SUCCESSION AND CORRELATIONS The present study was begun without detailed knowledge of field relationships and of vertical distribution of the species. Since a great many field numbers had been given to the specimens, it was assumed that specimens had been collected from narrow strati- graphical intervals. When we began to realize that the material might contain evolutionary series, particularly with regard to the develop- ment of septal necks and connecting rings, the exact succession of the species became of considerable importance. It was then that we learned with regret that owing to lack of time, sickness, and other unforeseen circumstances, only a rough stratigraphical grouping of the collections had been attempted in the field, and that loose speci- mens from the bed of Emanuel Creek had not been kept apart from material collected in situ. Since the Ordovician rocks in Emanuel Creek dip upstream there is thus a possibility of contamination of the collections downward in the section, but not vice versa. Atten- tion will be paid in the following discussion to this condition. 163 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 17 A glance at Table 2 shows that collections from up to several hundred feet of strata have been mixed. Fortunately, the two most important and interesting assemblages have been defined within more narrow limits. These are the assemblages numbered NL 17 from beds 355 to 460 feet above the base of the Emanuel limestone and the one numbered NL 20E from the lower portion of that part of the section which lies between 1065 and 1170 feet. In the following we shall discuss the distribution of the cephalo- pods in more detail. For the convenience of the reader, family rela- tionships are given and repeated frequently in this discussion. The lower 355 feet of the Emanuel limestone do not appear to contain cephalopods. Most or probably all of this part of the section represents Guppy and Opik’s “Stage I,” which these authors cor- related with the “Ozarkian.” From beds between 355 and 460 feet, which represent Guppy and Opik’s “Stage II,” the following species have been identified: Family Protocycloceratidae Kyminoceras forresti, n.gen., n.sp. Family Eothinoceratidae Eothinoceras maitlandi n.sp. Family Thylacoceratidae, n.fam. Lebetoceras oepiki, n.gen., n.sp. Family Proterocameroceratidae Anthoceras decorum, n.gen., n.sp. Family Trocholitidae Arkoceras sp. This is an assemblage of extraordinary interest. There are five spe- cies representing five genera (three of them new) and five families (one of them new). Of these species, Kyminoceras forresti, Eothino- ceras maitlandi, and Arkoceras sp. have not been found at higher stratigraphical levels and are, therefore, least likely to be contamina- tions from above. Fothinoceras maitlandi is considered to be the most important find, because it represents a genus which is so far known only from the Middle Canadian Rochdale limestone of New York State, where it is represented by Fothinoceras americanum Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay (1944). 18 Table 2. Distribution of the Price’s Creek nautiloid fauna. Stages II-IV are in the Emanuel — limestone, and Stage V represents the basal beds of the Gap Creek dolomite. A cross — BULLETIN 150 marks the stratigraphic position of the holotype of each species. Age Stages of Guppy & Opik (1950) University of W. A. lotalities Bureau Min. Resources localities Feet above base of section Loxochoanella warburtoni Ectocyloceras inflatum Kyminoceras forresti OCC) CONC NCE CCUG) Diastoloceras perplexum Hemichoanella canningi Eothinoceras maitlandi eee ee wwe CHOCO) OCC hac) Thylacoceras kimberleyense Thylacoceras teretilobatum Lebetoceras oepiki ....... Notocycloceras yurabiense Ventroloboceras furcillatum Proterocameroceras contrarium .., Anthoceras decorum Campendoceras gracile Allopiloceras calamus Cyrtendoceras carnegiei Lobendoceras emanuelense . Endoceratidae gen. et sp. ind, Bassleroceras annulatum Apocrinoceras talboti . Aphetoceras delectans Aphetoceras desertorum .. Aethoceras caurus Ceca i Estonioceras sp. Pycnoceras liratum Arkoceras sp. ee ee eee Hardmanoceras lobatum CeO RCC eK SeCP ORO Cece Or Cie M. Can. II El NL17 355- 460 E10 NL20D | NL20E | NH145 | NL20F | NH141 | NH142 4) 460- 1065 Upper Canadian GOI Ell 1065 -1170 164 2 Chazyan Vv 1245- 1670-1840 1510 165 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 19 bd ww w= = Lrdoceratidae = = 1840! gen. rae? ° > a es W // a0 > WY) ua No Cephalopods 170! I Loxochoanella Hemichoanella Proterocamerocenas Lobengoceras 4 Cyrtendoceras Campendoperas 1 : Aq a1N Sy, 4 ae \ / = 1065! SY) \ | y | ~ oO T ——— e x suture Ss x | ” cS Q. | ~ a . - Thylacoceras Ventroloboceras zi x x = ss N | =I NN S \ GS S \ —— o Ss x ee rey suture opt suture 3 .————- NX s » ee x \ ve) \ x \ ~ AN S ‘ a 5 8 \ Notocycloceras =) x = = \ ly \ z — KR LH aL ARC HOMOREB RA /MLED TARE: < N = } = 460! “ Ss =| fLothinoceras AY DINO RL AS Anthoceras w | LA = See LZ Sta w won wn | aS I Stage 0' Fig. 2. Distribution diagram of the more genera from the Price’s Creek area. Wo Ceph2rlopods important longiconic cephalopod 20 BULLETIN 150 =i = 166 According to unpublished observations by Dr. R. H. Flower, Kyminoceras occurs in the Upper Canadian part of the El Paso lime- stone of southern New Mexico. Dr. Flower also informed us that he recognized Anthoceras from as yet undescribed material from the Upper Canadian Luke Hill formation at Philipsburg, Quebec, and one of us has been able to verify this identification by studying one of the specimens identified by Dr. Flower. Arkoceras has, in North America, been reported from both Up- per and Middle Canadian rocks. Arkoceras exiguum Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Furnish (1942) occurs in the Smithville formation of Arkansas, which these authors regard as Upper Canadian. An un- named form, Arkoceras sp., has been described from the Naylor Ledge limestone of southern Quebec, which Flower (oral communi- cation) believes may be as old as Middle Canadian. Thus, the assemblage from between 355 and 460 feet contains genera which in North America are either Middle Canadian (Eothin- oceras) or Upper Canadian (Kyminoceras, Anthoceras) or occur in both (Arkoceras). Lebetoceras has not yet been recognized outside Australia. Of these genera Anthoceras and Lebetoceras could be contaminations from higher beds. In the absence of more detailed information on the stratigraphic occurrence of the species in this particular interval, it may be as- sumed that we are here concerned with transition beds between the Middle and Upper Canadian. The scale is perhaps weighed slightly more heavily on the side of Middle Canadian because of the high value for correlation which is ascribed to the genus Eothinoceras. Above 460 ft. begins Guppy and Opik’s “Stage III” which is 710 ft. thick. The lower 605 feet, from 460 to 1065 ft., are not yet particularly rich in cephalopods, although more species occur than in “Stage II.” The following species have been identified from the stratigraphic interval between 460 and 1065 ft. Family Thylacoceratidae Lebetoceras oepiki, n.gen., n.sp. Notocycloceras yurabiense, n.gen., n.sp. Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister Ventroloboceras furcillatum, n.gen., n.sp. Family Proterocameroceratidae Anthoceras decorum, n.gen., n.sp. Family Tarphyceratidae A phetoceras delectans, n.sp. Estonioceras sp. 167 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 21 Anthoceras decorum comes up from “Stage II,” where its oc- currence may or may not be the result of downstream transportation. Aphetoceras delectans continues into the next higher group of beds, where it is associated with two additional species of the same genus. The occurrence at the 460 to 1065 ft. interval may, therefore, be due to downstream transportation, but this is not certain. Outside Australia, Tarphyceratidae are most common in the Upper Cana- dian, and it seems possible that the lower part of “Stage III” be- longs to the early Upper Canadian, although a late Middle Canadian age would not appear impossible. The most important group in this assemblage seems to be the Thylacoceratidae. This family com- prises a group of genera with narrow marginal siphuncles and long septal necks and has affinities with both the Ellesmeroceratida and the Endoceratida. It is probably most closely related to the former, representing a specialized branch which approaches the Endoceratida in certain characteristics. The most important assemblage of cephalopods is found in the beds just above 1065 ft. and probably not higher than 1100 to 1120 ft. This comprises the following species: Family Protocycloceratidae Diastoloceras perplexum, n.gen., n.sp. Ectocycloceras inflatum, n.sp. Family Ellesmeroceratidae Loxochoanella warburtoni, n.gen., n.sp. Family Baltoceratidae Hemichoanella canningi, n.gen., n.sp. Family Thylacoceratidae, n.fam. Notocycloceras yurabiense, n.gen., n.sp. Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister T. teretilobatum, n.sp. Family Proterocameroceratidae Protocameroceras contrarium, n.sp. Family Piloceratidae Allopiloceras calamus, n.sp. Family Endoceratidae Lobendoceras emanuelense, n.gen., n.sp. Campendoceras gracile, n.gen., n.sp. Family Bassleroceratidae Bassleroceras annulatum, n.sp. Family Westonoceratidae A pocrinoceras talboti, n.gen., n.sp. Family Tarphyceratidae 22 BULLETIN 150 168 A phetoceras delectans, n.sp. A. desertorum, n.sp. Aethoceras caurus, n.gen., n.sp. Pycnoceras liratum, n.sp. Family Trocholitidae Hardmanoceras lobatum Yeichert and Glenister This is a varied and interesting fauna in which the Upper Canadian element is unmistakable, due to the presence of such genera as Pro- terocameroceras, Allopiloceras, Bassleroceras, Aphetoceras and Pyc- noceras, none of which has ever before been reported outside the Up- per Canadian of North America.” Since only two of the species listed above have been found in collections made from the upper part of the interval between 1065 and 1170 ft., it is concluded that practically the entire assemblage occurs im situ at a level not far above 1065 ft. Particularly note- worthy in this Upper Canadian fauna is the appearance of the first truly holochoanitic endoceratid, Lobendoceras emanuelense. Of par- ticular interest are also the occurrences of typical ellesmeroceratids and baltoceratids, and the survival in strength of the Thylacocera- tidae. Not less interesting is the appearance of what seems to be the earliest known discosorid, Apocrinoceras. Among the Tarphycera- tidae, Aethoceras, the earliest known torticone is especially note- worthy. In short, this fauna combines, in the most interesting way, sur- vivors of more primitive ellesmeroceroid stocks with more modern endoceratids, tarphyceratids, trocholitids (Hardmanoceras), and forerunners of the still later discosorids. Towards the top of the 1065-1170 ft. interval, cephalopods be- come quite rare. Hemichoanella canningi and Notocycloceras yura- biense seem to continue from the lower beds, and the only new ar- rival is Cyrtendoceras carnegiet, a holochoanitic curved endoceratid of European affinities. Species which may be expected to occur, be- cause they have been found again above 1170 ft., are Lebetoceras oeptki and Hardmanoceras lobatum. The former species, however, is also absent from the rich horizons just above 1065 feet, and it is not impossible that its occurrence in the lower part of the section (be- “Poulsen (1952) has recently reported Proterocameroceras from the Upper Canadian of East Greenland and from the Durness limestone of Scotland. Both these occurrences are from within the North Atlantic Ordovician faunal province. 169 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 23 tween 355 and 1065 ft.) is in river pebbles only. Both species occur in the interval between 1245-1510 ft., just below the top of the Emanuel limestone. This is part, or all, of Stage [V in the succession of Guppy and Opik, and indications are that this stage is still part of the Upper Canadian. Cyrtendoceras indicates a younger age, but the only available specimen of Cyrtendoceras carnegiet could have been transplanted downstream from higher beds. None of the species of the Emanuel limestone continue into the overlying Gap Creek dolomite (Stage V of Guppy and Opik) which has only yielded some unidentifiable fragments of an endoceratid and cannot, therefore, be dated on cephalopod evidence. Our conclusions are thus only slightly at variance with the preliminary findings of Guppy and Opik, who regarded Stage IV as Chazyan and the Gap Creek dolomite as Lower Trenton. If the latter correlation is confirmed, the possibility of a break in the sequence between the Emanuel limestone and the Gap Creek dolomite, repre- senting at least part of the Chazyan-Black River interval, should be investigated in the field. RELATIONSHIPS TO OTHER AUSTRALIAN CEPHALOPOD FAUNAS Among described cephalopod faunas from Australia, only the one from Adamsfield in Tasmania is definitely known to be of the same age as the Emanuel limestone fauna. It is peculiar that the two faunas have nothing in common (Teichert, 1947; Teichert and Glenister, 1952). At Adamsfield the east Asiatic element is characteristically represented by Manchuro- ceras and is associated with both American (Piloceras) and Euro- pean (Suecoceras) elersents. Piloceras must have come to Tasmania by the north Pacific route, by-passing east Asia. The fact that no element of the east Asiatic fauna reached Western Australia is dif- ficult to explain. The answer may be found in southeast Asia, where Ordovician faunas are poorly known. It is possible that contempo- raneous faunas also occur in Queensland, but these have not yet been described. All other Tasmanian cephalopod faunas seem to belong to younger divisions of the Ordovician and the Silurian (Teichert and Glenister, 1953). 24 BULLETIN 150 170 There is insufficient stratigraphical information available re- garding the cephalopod faunas of central Australia to allow a corre- lation of faunas from different localities, and their generic composi- tion has only been briefly surveyed (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). On the whole the fauna is most similar to that of the Baltic Ortho- ceras limestone, as evidenced by the association of large species of Endoceras with Catorapliceras, Baltoceras, Bactroceras, and the slightly older Bathmoceras. A younger element is suggested by the presence of Cyclendoceras and Armenoceras. The presence of an unidentifiable genus of the Tarphyceratidae may indicate an older fauna, possibly contemporaneous with the fauna from the upper part of the Emanuel limestone. However, no close faunal links are known between the cephalopods of central Australia and those of the Price’s Creek area. From general considerations of the Ordovician palaeogeography of Australia it seems most likely that an Ordovician sea connected the general vicinity of the present Desert Basin, of which the Price’s Creek occurrence forms part, with the area of deposition of the Lara- pintine formation in central Australia. Such a “Central Australian Geosyncline” was first postulated by Hills (1945) and has now been strongly confirmed. The clarification of the faunal relationships within this area of sedimentation must await more accurate strati- graphic collecting in all its parts. RELATIONSHIPS AND ORIGIN OF KIMBERLEY CEPHALOPODS It is intended in this chapter to consider in more detail the rela- tionships of the Kimberley cephalopods and to present some con- clusions as to their origin. As has been pointed out above, the fauna of the Emanuel limestone has no equivalent elsewhere in Australia. All its species are new, and none of them has, so far, been recog- nized in other areas. For the present, therefore, this fauna must be regarded as indigenous as far as species are concerned. Considering the generic composition, some of the most inter- esting facts have already been briefly mentioned, and this chapter will be devoted mainly to a more detailed analysis of the genera and their affinities. — a | — AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: ‘TEICHERT & GLENISTER 25 It will have been noted that, in the previous chapter, much em- phasis was placed, for purposes of correlation, on the occurrence of certain genera. As a rule this is not good practice, because it is a well-known fact that genera may persist for different time intervals in different areas, and any genus may survive in isolated localities long beyond the acme of its existence elsewhere. However, we will attempt to show that special consideration in this respect must be given to the early Ordovician cephalopods. The early Ordovician was a time of explosive or eruptive evolu- tion of the cephalopod stock when, presumably due to an accelerated mutation rate, a number of basically new structural types developed in rapid succession and within a short space of time. Variation in the following morphological features is marked: (1) Septal necks: Closely related forms exhibit wide variability in regard to the length of the septal necks. The range is from achoan- itic through orthochoanitic, loxochoanitic, hemichoanitic, subholo- choanitic and holochoanitic, to macrochoanitic (see chapter on terminology of septal necks). (2) Size of siphuncle: A general tendency towards increase in the diameter of the siphuncle in proportion to the diameter of the shell culminates with the appearance of endoceratid forms. (3) Connecting rings: The tendency is towards the thickening of the connecting rings and differentiation of it into layers. (4) Shell form: Annulate shells occur together with smooth ones, and curved shells occur together with straight ones. All these features are found in a considerable number of com- binations, and all of our straight or nearly straight genera differ from each other in differences of combination of the above-men- tioned characteristics. Thus variations in the length of septal necks, complicated by variable shell features and sutures, are found among stenosiphonate forms (Thylacoceratidae) as well as more eurysiphonate groups ( Proterocameroceratidae, Endoceratidae). Complexity of the con- necting rings is not dependent on the length of septal necks, since complex rings may be present in subholochoanitic forms. Combination and recombination of such transient characters, each of which is itself only a step in a series of changing morphologi- cal trends, must result in the appearance of short-lived biological 26 BULLETIN 150 172 forms which nevertheless are sharply distinguished and easily recog- nizable by means of well-defined morphological features. It is not likely that such types existed, as a rule, for long periods. It seems more likely that they would be extremely short-lived. Also, it is un- likely that such accidental combinations of rapidly developing mor- phological stages would be duplicated in different lineages in geo- graphically separated populations. If such types are found in areas which are now widely apart, it is to be assumed that they repre- sent derivatives from the same parent stock, even if differences on the specific level do exist. The Emanuel Creek fauna contains a number of cephalopod genera which possess such a combination of specialized characters and which have never previously been reported outside North America. In the following we shall discuss these genera in detail, because a thorough understanding of their structures will result in far-reaching palaeogeographical conclusions. The genera which we propose to discuss and which are common to Australia and North America and to no other region are: Eothinoceras, Kyminoceras, Anthoceras, Arkoceras, Ectocycloceras, Proterocameroceras, Allopil- oceras, Bassleroceras, Aphetoceras, and Pycnoceras. Eothinoceras maitlandi, which occurs in the lowest cephalopod- bearing beds, agrees so closely with Eothinoceras americanum that it has only been described as a new species because the American form is not well enough known for the likeness of all shell features to be confirmed. The unique feature of this genus is its internally thickened connecting ring, forming a ridge with a V-shaped cross- section. Among Canadian faunas the genus is unique and its connect- ing ring is not of a type one would expect to develop in homo- chronous homeomorphs. It is true that Cyrtocerina of the later Ordovician has connecting rings which closely resemble those of Eothinoceras. Whether Cyrtocerina is a descendant of Eothinoceras has yet to be determined, but it would strain the imagination less to make this assumption than to assume that such a structure could evolve again at another time. We believe, therefore, that the Ameri- can and the Australian species of Eothinoceras came from the same genetic stock, Anthoceras has recently been recognized by R. H. Flower in the 173 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 27 Upper Canadian Luke Hill formation at Philipsburg, Quebec. De- tailed comparisons cannot be made until this occurrence has been de- scribed. This genus presents the following unusual combination of features: annulate shell, hemichoanitic septal necks, and well-de- veloped endocones. Flower has furthermore recognized K yminoceras low in the Upper Canadian portion of the El Paso limestone of southern New Mexico. Kyminoceras is a protocycloceratid with an- nulate shell, narrow marginal siphuncle, short septal necks, and sim- ple connecting rings. Proterocamzroceras combines short septal necks which bifurcate towards their cdges, appearing pronged in cross-section, with com- plex connecting rings, and endocones. The Australian species dif- fers in details of the suture but internally is identical with the American type species. Proterocameroceras occurs in the Upper Ca- nadian of New York and has recently been reported by Poulsen (1952) from rocks of the same age in northeast Greenland and from the Durness limestone of Scotland. It is thus a genus which, outside Australia, is restricted to the Appalachian-North Atlantic province and is not found in the European-Baltic province. The case of Allopiloceras is an interesting one. This is a straight, or nearly straight, piloceroid with close affinities to the Manchuro- ceratidae. The latter are a prolific group in the Canadian of Man- churia and Korea but do not number Allopiloceras among them in that area. Allopiloceras is widely distributed in the Upper Canadian of North America, where it may represent a connecting link with the cyrtoconic Piloceratidae. It never seems to have reached eastern Asia and its occurrence in Western Australia is most unexpected. Bassleroceras 1s widely distributed in eastern and midwestern North America (Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay, 1944). It is characterized by a most unusual combination of features, namely exogastric condition and small marginal siphuncle, compressed cross- section, and broad lateral lobes in the sutures. Weak annulations characterize the Australian species as a regional variant of the Amer- ican stock, all the members of which have smooth shells. Arkoceras is the only genus of Trocholitidae with subcircular cross-section, lacking a dorsally impressed zone. The latter is also absent in Wichitoceras, but this genus has a strongly compressed whorl-section. The only two American occurrences of Arkoceras are 28 BULLETIN 150 174 from Upper Canadian rocks in Arkansas and Quebec. Perhaps the features of this genus are not so uniquely diagnostic, but its occur- rences are significant. Among the Tarphyceratidae, Aphetoceras and Pycnoceras represent somewhat intergrading forms. The former genus is set apart by its open coiling. In North America it occurs widely in the Upper Canadian, from Newfoundland to Arkansas. The Australian species agree in all respects, except that they are more strongly annulate. Pycnoceras is a more generalized form to which perhaps less weight should be attached. It has a weakly developed impressed dorsal zone. In conclusion, we can state that nearly one-half of the cephalo- pod species of the Emanuel limestone fauna belongs to more or less specialized genera which elsewhere are known only from the North American Ordovician province. Not a single purely eastern Asiatic genus occurs in the Emanuel limestone. The question of the relationships of the Western Australian and North American Ordovician faunas is, therefore, an exceedingly in- teresting one. It is clear that there must have been an exchange and intermingling of faunas between the two areas along a route which by-passed eastern Asia, and it is suggested that the only available route was across the Pacific Ocean. Since littoral faunas cannot cross a vast ocean barrier, it is necessary to assume a different palaeogeo- graphy of the Pacific in the Ordovician. Gregory (1930) assumed extensive vertical movements in the Pacific during the geological past, and the existence of large Pacific land masses during various times in the Paleozoic. Ruedemann (1929) earlier postulated the existence of a Pacific Ocean in Ordovician time, basing his conclu- sions on the presence in Australia and North America of certain specialized graptolite genera, such as Oncograptus and Cardiograp- tus. It is possible that both these authors were right. The obvious fact of an interchange of littoral faunas between Australia and North America, as discussed above, leads us to postu- late the existence of at least a sufficient number of stepping stones by which these faunas could have crossed over. Numbers of con- veniently spaced islands would serve this purpose. In this connection, it is possible to refer to Hess’ original sug- gestion of a Precambrian age of the Pacific guyots (Hess, 1946). 175 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 29 These submarine sea mounts, which are being discovered in increas- ing numbers, were at first thought to represent Precambrian vol- canoes which were eroded and later submerged in the early Paleozoic. As far as is known at present, the number and distribution of the guyots may be sufficient to account for a migration of littoral faunas across the North Pacific at any time at which they might have appeared as islands above sea level (see Teichert, 1953). More recently a younger age of the guyots has been favoured by Hamilton (1951, 1952) because Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils have been dredged from the platforms of some of them. However, it may be said that the occurrence of Cretaceous and Tertiary shallow water fossils on the sea mounts suggests nothing more than that they were then covered by less water than now. It does not give a clue of the age of the mounts themselves. The necessity to postulate an eco- logical bridge across the Pacific in Ordovician times may lead to re- newed consideration of Hess’ original estimate of an older age of the guyots. EARLY EVOLUTION OF THE ENDOCERATIDA The order Endoceratida comprises cephalopods with shells which are generally straight and have large marginal siphuncles containing endocones. Advanced genera are holochoanitic, but early members have orthochoanitic or hemichoanitic septal necks. The first Endoceratida appear in the Middle Canadian, both in North America and in Western Australia. Their necks vary from achoanitic to subholochoanitic and they have straight shells which may be either smooth or annulate. To this group belong species of Antho- ceras, Clitendoceras, and Paraendoceras which are at present in- cluded in the Proterocameroceratidae. Endoceroids become more numerous in the Upper Canadian. Proterocameroceras is a specialized member of the order. It is large, has split septal necks and complex connecting rings, and is on the whole not a typical representative of the family to which it gives its name. The family Endoceratidae is characterized by holochoanitic septal necks. Dr. Flower informs us that no representatives of this family are as yet known from the Upper Canadian of North America. In Western Australia, however, at least one holochoanitic form (Cyr- tendoceras) appears in an assemblage of Upper Canadian age, and 30 BULLETIN 150 176 there are two subholochoanitic genera associated with it, namely Lobendoceras and Campendoceras. All of these genera we include in the Endoceratidae, although Lobendoceras and Campendoceras are undoubtedly transitional between that family and the Proterocamer- oceratidae. It is reasonable to suppose that the Endoceratida developed from cephalopods with smaller marginal siphuncles in which no en- docones were developed. Endocones served the purpose of filling that space in the siphuncular lumen which was no longer occupied by the siphuncular organ. At the same time the added weight of the endocone deposits must have countered the buoyancy of the shell and thus helped to maintain the balance of the cephalopod animal. The formation of endocones is, thus, to a certain extent, a function of the size of the siphuncle. In the evolutionary history of the En- doceratida, endocones may be presumed to have appeared at a stage when the siphuncle had reached a certain critical size. The pre- endoceratids must have possessed straight shells, with marginal siphuncles which were smaller than those of typical endoceratids and which may also have had a tendency towards hemichoanitic and holochoanitic structure. Genera in which such features are combined are found among two families, viz. the Baltoceratidae and the Thylacoceratidae. In both families the shells are straight or gently curved. The Balto- ceratidae generally have rather large marginal siphuncles with ortho- choanitic to hemichoanitic septal necks; the Thylacoceratidae have smaller marginal siphuncles with septal necks which tend to become holochoanitic. The taxonomic position of Baltoceras and its allies has been discussed. Holm (1897) and Schindewolf (1942) have main- tained the endoceratid affinities of the genus, whereas Flower (1947) has insisted on its ellesmeroceratid relationships. Since the Balto- ceratidae have wide siphuncles and yet no endocones, we agree with Flower and with Flower and Kummel (1950) that they should not be included in the Endoceratida. The Thylacoceratidae on the other hand have siphuncles of endoceratid appearance which are too small for endocones to have developed in them. When we first studied the type genus Thylacoceras (Teichert and Glenister, 1952) we included it in the Endoceratidae, but we now consider that this genus and the entire family Thylacoceratidae should not be included in the order ry7, AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 31 related. We consider that the Thylacoceratidae of the Emanuel lime- stone represent a conservative stock from which the true endocera- tids branched off early in, or perhaps immediately prior to, the Mid- dle Canadian. The Thylacoceratidae may be regarded as an early Canadian offshoot of the Ellesmeroceratida, specializing in the di- rection of marginal siphuncles and elongation of the septal necks. We regard them as more truly intermediate between the Ellesmerocera- tida and Endoceratida than the Baltoceratidae, because the latter, while specializing in marginal siphuncles, and partly also in increased size of siphuncles, did not develop the long septal necks which are a typically endoceratid feature. The Thylacoceratidae and early Proterocameroceratidae seem to appear together in the lower part of the Emanuel limestone. It is to be hoped that more accurate palaeontological zoning on the basis of more exact stratigraphic collecting will be possible in the future, and that more light will thereby be thrown on the relationships be- tween these two families. It is not impossible that the answer to the question as to the origin of the Endoceratida lies buried in the Eman- uel limestone of Western Australia. Also, future zoning should help to establish important trends within the Endoceratida. Hemichoani- tic Anthoceras is most probably the oldest genus. Subholochoanitic and holochoanitic Endoceratidae occur 600 to 700 feet higher in the section, but we have little knowledge of the intermediate faunas among which the Thylacoceratidae seem to dominate. While all these endoceroids have simple conical endocones with circular cross- section, more specialized forms with depressed endocones occur an- other 600 feet higher in the section. But again we have no knowl- edge of forms from the beds in between. TERMINOLOGY OF SEPTAL NECKS Several types of commonly occurring septal necks have long been known by the following terms: holochoanitic—extending from one septum to the preceding septum or beyond; orthochoamitic—short and straight, extending backward not more than a small fraction of the distance to the preceding septum: cyrtochoanitic—short and curved, with distinct brim. 32 BULLETIN 150 178 The two last-named types are occasionally grouped together and termed ellipochoanitic. It was Hyatt who, in 1883, first recognized these distinctions, and on them established two orders of nautiloids which he called Holochoanoidea and Ellipochoanoidea. However, it seems that Ruedemann, in 1906, was the first to use the above-men- tioned terms in the adjectival form as part of the morphological terminology. More recently, Ulrich and Foerste (1933) added the ACh OLNICIC PPELIESE loxochoanstic Y gets orthochoalttit i suborthochoantse = cyrtochoalitie hemthoanttit f SUbholochoan stil f holochoanstse MACPOChOBINUIC | Fig. 3. Terminology of septal necks. 179 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 33 term aneuchoanitic for a condition in which the septal necks are either absent or vestigial. The term seems useful, though we pro- pose to shorten it to achoanitic which has the same meaning. Fur- thermore, in 1941, Flower used the term suborthochoamtic for “cephalopods in which the septal necks are straight or curved, pro- ducing slightly convex siphuncular segments.” Dr. Flower has since defined the term more precisely, in correspondence with the authors, as referring to septal necks which are usually slightly inclined out- ward at their tips but have no measurable brim. During more recent investigations by Flower, and in the course of the present studies, additional types of septal necks have become known which are not covered by any of the existing terms. The following new terms are, therefore, proposed: loxochoanitic—for septal necks which are short and straight and inclined inwards (in the direction of the central axis of the siph- uncle ); hemichoanitic—for septal necks which are straight and extend from about one-half to three-fourths the distance to the preceding septum; subholochoanitic—for septal necks whose length is approxi- mately equal to the distance between two septa, but whose distal ends are deflected inward so that an appreciable gap exists between them and the proximal ends of the preceding septal necks. This gap is filled by a thick, often structurally complex, connecting ring. It was also found convenient to restrict the term holochoanittic to septal necks which extend backward to the preceding septum and whose distal ends are in contact with, or in close proximity to, the proximal ends of the preceding septal necks. Connecting rings in such forms are vestigial or absent. The term macrochoanitic is here proposed for septal necks which extend backwards beyond the pre- ceding septum. That is, in forms with necks of this type, successive necks are invaginated. The following is a synopsis of septal neck terminology as here proposed (Fig. 3). Achoanitic—septal necks absent or vestigial. Orthochoanitic—short and straight, directed backyard. Suborthochoanitic—short and straight, with slightly outwardly 34 BULLETIN 150 180 inclined tips but with no measurable brim. Cyrtochoanitic—short and curved with well-defined brim. Loxochoanitic—short and straight, pointing obliquely toward the interior of the siphuncle. Hemichoanitic—straight, extending one-half to three-fourths the distance to the preceding septum. Subholochoamitic—Approximately equal in length to the distance between two septa but deflected inward at their tips, thus leaving an appreciable gap between two successive septal necks. Holochoanitic—essentially straight, extending backward to the preceding septum. Macrochoanitic—essentially straight, reaching backward beyond Fig. 4. Illustration of ectosiphuncular suture, consisting of a diagram of the ventral surface of two camerae (shell removed) and four longitudinal sections of the ectosiphuncle. The septa are represented by thick black lines. The un- shaded area between the septa represents that area where the septal necks are flattened against the inner shell wall. An ectosiphuncular suture is present on either side of the mid-ventral line in each camera. They are the lines along which the gap between the septal necks and the inner shell wall becomes sufficiently wide for the introduction of matrix (dotted) between these two components of the conch. 181 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 35 the preceding septum, and invaginated into the preceding septal neck. The siphuncle may be placed so close to the shell wall that the septal necks around part of the siphuncle are almost in contact with the inner surface of the shell. In several of the Price’s Creek species, the space between the septal necks and the shell wall is such that the matrix which fills the remainder of the conch is not present in this area on the ventral side of the siphuncle. Preceding dorsally around the siphuncle from the mid-ventral line, the space between the septal necks and the shell gradually increases, until matrix 1s introduced between these two shell components. The term ecto- siphuncular suture is hereby proposed for the line along which the septal necks become sufficiently separated from the shell wall for the introduction of matrix between these two components of the conch (Text Fig. 4). An ectosiphuncular suture is thus present in each camera on either side of the plane of symmetry of the conch. TECHNIQUE OF STUDYING OPAQUE SECTIONS Identifications of most early Palaeozoic cephalopods can gen- erally only be made when cross-sections, preferably in the dorso- ventral mid-plane, are available. It has long been customary to cut the specimens in such a way that the saw passes just to the side of the median line, so that one-half of the specimen presents a surface which is exactly in the median plane. This surface is then available for observation in reflected light by use of the binocular microscope. In order to increase the light penetration into the specimen and the clarity of surface observation, the surface was often polished. Other workers were satisfied with just wetting the surface or covering it with an oily or fatty substance. This generally proved to be unsatis- factory, since the fluids quickly evaporate and oily substances col- lect dirt. A large number of specimens were involved in the present investigations and the older techniques proved to be both time con- suming and to some extent unsatisfactory. The following technique was evolved for our studies and can be recommended for similar work: The specimen is first cut in a plane close to the surface in which the final section is required. A thin diamond saw is satistac- 36 BULLETIN 150 182 tory for this purpose. The specimen is then ground down to the re- quired plane, first on a coarse carborundum lap and finishing it by hand on a glass plate with very fine carborundum powder. When the surface is thoroughly dried, it is painted with a clear varnish which in Australia is known commercially as “Dulux.” Any other clear varnish with an acetone base should be satisfactory. Brush marks often crinkle the surface at this stage, and bubbles are frequently trapped. Both bubbles and brush marks may be removed by spray- ing the surface of the varnish immediately with ether or some other highly volatile fluid capable of dissolving the varnish used. The ether has the effect of rendering the surface of the varnish less viscous. The surface, therefore, runs out more smoothly and on drying a surface of mirror-like gloss results. The varnish should be relatively quick drying and should not take more than two or three hours to harden. During this time the specimens should be kept under cover so as to prevent dust particles from settling on the glossy surface. The specimens are now ready for examination under the binocu- lar microscope. Here we find that the importance of a strong source of light cannot be overestimated. Ordinary desk lamps and microscope illuminators were found to be altogether too weak. We used a specially constructed illuminator consisting of a 50 Watt projector lamp mounted in front of a spherical mirror with a focal length of 12 inches. This lamp could be so adjusted by means of a ball and socket joint that the focal point of the mirror rested on the speci- men under observation. We used a binocular microscope of the type which is mounted on a horizontal arm which swings around a vertical stem and the lamp was attached to the vertical stem. The intensity of the light beam is such that it penetrates some distance into the specimen. Surface features can be clearly observed under highest magnifications, and with certain types of preservation the structures of siphuncles and septal necks can be traced for a small distance below the surface of the section. The illuminator was constructed in the workshop of the Geology Department of the University of Mel- bourne by Mr. J. S. Mann to whom we are greatly indebted for a tool which has proved indispensable in our investigations. We have no doubt that other varnishes and sprays and d:ffer- ent arrangements for illumination will lead to similarly satisfactory results, as long as the combination of highest possible gloss with 183 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 37 greatest possible intensity of illumination is achieved. For photography we still had to rely on thin sections. Attempts to photograph surfaces prepared in the manner described above have not been successful, but we believe that proper combination of lens, filter, developing technique, and paper will eventually be found to give satisfactory results. However, our improved method of opaque observation enabled us to observe almost all structural features of the cephalopod siphuncle and shell and thus decide ex- actly which specimen or part of a specimen should be thin-sectioned for photography, thus eliminating any waste. This was of particular importance in the case of species of which few specimens were avail- able. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS Order ELLESWEROCERATIDA Family ELLESMWEROCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1934 Genus LOXOCHOANELLA Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species—Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glen- ister, n. sp. Description—Slowly expanding longiconic orthocones_ with smooth shell, circular cross-section, and moderately large marginal siphuncle; suture transverse and straight, except for a shallow ven- tral lobe; septal necks loxochoanitic; connecting rings thick and structurally complex, divided into a thin dense inner layer and a thick outer layer. The outer layer has undergone structural differen- tiation into a dense outer component and a coarse-grained inner component. Affinities —The thick complex connecting rings of Loxochoanella place this genus among the Ellesmeroceratidae. Close affinities be- tween Loxochoanella and any other described genus do not exist. Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. 1-4; text fig. 5 Description of holotype (No. 34122, Department of Geology, University of Western Australia; Pl. 2, figs. 1,3).—The holotype is an orthoconic phragmocone with circular cross-section. It has a length of 38.5 mm. and expands in diameter from 3.3 mm. at the 38 BULLETIN 150 184 Fig. 5. Ectosiphuncle of Loxochoanella warburtoni. posterior end of the specimen to 8.2 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle lies close to, but not in contact with, the ventral shell wall. Five and a half camerae together occupy a length equal to the shell diameter. Two camerae together occupy a length equal to the diam- eter of the siphuncle. The suture is transverse and straight, except for a shallow rounded lobe across the venter. The internal mould of the shell is smooth. A thin section of the anterior half of the specimen has been cut in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The septal necks are straight and bent at an angle of 45° to the septa. This is the loxochoanitic type of septal neck, defined earlier in the paper. The siphuncular segments are concave. Two distinct components make up the connecting rings. The inner layer is thin and reacnes backward from the tip of the septal neck to the tip of the neck which precedes it. The outer layer is much thicker. It originates on the outside of the septal neck, and reaches backward, covering almost the entire inner surface of the preceding septal neck. Where the shell has a diameter of 7.1 mm., the siphuncle has a diameter of 2.2 mm. and is situated .2 mm. from the ventral shell wall. Description of paratype (No. 338, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 2, fig. 2).—This paratype is 185 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 39 a slowly expanding longiconic orthocone with circular cross-section. It has a length of 35.5 mm., 4 mm. of which consists of body chamber. The diameter increases from 3.7 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen to 7.9 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is marginal. It has a diameter of .9 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen. Six and a half camerae together occupy a length equal to the dia- meter of the shell. Two camerae together occupy a length equal to the diameter of the siphuncle. The sutures are straight and directly transverse. Ectosiphuncu- lar sutures are well developed where the shell is slightly worn. The shell is smooth. A thin section of the posterior third of the paratype shows the septal necks to be loxochoanitic. The connecting rings are thick and consist of two distinct layers. The inner layer is uniformly thin and reaches posteriorly from the tip of one septal neck to the tip of the preceding neck. It is uniform in composition and appears to be constructed of finely crystalline dense material. The thick outer layer originates on the outer side of the septal neck, near its proxi- mal end. It extends posteriorly and becomes adnate to the whole of the preceding septal neck and a small area of the septum ad- jacent to it. This outer layer exhibits structural differentiation, but the preservation is not sufficiently good for exact interpretation of the structures. However, it is clear that there is a concentration of dense fine-grained material on either side of the septal neck. Description of paratype (No. 339, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 2, fig. 4)—The paratype is part of a phragmocone with a length of 19 mm. Five camerae to- gether have a length equal to the shell diameter. The septal necks are loxochoanitic, and, as in the holotype, the connecting rings are thick and complex in structure. Two layers may be discerned, a thin inner layer, and a thick outer layer. The inner layer is composed of dense material. It is convex inwards and only touches the septal necks at their distal extremities. The outer layer originates on the outside of the septal neck, where it is adnate to the distal two-thirds of the neck. It extends posteriorly and is adnate to the whole of the inner surface of the preceding septal neck, to- gether with a small area of the septum adjacent to it. Structural dif- ferentiation of the outer layer is evident. A band of denser material 40 BULLETIN 150 186 originates on the outside of the septal neck and extends posteriorly to cover the inside of the preceding neck. A layer of coarsely crystal- line material is left between this layer and the thin inner layer. Dense material is also concentrated at the posterior end of the connecting rings; that is, on the inside of each septal neck. This species is named in honour of P. E. Warburton, who in 1873 was engaged in one of the first explorations of the Desert Basin. Occurrence——The holotype came from locality E 11 and both paratypes from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Family PROTOCYCLOCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1935 Kobayashi proposed this family for the two genera, Protocyclo- ceras Hyatt and Orygoceras Ruedemann, but his conception of the family was based on Hyatt’s erroneous description of the type genus. Orygoceras was later found to be preoccupied, and the name was re- placed by Rudolfoceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay (1944). In the same publication these authors erected the family Rudolfoceratidae for Rudolfoceras, Ectocycloceras, and Seelyoceras, whereas they included Protocycloceras in the family Spyroceratidae of Shimizu and Obata. However, as early as 1939 Flower had shown Spyroceras to be a member of the Pseudorthoceratidae. The genus is not closely related to Protocycloceras which, according to Flower’s unpublished observations, has a fairly large siphuncle in subcentral to submarginal position, orthochoanitic septal necks, and complex connecting rings. Rudolfoceras is closely related, differing mainly in the possession of a more rapidly expanding, slightly exogastric conch. If the two genera are to remain in one family, as originally pro- posed by Kobayashi, the name Protocycloceratidae takes precedence. Revision of the scope of this family would require detailed dis- cussion of a great number of early Ordovician genera, some of which are only poorly known. For the present we include here annulated conchs, either straight or only shghtly curved, with marginal to sub- central siphuncles of moderate size, and vestigial to short ortho- choanitic septal necks. This definition also covers the Endocyclo- ceratidae of Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay (1944), which differ from the Rudolfoceratidae only in being endogastric. In our opinion, slight differences in curvature among early Ordovician 187 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 41 genera do not afford a safe basis for taxonomic differentiation of families. Our observations have taught us to place main emphasis on the size of the siphuncle and the nature of the structures asso- ciated with it (septal necks, connecting rings, siphuncular deposits). Shell features such as curvature and annulation should be relegated to an unimportant place. In view of these conclusions, the grouping of the following three species with the Protocycloceratidae is far from satisfactory. Only Kyminoceras forrestt 1s orthochoanitic, while both Ectocycloceras inflatum and Diastoloceras perplexum are achoanitic. All three species have small marginal siphuncles; the first two have annulate conchs, while Diastoloceras bears a remarkable series of transverse flanges. It is possible that these three species represent three different families, but too little about their affinities is known at present to make the erection of such new families advisable. Genus ECTOCYCLOCERAS Ulrich and Foerste, 1936 Ectocyeloceras inflatum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 5-6 Description of holotype (No. 370, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype is an exogastric cyrtocone with a length of 42.4 mm., 28 mm. of which is body cham- ber. The siphuncle has a maximum diameter of .65 mm. and is situ- ated .4 mm. from the ventral shell wall. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters are 7.7 mm. and 7 mm. respectively, while the dorso-ventral diameter at the anterior end of the specimen is 11.2 mm. Ten camerae together have a length equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter. The internal mould bears low rounded annulations and nu- merous fine lirae. Both the annulations and the lirae are directly transverse. The sutures are slightly sinuous and directly transverse. The septal necks are achoanitic, and the siphuncular segments inflated. In a segment with a length of 1.25 mm., the segments are inflated to a maximum diameter of .65 mm., and constricted at the septal foramen to a diameter of .30 mm. The species name refers to the inflated siphuncular segments. Comparisons—Ectocycloceras inflatum agrees with Ectocyclo- ceras cataline (Billings), the type species of that genus, except that 42 BULLETIN 150 188 it is much smaller and has inflated instead of constricted siphuncu- lar segments. Occurrence—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus KYMINOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species—Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description—Prominently annulated slowly expanding ortho- cones with circular or subcircular cross-section; sutures sinuous and transverse; annulations transverse or sloping posteriorly from the dorsum to the venter, camerae low; siphuncle small and either mar- ginal or situated close to the shell wall; septal necks orthochoanitic; siphuncular segments gently concave, cylindrical, or gently inflated; connecting rings thin. The generic name is given in honour of Dr. B. Kummel. Affimties—K yminoceras is closely related to Protocycloceras Hyatt, a genus which was thought to be holochoanitic (Foerste, 1921) but has recently been shown to be orthochoanitic with short septal necks (Flower 1947). Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay (1944) redefined Protocycloceras to include forms with either large or small, and marginal or submarginal siphuncles. They pointed out that it was somewhat doubtful if all the species included by them in the genus were congeneric and indicated that in the future it might be advisable to separate (1) those with large siphuncles from those with small siphuncles and (2) those with marginal siphuncles from those with submarginal siphuncles. Unfortunately, the structure of the ectosiphuncle of most of their species is unknown. Pending studies of their septal necks, six species included by Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay in the genus Protocycloceras are here grouped with the Western Australian species in the new genus Kyminoceras. They are Kyminoceras doniphonense (Ulrich et al.) K. furtivwm (Billings), K. manitowense (Ulrich et al.), K. odenvillense (Ulrich et al.), K. repens (Billings) and K. smithvillense (Ulrich et al.). All have small marginal siphuncles and are of Canadian age. With the removal of those forms with small marginal siphuncles, the genus Protocycloceras is restricted to contain species with either large 189 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 43 siphuncles or small siphuncles removed from the venter. Walcotto- ceras differs from Kyminoceras in having a strongly compressed elliptical cross-section. All species included in Kyminoceras are of Canadian age, and where the ranges of the species are better known, they may be shown to be restricted to the Middle Canadian. Kyminoceras for- resti occurs at the same stratigraphical horizon as the Middle Ca- nadian species Fothinoceras maitlandi. Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. lal ab ales lA be text fig. 6 Description of holotype (No. 34120, Department of Geology, University of Western Australia; Pl. 1, figs. 2-4) —The holotype is a slowly expanding orthoconic phragmocone, 21 mm. long. It is cir- cular in cross-section and increases in diameter from 6.1 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen to 8.6 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is small and marginal, increasing in diameter from 1.4 mm. at the posterior end to 1.6 mm. at the anterior end. Five camerae occupy a distance equal to the shell diameter. The internal mould bears rounded annulations, six occurring on the holotype. These annulations slope posteriorly from the dorsum to the venter. The sutures are directed transversely, intersecting the annulations at an angle of about 5 degrees. They are sinuous, with lateral saddles and shallow rounded dorsal and ventral lobes. The shell is slightly worn across the venter, thus giving a lateral section of the siphuncle. The septal necks are orthochoanitic. They are variable in length but have an average length equal to one-third the septal interval. The connecting rings are thin. Description of paratype (No. 34121, Department of Geology, University of Western Australia; Pl. 1, fig. 1)—The paratype is a poorly preserved specimen which has been sectioned in the dorso- ventral mid-plane. The septal necks are variable in length. They are orthochoanitic and have an average length equal to one-third the septal interval. Most of the segments of the siphuncle are slightly inflated, but a few are cylindrical. This species is named in honour of Sir John Forrest, noted Western Australian explorer and statesman of the 19th century. 44 BULLETIN 150 190 Fig. 6. Ectosiphuncle of Kyminoceras forresti. Comparisons —K yminoceras forrestt may be readily differen- tiated from other species of this genus by the relatively low angle the annulations make with the axis of the conch. More detailed compari- sons cannot be made, since the exact structure of the siphuncle is un- known in all species of the genus except the type species. Occurrence.—The type material and all known specimens of the species came from locality E 1, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus DIASTOLOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species —Diastoloceras perplexum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description—Slowly expanding gently cyrtoconic exogastric conchs with small, almost marginal, siphuncles; shell surface covered with well-developed transverse flanges; camerae short; siphuncular segments gently expanded, connecting rings thick, septal necks achoanitic. 191 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 45 The generic name refers to the remarkable flanges which traverse the shell. Affinities—The affinities of Diastoloceras are extremely dif- ficult to determine. Comparable flanged forms are unknown in the Ordovician and are extremely rare in the Silurian. Only in the De- vonian do they become common. The thickened connecting rings are similar to those of the Discosoroidea, but genera similar to Dia- stoloceras in other shell features are unknown among this order. Diastoloceras is included among the annulate Protocycloceratidae until closer affinities become apparent. Diastoloceras perplexum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Gal, its). 12-16; text fig. 7 Description of holotype (No. 345, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype and only known representative of this species, consists of a slowly expanding gently exogastric shell, 34.6 mm. long. The anterior 26 mm. are body cham- ber. The shell is circular in cross-section, having a diameter of 12.6 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and 14.6 mm. at the an- terior end. A broad constriction at the base of the living chamber restricts the diameter to 12.3 mm. At the posterior end of the speci- men the siphuncle has a diameter of 1.5 mm. and is situated .5 mm. from the convex side. Eleven camerae together occupy a distance equal to the shell diameter. The shell bears a remarkable series of transverse flanges, seven occurring in a distance equal to the shell diameter. They are thin and may project as far as 1.5 mm. from the general shell surface. The grooves between successive flanges are up to eight times the thickness of the flanges. The anterior surface of most flanges lies normal to the longitudinal shell axis, while the posterior surface slopes gradually posteriorly from the distal extremity to the base of the flanges. Each flange thus appears to slope forwards. The suture is sinuous and transverse. A shallow lobe occurs across the anti- siphuncular surface and is flanked by a pair of low saddles, followed by a pair of shallow lobes across the flanks, and a low saddle across the siphuncular surface. The septal necks are achoanitic. Siphuncular segments are 46 BULLETIN 150 192 Fig. 7. Ectosiphuncle of Diastoloceras perplexum. weakly inflated. The connecting rings are poorly preserved, but it seems probable that they were considerably thickened. Occurrence.—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Family BALTOCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1937 Genus HEMICHOANELLA Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species —Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description.—Orthoconic longicones with smooth shell, circular cross-section, and large marginal siphuncle; suture has deep narrow ventral lobe; camerae high; septal necks hemichoanitic, connecting rings thick and uniform in composition. The generic name refers to the hemichoanitic structure of the septal necks. Affinities —H emichoanella has affinities with both the Baltocer- atidae and the Proterocameroceratidae. Under the system of classi- fication accepted at present (Flower and Kummel, 1950), the genus 193 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: ‘'TEICHERT & GLENISTER 47 cannot be considered as a member of the Endoceratida, since endo- cones have not been recorded. Neither can Hemichoanella be con- sidered as a typical ellesmeroceratid, since the septal necks have ad- vanced to the hemichoanitic stage. It thus seems advisable to con- sider Hemichoanella as a particularly advanced baltoceratid. Balto- ceras differs from Hemichoanella in possessing orthochoanitic septal necks and particularly high camerae. The holotype of Hemichoanella canningi was referred to Baltoceras in a summary report on the Price’s Creek nautiloids (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. PIS eters Pl. 3, figs. 1-4; text fig. 8 Description of holotype (No. 344, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra.)—The holotype is a straight phragmocone, 37.8 mm. long. It is circular in cross-section and in- creases in diameter from 14.4 mm. at the posterior end of the spe- cimen to 21.7 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is large, mar- ginal, and slightly depressed due to a ventral flattening. It increases in diameter from 4.9 mm. at the posterior end to 5.9 mm. at the an- terior end. Six camerae together have a length equal to the dorso- ventral diameter of the shell. The suture consists of a deep ventral lobe followed by a pair of low saddles across the flanks and a broad but deep lobe across the dorsum. The ventral lobe is U-shaped. It has a breadth equal to the diameter of the siphuncle and a depth equal to the height of one and a half camerae. The shell is smooth except for the presence of nu- merous transversely directed fine growth lines. The septal necks are hemichoanitic, having a length almost equal to half the length of a camera. The connecting rings are thick, and extend from the tip of the septal neck to the tip of the preced- ing neck. The species is named in honour of A. W. Canning, who in 1906- 1908 explored the eastern part of the Desert Basin and who dis- covered and opened up the Canning Stock Route. Occurrence—Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. 48 BULLETIN 150 194 Fig. 8. Ectosiphuncle of Hemichoanella canningi. Family Eothinoceratidae Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay, 1944 The family Eothinoceratidae was erected by Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay (1944) for the reception of a single new genus, Eothinoceras. The walls of the siphuncular segments of Fothinoceras were shown to be greatly thickened and V-shaped in longitudinal section, the apex of the V pointing inwards. Fothinoceras ameri- canum, the only species of the genus, was described from a few poorly preserved fragments which had been ground and polished in planes of random orientation. The only forms referable to the family appeared to have straight breviconic conchs, with short camerae, and a large ventral siphuncle. They all came from the Middle Canadian Rochdale limestone of New York. The family Cyrtocerinidae was established by Flower in 1946 with Cyrtocerina Billings as the only genus. Flower was of the opin- ion that Hothinoceras agreed with Cyrtocerina and with no other genus in the structure of the siphuncle, having achoanitic septal necks and highly inflated connecting rings. In a later paper Flower and Kummel (1950) included Eothinoceras with Cyrtocerina in the family Cyrtocerinidae. They considered Eothinoceras to be endo- gastric, with compressed shell and vestigial septal necks. The structure of the connecting rings of the Australian species of Eothinoceras is almost identical with the connecting ring struc- 195 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 49 tures of Eothinoceras americanum, so that little doubt remains that they belong to the same genus. On the new information gained from the Australian species, the family Eothinoceratidae may be defined as follows: Longiconic cyrtocones with a wide siphuncle close to the convex side of the conch. Septal necks short and orthochoanitic. Connecting rings greatly thickened and V-shaped in longitudinal section, the apex of the V pointing inwards. All known members of the family are probably confined to the Middle Canadian. Cyrtocerina includes endogastric breviconic cyrtocones with marginal achoanitic siphuncles and connecting rings which are strongly inflated within the siphuncle. The genus is confined to the Middle and Upper Ordovician. Although the connecting rings of Eothinoceras and Cyrtocerina are similar, the two genera may not be closely comparable. It may thus be advisable to retain both the fam- ily Eothinoceratidae with its single genus Fothinoceras, and the fam- ily Cyrtocerinidae with the breviconic, endogastric Cyrtocerina as its only genus. Genus EOTHINOCERAS Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay, 1944 Type species—Eothinoceras americanum Ulrich, Foerste, Mil- ler and Unklesbay, 1944. The genus Eothinoceras may be redefined on information gained from the Australian species. It includes exogastric cyrtoconic longi- cones with a moderately large marginal siphuncle. The septal necks are short and orthochoanitic and the siphuncular segments concave externally. The connecting rings are greatly inflated and V-shaped, with the apex of the V occurring at about the mid-height of the seg- ments, and pointing inwards. Eothinoceras is probably confined to rocks of Middle Canadian age. Eothinoceras maitlandi Teichert and Glenister, n.sp Pl. 3, figs. 5-13 Description of holotype (No. 34123, Department of Geology, University of Western Australia; PI. 3, figs. 9, 11).—The holotype 1s a fragment of a longiconic phragmocone with a length of 30 mm. Much of the outer part of the conch is deeply weathered, but it is probable that the cross-section was circular. At the anterior end of the specimen, both the lateral and dorso-ventral diameters measure 50 BULLETIN 150 196 18 mm. The siphuncle has a diameter of 5.5 mm. and is situated close to the ventral shell wall. Fifteen camerae together have a length equal to the diameter of the shell and five camerae have a length equal to the diameter of the siphuncle. The suture is not well seen, but it is probable that it was either straight or weakly sinuous. It slopes gently posteriorly from the dor- sal towards the ventral side of the conch. Weathering has exposed the siphuncle, giving a natural lateral section. The septal necks are orthochoanitic, with a length equal to about one-third of the septal interval. The connecting rings are ex- tremely thick, and V-shaped in longitudinal cross-section. The point of the V corresponds to the thickest part of the connecting ring and is directed towards the inside of the siphuncle. The exact direction in which the apex of the V points is largely controlled by the angle of the sections. In oblique sections the connecting rings tend to point antero-laterally, but in longitudinal sections they are more nearly symmetrical. Each connecting ring originates at the tip of the septal neck. It thickens rapidly, so that the inside of the anterior limb of the V is almost directly transverse. This thickening continues to the apex of the V which lies at about the mid-height of the siphuncular segments. The posterior limb of the V slopes gradually to the area where it is adnate to the whole inner surface of the preceding septal neck. The outer surface of the connecting ring is traversed by a deep V-shaped groove just below the mid-height of the siphuncular seg- ment. In a typical segment with a length of 1.2 mm., the length of the septal necks is .35 mm. and the greatest thickness of the con- necting ring equals .8 mm. A tubular canal is present in the siphuncle. It is situated halfway between the ventral surface and the centre of the siphuncle and has a diameter of 2.5 mm. Description of paratype (No. 335, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 3, fig. 13).—This paratype is part of a slowly expanding conch with a length of 90 mm., 22 mm. of which is made up of body chamber. It is gently cyrtoconic, with the siphuncle lying close to the convex side. At the posterior end of the specimen the conch has a diameter of 7.4 mm., while at the ante- rior end the diameter has increased to 17.5 mm. Near the posterior end of the specimen the siphuncle has a maximum diameter of 2.3 197 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 51 mm. and is situated .4 mm. from the ventral shell wall. Most of the siphuncle is missing, but the few fragments which remain show struc- tures which are identical with those in the holotype. Description of paratype (No. 336, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 3, fig. 10)—This paratype is a fragment of a phragmocone. An oblique thin section has been made through the centre of the siphuncle. The septal necks are variable in length but have an average length equal to about one- third of the septal interval. As in the holotype the connecting rings are greatly thickened, and V-shaped in longitudinal cross-section. The siphuncular segments are slightly concave but not to the same extent as those of the holotype. The species is named in honour of the late A. Gibb Maitland, one of the pioneers of Western Australian geology. Comparisons.—Detailed comparisons of Fothinoceras maitlandt and Eothinoceras americanum are difficult, since the American spe- cies is at present less well known. Occurrences.—Holotype, No. 34123 and hypotypes, Nos. 34124- 34126 (PI. 3, figs. 6-8) came from locality E 1, and paratypes, Nos. 335-336 together with hypotypes, Nos. 337-338A (PI. 3, figs. 5, 12) from locality NL17, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimber- ley Division, Western Australia. Family THYLACOCERATIDAE Teichert and Glenister, n.fam. This family is here proposed for straight or slightly curved shells with small marginal siphuncle and subholochoanitic to macro- choanitic septal necks. As at present understood, it includes four Western Australian genera: Thylacoceras Teichert and Glenister (1952), a genus with smooth shell, a deep and narrow ventral lobe of the suture, and sub- holochoanitic septal necks; Ventroloboceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen., with smooth shell, a broad and shallower ventral lobe of the suture, and _ holo- choanitic septal necks; Lebetoceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen., with smooth shells, sutures running straight across the venter, and subholochoanitic septal necks; 52 BULLETIN 150 198 Notocycloceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen., with annulate shell and subholochoanitic septal necks. In 1952 we included Thylacoceras, which was then the only known genus of this group, in the Endoceratidae, but the discovery of closely associated genera which all lack endocones seems to make it advisable to combine them in the new family here proposed. It is possible that the family has representatives outside Aus- tralia and that some genera presently included in the Baltoceratidae and the Endoceratidae belong here, but lack of detailed information on the structures of the siphuncle and septal necks prevents useful discussion of most of them. Bactroceras Holm seems to be a closely related genus and provides a link with the Baltoceratidae. The rela- tionships between the Baltoceratidae and the Thylacoceratidae have already been discussed. Genus THYLACOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, 1952 Type species—Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glen- ister, 1952. Description—Gently tapering, slightly endogastric shells, with depressed shell cross-section; suture sinuous with a deep U-shaped lobe across the venter; siphuncle of moderate size and marginal po- sition; septal necks subholochoanitic, connecting rings thick. Affinities —The combination of small siphuncle, subholochoani- tic septal necks, smooth shell, and narrow U-shaped ventral lobe dis- tinguish Thylacoceras from all other adequately known genera. Pra- doceras kobayasht Sampelayo (1938) from the “ordoviciense medio” of Spain resembles 7'hy/acoceras in- possessing a small marginal siphuncle and deep U-shaped sutures across the venter. The camerae are, however, much deeper, and Sampelayo reported his genus as having a markedly constricted aperture. The siphuncular structures of Pradoceras are unknown. Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister, 1952 Pl. 6, figs. 2-5 1952. Thylacoceras kimberleyense Veichert and Glenister, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, p. 738. New collections of fossil material have increased our knowledge of this species, and redescription is warranted. The conch expands slowly and is slightly curved endogastrically. It is depressed due to a flattening across the venter. The siphuncle is marginal in position and has a diameter equalling about one-fifth 199 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GI.ENISTER 53 the dorso-ventral shell diameter. An average of eight camerae to- gether have a length equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter. The sutures are conspicuously sinuous and transverse. A deep U-shaped lobe occurs across the venter. It has a depth equal to the length of one and a half camerae. The width of the lobe equals about two-thirds of its depth. The shell surface bears fine growth lines. The septal necks have a length equal to more than two-thirds of the septal interval. Although typically somewhat shorter than most subholochoanitic necks, they may be described as subholochoanitic rather than hemichoanitic, since the general form of the ectosiphuncle is typical of subholochoanitic species. The septal necks are deflected inwards at their distal extremities. The connecting rings are thick and appear to be differentiated into a thin dense outer layer and a thicker and coarser-grained inner layer. The outer layer of the con- necting ring originates on the outside of the septal neck slightly ante- rior to the tip and reaches backwards where it is attached to the pre- ceding septal neck at its proximal extremity. Occurrence—Hypotype, No. 348 is from locality NL 20 D, and hypotype, No. 349 from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Holotype No. 481 of Thylacoceras kimberleyense (Teichert and Glenister, 1952) came from locality NL 20 E (Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra). Thylacoceras teretilobatum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 7, figs. 5-7 Description of holotype (No. 34127, Department of Geology, University of Western Australia).—The holotype is part of a slowly expanding phragmocone with slight endogastric curvature. It has a length of 72 mm. and is gently depressed in cross-section. The dorso- ventral and lateral diameters at the posterior end of the specimen, are 17.5 mm. and 18.2 mm. respectively, and the corresponding measurements at the anterior end of the specimen are 21.6 mm. and 21.9 mm. The siphuncle is marginal in position, its diameter being 3.4 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and 3.7 mm. at the ante- rior end. Nine camerae together occupy a distance equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter. The sutures are sinuous and transverse. A broad shallow lobe occurs across the venter, and in the middle of this broad lobe lies 54 BULLETIN 150 200 a deep but narrow U-shaped lobe. The ventral lobe has a depth equal to two-thirds the length of a camerae; the width 1s slightly less than the depth. Numerous fine longitudinal striations occur on the internal mould, adjacent to the siphuncle. The shell is smooth. Che septal necks are subholochoanitic, having a length equal to the septal interval. They are deflected inwards at the distal ex- tremities, so that a gap is left between the tip of the septal neck and the proximal extremity of the succeeding neck. This gap is filled by a thick connecting ring. The posterior half of each connecting ring is occupied by denser material than the anterior half. There is no indication of differentiation of the connecting ring into an inner and outer layer. The species name refers to the delicate ventral lobe. Comparisons.—This species is readily separated from Thylaco- ceras kimberleyense by its much narrower and shallower ventral lobe. The siphuncle of Thylacoceras teretilobatum is smaller than that of Thylacoceras kimberleyense, and the longitudinal striations which appear to be characteristic of the former, are unknown in the latter. Occurrence.—Holotype No. 34127 is from locality E 11, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus LEBETOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species—Lebetoceras oepiki Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description.—Slowly expanding smooth orthocones with small marginal siphuncles. Septal necks subholochoanitic, connecting rings thick. Camerae low, sutures straight, and approximately trans- verse. The generic name is derived from the Greek word for “Basin,” a reference to the Desert Basin of Western Australia. Affinities —This genus is distinguished by the combination of small marginal siphuncle, subholochoanitic septal necks, and straight suture. Protobaltoceras Troedsson is superficially similar but has much shorter orthochoanitic septal necks. The type material of Lebe- toceras oeptki was referred to Protobaltoceras in a summary report on the Price’s Creek nautiloids (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). Lebetoceras oepiki Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 5, figs. 1-5; text fig. 9 Description of holotype (No. 340, Bureau of Mineral Resources, 201 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 5 wn Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 5, figs. 1-2).—The holotype is a slowly expanding orthoconic longicone with a length of 60 mm. The conch is weathered across the dorsum, but it is almost certain that the cross-section was circular. The shell diameter is estimated to have been 16 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and 21 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is marginal and has a uniform di- ameter of 3.6 mm. Nine camerae together have a length equal to the shell diameter. The shell is smooth. Abrasion of the outer surface of the conch has rendered the accurate tracing of the suture line impossible, but the suture appears to be straight and to slope posteriorly from the venter to the dorsum. A ventral lobe is not developed. The whole specimen has been cut in the dorso-ventral mid- plane, and a thin section made of the posterior 16 mm. The septal necks are subholochoanitic, reaching slightly more than three-quar- ters of the distance to the preceding septal foramen. No textural dif- ferentiation has occurred in the thick connecting rings. Fig. 9. Ectosiphuncle of Lebetoceras oeptki. 56 BULLETIN 150 202 Description of paratype (No. 341, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; pl. 5, figs. 3-5) —The paratype is a phragmocone of circular cross-section with a length of 34 mm. The shell diameter is 17 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and 19 mm. at the anterior end, while the siphuncle is marginal and has a uniform diameter of 3.4 mm. Little information is available concerning the suture except that it is straight and approximately transverse across the venter and flanks. The ectosiphuncle is excellently preserved and consists of sub- holochoanitic septal necks joined by thick, homogeneous connecting rings. The septal necks reach slightly more than three-quarters of the distance to the preceding septal foramen and turn sharply in- wards at their distal extremities. This species is named in honour of Dr. A. A. Opik. Occurrence —Locality NL 20 F (holotype) and locality NL 17 (paratype), Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Di- vision, Western Australia. Genus NOTOCYCLOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species—Notocycloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glen- ister, n.sp. Description —Orthoconic longicones with small marginal si- phuncle and well-developed annulations; shell cross-section slightly depressed, sutures straight; septal necks subholochoanitic; connect- ing rings thick and apparently homogeneous. Affinities —Notocycloceras is superficially similar to Cyclendo- ceras, from which it differs in having a smaller siphuncle and sub- holochoanitic instead of holochoanitic septal necks, and in the ab- sence of endocones. Catoraphiceras differs in having a deep ventral lobe. Notocycloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glenister, n.sp Pl. 5, figs. 6-7; PIM ¢anese Description of holotype (No. 350, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is part of a slowly expanding orthoconic phragmocone with a length of 43 mm. A thin section of the anterior 16 mm. of the conch has been cut in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The shell is elliptical in cross-section 203 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 57 being slightly depressed. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters are 11 mm. and 12 mm. re- spectively, while the corresponding measurement at a point 27 mm. from the posterior end are 12.8 mm. and 13.8 mm. The siphuncle is small and marginal in position. It has a diameter of 3.4 mm. where the dorso-ventral shell diameter equals 12.8 mm. Eight camerae to- gether have a length equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter, and two camerae together have a length equal to the diameter of the si- phuncle. The sutures are practically straight and transverse. However, they slope posteriorly at a low angle from the dorsal to the ventral side of the shell. Ectosiphuncular sutures are well developed. The shell surface bears numerous well-developed annulations. They run par- allel to the sutures and thus slope posteriorly from the dorsum to the venter. Four annulations occur in a distance equal to the dorso- ventral shell diameter. Numerous fine striations parallel the annula- tions. The septal necks are subholochoanitic. They exhibit consider- able variation in length, some being shorter than the septal interval and others longer. Each neck is deflected inwards at its distal end, so that a wide gap is left between it and the proximal end of the pre- ceding septal neck. This gap is filled by a thick homogeneous con- necting ring which extends from the tip of one septal neck to the tip of the neck which precedes it. The species name is derived from Yurabi, the political division in which Price’s Creek is situated. Occurrence.—Holotype, No. 350 came from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus VENTROLOBOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n gen. Type species—Ventroloboceras furcillatum Teichert and Glen- ister, n.sp. Description.Slowly expanding orthocones with low camerae, and small siphuncle situated close to the ventral margin. Septal necks macrochoanitic, connecting rings thick. Broad but sharply rounded ventral lobe. 58 BULLETIN 150 204 The generic name refers to the ventral lobe. Affinities —V entroloboceras is not readily comparable to any other genus and occupies a special place even among the Thylaco- ceratidae, mainly because of its long septal necks. In this family it represents a homeomorph to the endoceratid condition with regard to septal neck development. Ventroloboceras furcillatum Teich2rt and Glenister, n.sp. PI. 7, figs. 1-4 Description of holotype (No. 356, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is a slowly ex- panding orthoconic phragmocone 27.5 mm. long. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters are 12.0 mm. and 12.2 mm. respectively, while the corresponding diameters at the anterior end of the phragmocone are 13.7 mm. and 14.0 mm. The siphuncle has a uniform diameter of 2.1 mm., and is situated .2 mm. from the ventral shell wall. Six and a half camerae together oc- cupy a distance equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter. The internal mould is free of ornamentation. The suture line is composed of a broad but narrowly rounded ventral lobe, flanked by a pair of saddles across the ventro-lateral areas and a gently rounded lobe across the flanks and venter. The septal necks are macrochoanitic, having a length which is slightly greater than the septal interval. Several of the better pre- served septal necks are forked at their distal extremities. The outer branch of these forks almost touch the proximal extremity of the preceding septal neck (for typical macrochoanitic septal necks see text fig. 3). The connecting rings are moderately thick. There is a concentration of finely crystalline dense material at the anterior end of each connecting ring. The species name refers to the forking of the septal necks at their distal extremities. Occurrence.—Locality NL 20 D, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Order ENDOCERATIDA Family PROTEROCAMEROCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1937 This group was established as a subfamily by Kobayashi in 205 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 59 1937, but its diagnosis was based on erroneous descriptions of the type genus, mainly by Ruedemann. Flower (1946) restudied Protero- cameroceras, showing that it was orthochoanitic and characterized by split septal necks and complex connecting rings. He established the family, Proterocameroceratidae. However, although it was Flower who first demonstrated the true structure of the type genus, the family name must be credited to Kobayashi. The grouping of genera in this family is not satisfactory. Flower and Kummel (1950) include forms with septal necks ranging in length from vestigial to nearly the length of the camera. Some of the genera included by them are known only from isolated siphuncles (Utoceras, Oderoceras) and the length of their septal necks is not known. We are placing here the new genus Anthoceras. It is an annu- late form, being the earliest annulate endoceratid so far known. The structures of the septal necks and connecting rings in Anthoceras are so different from those of Proterocameroceras that there is justifiable doubt of particularly close relationships between the two genera. Genus PROTEROCAMEROCERAS Ruedemann, 1905 Proterocameroceras contrarium Teichert and Glenister, n.sp 1A oe figs. 1-4; text figs. 10-11 Fig. 10. Ectosiphuncle of Proterocameroceras contrarium, 60 BULLETIN 150 206 Description of holotype (No. 366, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 4, figs. 1, 3-4).—The holo- type is an internal mould, having a length of 115 mm., of which 58 mm. consists of phragmocone. It has been subjected to dorso-ventral crushing. The lateral diameters at the anterior and posterior ends of the specimen are 91 mm. and 77 mm. respectively. The dorso-ven- tral diameter at the posterior end of the specimen measures 39 mm., and the corresponding diameter at the anterior end 53 mm., but be- cause of the crushing, these figures are somewhat lower than the original diameters. The sutures are transverse and sinuous. A pronounced, but relatively narrow saddle occurs across the venter. It is followed by a broad shallow lobe, which gives place to a narrow ill-defined saddle on the ventro-lateral flank. The dorsal surface of the holotype has been crushed, and the sutures are not preserved along this part of the shell. Fig. 11. Suture of Proterocameroceras contrarium. At the posterior end of the specimen, the siphuncle has a diam- eter of 21.8 mm. and appears to have been almost in contact with the ventral wall of the conch. The septal necks and connecting rings are well preserved on the dorsal side but are missing on the ventral side. The septal necks on the dorsal side are excessively thick and short. In a typical siphuncular segment, with a height of 4.1 mm., the septal necks have a thickness of .5 mm. and a length of .45 mm. At their posterior extremities, the septal necks may generally be seen to bifurcate. The connecting rings are extremely thick and com- 207 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 61 posed of two distinct layers. The inner layer is thin, having a uniform thickness of .15 mm. It reaches from the tip of one septal neck to the tip of the preceding septal neck. The outer layer is less regular and is progressively thickened towards the posterior end of the speci- men. In more mature parts of the specimen this outer layer forms a projection into the camerae, producing a narrow flange situated just above the mid-height of the siphuncular segments. It exists only as a swelling of the outer layer in immature segments. The external layer continues as a thin deposit for a short distance along both the anterior and posterior surfaces of the septa. A layer of translucent calcite developed along the inside of the siphuncular wall doubtless represents recrystallized endocones. As would be expected, this re- crystallized layer increases in thickness posteriorly. Description of paratype (No. 367, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 4, fig. 2)—This specimen is a fragment from the ventral side of a phragmocone. The sutures are well preserved. It shows a sharply curved ventral saddle, fol- lowed by a wide lobe and another sharply curved saddle across the ventro-lateral area. Description of paratype (No. 368, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—This paratype is a portion of a much larger specimen than the holotype. It has a length of 145 mm., a maximum lateral diameter of 135 mm., and a siphuncle whose estimated diameter is 34 mm. The conch has been crushed, and an estimate of the dorso-ventral diameter is not possible. Numerous fine, transverse growth lines are seen on a well-preserved portion of the shell wall. On the dorsal surface, the suture consists of a broad, low, saddle. Description of paratype (No. 369, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The specimen has a length of 90 mm., 50 mm. consisting of phragmocone. It has been subjected to pressure in the dorso-ventral plane but is not greatly distorted. The dorso-ventral and lateral diameters measure 61 mm. and 77 mm. respectively at the posterior end of the specimen, while the corresponding diameters at the anterior end are 80 mm. and 103 mm. Comparisons—The similarity of the siphuncular structures of 62 BULLETIN 150 208 the Australian species of Proterocameroceras and Proterocamero- ceras brainerdi, the type species of the genus, (see Flower, 1947) can leave little doubt as to the close affinities between the two spe- cies. In the Australian species, three outward projections of the outer layer of the connecting ring occur in each siphuncular segment, one along the posterior surface of the septum, one just above the mid-height of the siphuncular segment, and one along the anterior surface of the septum. The first two projections are unknown in Proterocameroceras brainerdi, and the latter is only weakly devel- oped. However, these projections are only developed in the mature part of our specimens, and the siphuncular deposits at the anterior end of the siphuncle are quite similar to those of the American spe- cies of Proterocameroceras. An unusally large, ventrally situated, and almost marginal siphuncle is common to both species. As far as can be determined from the crushed conchs of the Australian spe- cies, the conch proportions are similar to those of Proterocamero- ceras brainerd. Important differences do occur in the details of the suture. The American species is described as having a directly trans- verse, somewhat sinuous suture, tending to form slight lateral saddles and similar dorsal and ventral lobes. The Australian species pos- sesses a dorsal and a ventral saddle. Next to the ventral saddle is a broad rounded lobe, followed by a similar saddle across the ventro- lateral area, and a broad lobe across the lateral and dorso-lateral area. Although significant differences in details of both suture and siphuncle occur between the Australian species and the type species of Proterocameroceras, these do not seem to afford a basis for generic separation. The species name refers to the occurrence of Protero- cameroceras on the opposite side of the earth to the type locality of the type species. Occurrence.—All the types came from locality NL 20 E, Eman- uel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Aus- tralia. Genus ANTHOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species —Anthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description—Prominently annulated orthoconic longicones with circular cross-section; suture probably straight and transverse; 209 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: 'TEICHERT & GLENISTER 63 siphuncle moderately large and marginal, with constricted segments; septal necks subholochoanitic, connecting rings thick; endocones slightly asymetric. The genus is named in honour of Dr. Rousseau H. Flower. Affimities—Anthoceras is best placed amongst the Protero- cameroceratidae, although the septal necks are longer than those of typical members of this family. It differs from all other described genera in the combination of annulate shell, subholochoanitic septal necks, thick connecting rings, and complex endocones. Anthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp Pe Satis el Description of holotype (No. 34129, Department of Geology, University of Western Australia).—The holotype is part of an ortho- conic phragmocone with a length of 39.6 mm. Only one-half, of the specimen is preserved, but it seems probable that the conch was cir- cular in cross-section. The diameter at the posterior end of the spe- cimen is estimated to have been 6.5 mm., and the corresponding di- ameter at the anterior end of the specimen 10 mm. The siphuncle maintains a uniform diameter of 2.8 mm. and is marginal. Six camerae together have a length equal to the shell diameter. The shell is traversed by well-developed annulations, four oc- curing in a distance equal to the shell diameter. The holotype does not show the suture clearly. The septal necks are subholochoanitic. They are variable in length, but most of them reach posteriorly almost to the preceding septal foramen. Unlike typical subholochoanitic septal necks, those of the holotype do not turn sharply inwards at their distal extrem- ities. The necks are gently convex inward throughout their entire length, with the result that the siphuncular segments are slightly con- stricted at their mid-height. An appreciable gap is left between suc- cessive septal necks, and this gap is filled by the anterior part of the thick connecting rings. Numerous well-preserved asymetrical endo- cones fill the posterior half of the siphuncle. They are sinuous in cross-section. Many of them are deflected sharply outwards in the vicinity of the connecting ring, so that they meet it at right angles. A narrow endosiphuncular tube perforates the apices of the endo- cones. It is situated slightly nearer the ventral side than the dorsal 64 BULLETIN 150 210 side of the siphuncle and is crossed by several irregularly spaced diaphragms. The species name refers to the beautifully preserved delicate structures of the siphuncle. Occurrence.—The holotype was found at locality E 10, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Numerous specimens of this species are found at locality NH 143 near the base of the Emanuel limestone. Family PILOCERATIDAE Miller, 1889 Genus ALLOPILOCERAS Ulrich and Foerste, 1936 Allopiloceras calamus Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 7, figs. 8-9 Description of holotype (No. 355, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The species is known by the posterior portion of a single siphuncle. The holotype has a length of 54.5 mm. and at the anterior end of the specimen attains a dorso- ventral diameter of 27.6 mm. and a lateral diameter of 24.7 mm. It is compressed throughout. The posterior third of the specimen ex- pands rapidly, but the rate of expansion decreases anteriorly. The ~ dorsal profile is convex in the posterior half of the specimen but becomes flat in the anterior half. The ventral profile is convex in the posterior third of the specimen, becomes gently concave to a point just anterior of mid-length, and then becomes gently convex in the anterior half of the specimen. The curvature is thus reversed in the anterior part of the siphuncle. Transverse annulations do not occur, although the siphuncle does not appear to have suffered severe abrasion. A deep but narrow groove starts at the apex and traverses the ventro-lateral flank. Six mm. from the apex it bifur- cates to form two slightly sinuous grooves which traverse the whole length of the specimen. One of the grooves lies approximately in the mid-ventral plane, while the other traverses the ventro-lateral flank. Recrystallization has obliterated most of the finer internal structures, but both furrows appear to be continuous with irregular endosi- phuncular blades. Five other endosiphuncular blades occur, and in each case they leave some trace of a longitudinal furrow where they meet the external surface of the siphuncle. In cross-section the siphuncle is seen to be composed of a finely grt AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 65 crystalline irregular outer layer, which probably represents recrys- tallized endocones, and seven unevenly spaced endosiphuncular blades which radiate from the central rod of dark-coloured calcite. This central rod may represent the endosiphuncular coleon and the endosiphuncular tube. The endosiphuncular coleon and the inner parts of the endosiphuncular blades are enclosed in coarsely crystal- line calcite. Comparisons—The Australian species of Allopiloceras is a typi- cal member of the genus. It has close affinities with Allopiloceras se- vierense Ulrich, Foerste and Miller. Both species have siphuncles which expand uniformly near the posterior end, and in both the curvature is reversed at an early stage of development. The Aus- tralian species of Al/opiloceras is the only representative of the genus from which endosiphuncular blades have been recorded. The species name refers to the endosiphuncular blades. Occurrence.—The holotype came from locality NL 20 E, Eman- uel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Aus- tralia. Family ENDOCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1883 Genus CYRTENDOCERAS Patrunky, 1926 Type species —Endoceras (Cyrtocerina) hircus Holm, 1895. The generic term Cyrtendoceras was first used by Remelé in 1886 when he exhibited a cephalopod at a scientific meeting, the re- port of which appeared in the same year (Remelé, 1886). The name was proposed for a gently cyrtoconic shell with a large, marginal, endogastrically situated siphuncle, and holochoanitic septal necks.* Remelé cannot be said to have validly established the genus Cyr- tendoceras, since he gave no specific name to the specimen. In 1892 Holm described two species, from the Ordovician of Sweden and Estonia respectively, as Endoceras (Cyrtocerina) hircus and Endoceras (Cyrtocerina) schmidti. He stated that they were congeneric with the undescribed species represented by the specimen on which Remelé had based his genus Cyrtendoceras. Since, however, Holm rejected Cyrtendoceras, which he regarded as synonymous with Cyrtocerina Billings, it cannot be claimed that he gave validity to the generic name. ®An English translation of Remelé’s brief article was given by Foerste, 1932. 66 BULLETIN 150 212 In 1906 Ruedemann described a new species under the name of Cyrtendoceras? priscum. This cannot affect the validity of Cyrtendo- ceras, since his species was only doubtfully referred to that genus. As far as we have been able to ascertain, the first person to use Cyrtendoceras without reservation and in connection with a valid specific name was Patrunky. In a little known publication (1926), he recorded the presence of “Cyrtendoceras hircus Holm” in Ordo- vician limestones from the Pleistocene drift of northern Germany. Under this name he identified cyrtoconic endoceroids with large marginal siphuncles and endocones. He stated clearly that for such forms the name Cyrtendoceras, which he credited to Remelé, was preferred. Patrunky thus gave validity to the genus, and since “Cyrtendoceras hircus Holm” is the only species mentioned, this becomes the type species by monotypy. Foerste (1932) was the first to restudy the specimen for which Remelé coined the name Cyrtendoceras. He made this the type of a new species, C. remelei, but his proposal to regard this as the type species of Cyrtendoceras cannot be accepted. Fortunately, this confusion about authors and type species raises no major taxonomic problem, because all authors agree to re- gard C.hircus, C. schmidti, and C.remelet as congeneric. A fourth specimen, from the Kunda formation of Estonia, described in Foerste’s publication (1932) under the name of C.estoniense, may belong to our new genus Campendoceras. The generic diagnosis of Cyrtendoceras, based on the type species, as as follows: Cyrtoconic, endogastric, slightly compressed conchs, with marked growth lines or wrinkles describing lateral saddles and ven- tral and dorsal lobes; siphuncle large, marginal; septal necks holo- choanitic; endocones present. Hyatt (1900, p. 515) proposed the family Cyrtendoceratidae for the single genus Cyrtendoceras. The family was later extended to include any type of endogastric curved conch with a large siph- uncle. Thus Foerste (1925) added Levisoceras, Clarkoceras, and Quebecoceras, and Kobayashi (1937) added Cyrtovaginoceras. In 1943 Ulrich, Foerste and Miller discussed the family and the type genus at some length, but based their interpretation of the latter on the supposed type species, Cyrtendoceras remelei Foerste, the siph- 213 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 67 uncular structure of which is not known. In addition, 13 other genera were included in the family. However, almost all of these seem to have short septal necks and complex connecting rings and were correctly placed in the Ellesmeroceratidae by Flower and Kummel (1950). They are not closely related to Cyrtendoceras. As has been shown, the latter is a true endoceratid, and since we place little taxonomic value on the curvature of the conch, we do not propose to maintain the family Cyrtendoceratidae. In this we follow Flower and Kummel, who listed the genus among the Endoceratidae. Cyrtendoceras carnegiei Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 8, figs. 6-9; : text fig. 12 Description of holotype (No. 351, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 8, figs. 7-9).—The holotype is part of the phragmocone of a rapidly expanding, weakly curved, endogastric cyrtocone. It has a length of 34 mm. and is compressed in cross-section. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso- ventral and lateral diameters are 28 mm. and 26 mm. respectively, while the corresponding diameters at the anterior end of the speci- men are 42 mm. and 39 mm. The siphuncle is large and marginal. It has a dorso-ventral diameter of 15 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and a corresponding diameter of 16 mm. at the an- o ee Fig. 12. Anterior and posterior cross-sections of the holotype of Cyrtendoceras carnegiei. 68 BULLETIN 150 214 terior end. Ten camerae occupy a distance equal to the dorso- ventral shell diameter. The suture consists of a shallow but narrowly rounded lobe across the venter, followed by a rounded saddle across the flanks and a shallow lobe across dorsum. Ectosiphuncular sutures are well developed. The septal necks are holochoanitic, reaching posteriorly almost exactly to the preceding septum. They are straight and do not turn appreciably inwards at their distal ends. The connecting rings are composed of two layers, a thick outer layer and a regularly thin inner layer. There is a concentration of dense material near the anterior extremity of the thick outer layer. A thin endocone layer is present. A cylindrical tube, almost centrally situated, occurs in the pos- terior part of the siphuncle of the holotype. It is considered that this tube has been introduced during fossilization. Description of paratype (No. 352, Bureau of Mineral Re- souces, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 8, fig. 6).—The para- type is a much weathered specimen with a well-preserved siphuncle. The septal necks are holochoanitic. They are conical rather than tubular, so that a considerable lateral gap is left between the pos- terior tip of each septal neck and the anterior extremity of the neck which precedes it. The connecting rings consist of three components, arranged in two layers. The inner layer is thin and composed of dense material. It originates at the tip of the septal neck and ex- tends posteriorly, as a layer of uniform thickness, to the tip of the preceding septal neck. The outer layer is much thicker and consists of two components. The anterior component is finely crystalline and in some segments is finely laminated, while the larger posterior component is made up of coarsely crystalline material. Endocones are well developed. This species is named in honour of D. W. Carnegie, who in 1896-1897 explored the eastern margin of the Desert Basin. Comparisons.—Cyrtendoceras carnegiei differs from Cyrtendo- ceras hircus Holm, the type species of the genus, in having straight septal necks and in the absence of wrinkles on the shell surface. The Western Australian species of Cyrtendoceras is the only one known to possess a dorsal and ventral lobe with intervening saddles across the flanks. Cyrtendoceras schmidti (Holm) and Cyrtendoceras 215 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 69 remelet Foerste have siphuncles which are slightly removed from the ventral wall. Occurrence.—All the type material came from locality NH 145, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberly Division, Western Australia. Genus Lobendoceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species—Lobendoceras emanuelense Teichert and Glenis- ter, n. sp; Description—Orthoconic longicones with smooth shell, circular cross-section, and large marginal siphuncle; conchs moderately ex- panded anteriorly, camerae short. A broad deep lobe occurs in the ventral suture. Septal necks typically subholochoanitic but may become holochoanitic; connecting rings thick, endocones probably developed. Affimties—Lobendoceras is closely allied to Endoceras, from which it differs in the possession of a ventral lobe and subholocho- anitic rather than holochoanitic septal necks. Catoraphiceras differs in having well-developed annulations, and Thylacoceras has a much smaller siphuncle. Lobendoceras emanuelense Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 9, figs. 1-7 Description of holotype (No. 346, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 9, figs. 1-4) —The holotype is part of a closely chambered orthoconic phragmocone with a length of 77.4 mm. It is circular in cross-section and expands from a dia- meter of 19.2 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen to 29.1 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is large and marginal. It is de- pressed in cross-section due to a ventral flattening. The lateral dia- meter of the siphuncle is 9.2 mm. at the posterior end of the speci- men and 14.0 mm. at the anterior end. Thirty-eight mm. from the posterior end of the specimen the lateral and dorso-ventral diameters of the siphuncle are 10.9 and 9.6 mm. respectively. Ten camerae occupy a distance equal to the shell diameter, and the lateral dia- meter of the siphuncle is equal to the height of 4.5 camerae. A broadly rounded ventral lobe occurs in the suture. This lobe has a width slightly less than the lateral diameter of the siphuncle and a depth equal to the length of 1.5 camerae. The ventral lobe 70 BULLETIN 150 216 is bordered by a pair of low saddles across the flanks and a shallow lobe across the dorsum. The septal necks are somewhat variable in length. Most of them are subholochoanitic, but several near the posterior end of the holo- type are holochoanitic. The distal ends of the septal necks are de- flected towards the centre of the siphuncle, so that even when the necks are holochoanitic there is a gap between the distal end of each neck and the proximal end of the preceding one. Connecting rings are thick and apparently uniform in composition. A thin recry- stallized interior lining of the posterior end of the siphuncle is inter- preted as representing recrystallized endocones. A narrow tube is present in the posterior end of the siphuncle. Similar structures have not been reported from endoceroid siphuncles, and it is thought that the tube was introduced when the rest of the siphuncle was filled with matrix. Description of paratype (No. 347, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 9, figs. 5-7).—The paratype represents the ventral third of a well-preserved phragmocone. It has a length of 59.2 mm. A lateral section through the siphuncle shows subholochoanitic septal necks, thick connecting rings, and recrystallized endocones. The characteristic deep ventral lobe is well exposed. Most of the shell is preserved; it is smooth. The species takes its name from the Emanuel limestone. Occurrence.—Both the holotype and the paratype came from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus Campendoceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species—Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description.—Slightly cyrtoconic, slender, endogastric, longi- cones with annulate shell, circular cross-section, and large marginal siphuncle; camerae long, sutures straight, septal necks subholocho- anitic; endocones present. The generic name is derived from a com- bination of Endoceras and the Greek word for bend. Affinities—The only other curved genus of Endoceratidae is Cyrtendoceras which differs in being larger and more strongly curved 217 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 71 and in having a wrinkled rather than annulate shell. Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pie aes Oa Description of holotype (No. 371, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—This specimen is a gently curved endogastric longicone with a length of 41 mm. The cross- section of the conch is approximately circular, the diameter of the shell increasing from 2.5 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen to 7.5 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is marginal in position and has a maximum diameter of 3.5 mm. at the anterior end. Numerous prominent annulations appear on the internal mould. They are directly transverse. Four occur in a distance equal to the shell diameter. The sutures are parallel to the annulations. Five cam- erae together have a length equal to the diameter of the shell. The septal necks are not well preserved but appear to be sub- holochoanitic. The interior of the siphuncle is filled with coarsely crystalline calcite which represents recrystallized endocones. Part of the conical space inside the last endocone is visible near the an- terior end of the siphuncle and is now filled with matrix. This last endocone is circular in cross-section and is situated near the middle of the siphuncle. Comparisons —The only other known cyrtoconic, distinctly annulate endoceroid, is a species described by Foerste (1932) as Cyrtendoceras estoniense, from the Vaginatum limestone (Kunda formation, B3) of Estonia. This species is much larger than Cam- pendoceras gracile. In addition to distinct though weak annulations, it has fine transverse striae on the shell. Since the holotypes of the two species represent different portions of the phragmocone, it 1s difficult to compare them in detail. However, they appear to be closely related and seem to be of similar age. They are, therefore, most probably congeneric. Occurrence—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Endoceratidae, gen. et sp. ind. Pl. 8, fig. 2-5 1952. Cf. Meniscoceras Teichert and Glenister, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, Pehla Two specifically identical fragmentary siphuncles do not seem to 72, BULLETIN 150 218 belong to any previously described genus. The morphological in- formation they provide is far from complete, and their structures are not fully understood. However, both specimens are described below, since they may prove valuable in stratigraphic correlation. These specimens were previously compared with Meniscoceras in a brief survey of the Price’s Creek fauna (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). Description of specvmen No. 342 (Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 8, figs. 2-3).—The specimen is a straight, depressed, slowly expanding fragment of a siphuncle, 57.7 mm. in length. At the posterior end of the specimen the lateral diameter is 13.8 mm., while at the anterior end the lateral and dorso- ventral diameters are 17.0 mm. and 13.0 mm. respectively. The dor- sal surface is evenly rounded, while the ventral surface is almost flat, being gently convex. Weakly developed annulations are present in the anterior half of the specimen. They are interpreted as the lines at which holochoanitic septal necks joined their respective septa. The annulations slope anteriorly from the dorsum to the venter. The dis- tance between five successive annulations is equal to the lateral siphuncular diameter. The siphuncular deposits consist of three concentric organic layers surrounding a central tube which is filled with matrix. The central tube is crescent-shaped in cross-section. The outermost layer of the siphuncular deposits is fairly uniform in thickness but is thickened on the ventro-lateral flanks. At the anterior end of the specimen, the average thickness of this layer is 1 mm., but the thick- ness increases to 2 mm. ventro-laterally. Inside this outermost layer lies a more irregular deposit. Dorsally and laterally it has an average thickness of .5 mm. but is inflated ventrally to a thickness of over 3 mm. A superficially similar, wedge-shaped structure occurring in Manchuroceras steanet was given the name of “endosiphowedge” by Teichert (1947), but “endosiphuncular wedge” is now preferred. Study of the holotype of Manchuroceras steanei shows that the two structures are not closely similar, since the endosiphuncular wedge of Manchuroceras is a discrete deposit formed inside the endocones and confined to the ventral side of the siphuncle. On the inside of this second layer lies a further organic layer with a uniform thickness of 1 mm. As a result of the ventral thickening of the middle layer, 219 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 73 the inner layer is crescentic in cross-section, being convex dorsally and laterally and flatly concave ventrally. The endosiphuncular cone is also crescentic in cross-section. It is filled with matrix. The three layers are interpreted as three discrete series of recrystallized endo- cones, Description of specimen No. 343 (Bureau of Mineral Resourses, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 8, figs. 4-5).—The ventral part of the shell wall and the septa, together with the siphuncle, are preserved in this specimen. Siphuncular structures are almost ob- literated by recrystallization. The ventral surface of the siphuncle appears to be in contact with the shell wall. The specimen has a length of 44 mm. At the posterior end the lateral and dorso-ventral siphuncular diameters are 7.0 mm. and 7.5 mm. respectively, while the corresponding diameters at the anterior end of the specimen are 13.6 mm. and 11.0 mm. The siphuncle is oval in cross-section, the dorsal surface being rounded and the ventral surface almost flat. The shell diameter is estimated as 20 mm. Four and a half camerae occupy a distance equal to the lateral diameter of the siphuncle. Comparisons——The specimens described above are superficially similar to species of Meniscoceras Flower (1941). They differ in hav- ing no trace of endosiphuncular blades and in the possession of three discrete endocone layers. Occurrence.—Specimen No. 342 is from locality NH 142, and specimen No. 343 from locality NH 141, Gap Creek dolomite, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Order BASSLEROCERATIDA This order was established by Flower (in Flower and Kummel, 1950) for compressed exogastric cyrtocones with tubular ventral siphuncle. All genera referred to the Bassleroceratida are of Ordo- vician age. As proposed, it contained only two families, the Basslero- ceratidae and the Graciloceratidae. Flower and Kummel state the Bassleroceratidae gave rise to the coiled Tarphyceratida, and it seems to us that they could well be included in that order, represent- ing an early cyrtoconic stock from which the Tarphyceratidae arose through Aphetoceras or some similar openly coiled form. We are 74 BULLETIN 150 220 maintaining the order, because its review would necessitate recon- sideration of the Graciloceratidae, a task for which we are not pre- pared. Family BASSLEROCERATIDAE Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay, 1944 This family was proposed for slender exogastric longicones with compressed siphuncle, orthochoanitic septal necks, and constricted siphuncular segments. The suture consists of prominent dorsal and ventral saddles, separated by lateral lobes. In the same publication, the family Rudolfoceratidae was proposed, to include forms similar to the Bassleroceratidae but differing in the possession of annula- tions. The discovery of an annulate species of Bassleroceras, described below as Bassleroceras annulatum, confirms the present authors’ belief that annulations are of subordinate taxonomic value. Some of the genera included by Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay in the Rudolfoceratidae may belong in the Bassleroceratidae. Others such as Ectoycycloceras probably belong in the Protocyclocera- tidae. Genus BASSLEROCERAS Ulrich and Foerste, 1936 Bassleroceras annulatum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 17-18 Description of holotype (No. 353, Bureau of Mineral Re- sources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is a gently curved exogastric cyrtocone with a length of 32 mm. The body chamber has a length of 7 mm. The conch is compressed and slowly expanding. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters equal 1.6 mm. and 1.3 mm. re- spectively. At the base of the living chamber the lateral diameter is equal to 4.4 mm. and the dorso-ventral diameter is estimated as 5.3 mm. The apertural margin is straight and transverse and has a lateral diameter of 5.1 mm. The camerae are short, eight occupying a distance equal to the lateral diameter. The sutures form a pronounced saddle across the venter. It is separated by two deep, rounded, lateral lobes from a low saddle across the dorsum. rh rh — AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 75 The outside of the shell appears to be weakly annulate, but the annulations are merely external swellings of the shell. The inside of the shell (and, therefore, the surface of the internal mould) is smooth. The annulations are strongest across the flanks and slope anteriorly from the dorsal to the ventral side of the conch at an angle of about 80° to the long axis of the conch. Six evenly spaced annulations are present on the living chamber. The siphuncle is small and is situated close to, but not in contact with, the ventral wall of the conch. At the posterior end of the specimen, the siphuncle has a diameter of .2 mm. It is tubular in outline, and although not well preserved, it appears to consist of short orthochoanitic septal necks joined by thin connecting rings. The siphuncular segments expand slightly between successive septal foramina. Comparisons—The Australian species of Bassleroceras is much smaller than Bassleroceras perseus (Billings), the type species of the genus. Bassleroceras annulatum is also more cyrtoconic and is the only annulate species included in the genus. Bassleroceras acina- cellum (Whitfield) is, however, almost identical with the Australian species, in cross-section, suture, curvature, and rate of expansion. Occurrence-—Holotype, No. 353 came from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Order DISCOSORIDA Family WESTONOCERATIDAE Teichert, 1933 Genus APOCRINOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species——Apocrinoceras talboti Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description—Longiconic orthocones with circular cross-sec- tion and a small siphuncle situated close to the venter; septal necks cyrtochoanitic with short brims, connecting rings thick; sutures sinuous, camerae short; shell almost smooth. The generic name is derived from the Greek for “select.” Selec- tion Homestead is the old name for Christmas Creek Homestead 76 BULLETIN 150 222 which is situated near Emanuel Creek. Affinities —A pocrinoceras is best considered as a primitive member of the Westonoceratidae*. The thickened connecting rings, typical of that group, are well developed in Apocrinoceras, although neither cinguli nor endocones appear in the siphuncle. It is reason- able to assume that this genus occurred at the base of the weston- oceratid stock, prior to the point where this group first began to develop cinguli and endocones. Apocrinoceras is the oldest known cephalopod with truly cyrtochoanitic septal necks. Apocrinoceras talboti Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pil dl hesana9 Description of specimen No. 354 (Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype and only known specimen belonging to this species is a slowly expanding orthocone 27 mm. long. The cross-section is circular, and the specimen ex- pands from a diameter of 9 mm. at the posterior end to 12.5 mm. at the anterior end. Near the posterior end of the specimen, the siphuncle has a dorso-ventral diameter of 1.2 mm., a lateral dia- meter of .9 mm., and is situated .2 mm. from the ventral shell wall. Eleven camerae together occupy a distance equal to the shell dia- meter. The suture is sinuous and directly transverse. A low saddle occurs across the venter and is followed by a pair of shallow lobes across the ventro-lateral area, a pair of low saddles in the dorso- lateral area, and a shallow lobe across the dorsum. Both the shell and the septa are unusually thin. Low irregular annulations and numerous fine striations cover the shell. Both are weakly reflected in the internal cast. A thin section of 4 mm. of the phragmocone has been made in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The septal necks are cyrtochoanitic 4In 1952 (p. 744) we stated that the original spelling of the type genus of this family was Westenoceras (Foerste 1924) and that the change in spelling to Westonoceras suggested by Foerste and Teichert (1930) was inadmissible. Dr. A. K. Miller has now called our attention to the fact that, in his original publication, Foerste (1924, p. 196) did in fact use the alternative spelling Wes- tonoceras. Even though this appears only once, in the general introduction, it is possible that its use in print in the original publication makes this spelling avail- able, if desirable, in preference to Westenoceras, which is the spelling used in the descriptive part of Foerste’s paper. AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 77 bo tN w with short brims, and the siphuncular segments are moderately in- flated. The connecting rings are thick and complex in structure. They are composed of a thin inner layer and an extremely thick outer layer. In a typical siphuncular segment with a length of 1.05 mm. and a maximum dorso-ventral diameter of 1.3 mm., the siphuncle is constricted at the septal foramen to a diameter of .75 mm., and the connecting ring has a thickness of .2 mm. The septal necks have a length of .15 mm., and bear brims of .5 mm. length. This species is named in honour of H. W. B. Talbot who, in 1906-1907 made the first geological reconnaissance of the Desert Basin along the Canning Stock Route. Occurrences—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Order TARPHYCERATIDA Family TARPHYCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1894 Genus APHETOCERAS Hyatt, 1894 Aphetoceras delectans Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 10, figs. 1-7; text fig. 13 Description of holotype (No. 359, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 10, figs. 1-2).—The holotype is a loosely coiled nautilicone with a maximum diameter of 41 mm. One side of the specimen is worn, but the other is well preserved. It appears that little, if any, of the posterior end of the specimen is missing. Slightly more than one and a half whorls are preserved. All but the anterior fifth of the last whorl is chambered. The whorls of the chambered portion of the shell appear to have been in contact, but the living chamber diverges from the rest of the shell. The living chamber has a length of 14 mm., measured along the concave dorsal side. The whorls are slightly compressed and more narrowly rounded across the venter than across the dorsum. The dorsum tends to be flattened but an impressed zone is not developed. Near the base of the living chamber the whorl has a height of 10.8 mm. and a width of 9.3 mm. The siphuncle has a height of 1.3 mm., a width of 1.0 mm., and its ventral surface is situated 1.7 mm. from the ventral shell wall. 78 BULLETIN 159 224 Fig. 13. Cross-section of A phetoceras delectans, X 2%. Numerous prominent ribs are present on the conch. They are directed transversely across the dorsum but swing posteriorly across the flanks to form a deep but narrow lobe across the venter. The ventral lobe formed by the ribs has a depth equal to the length of almost four camerae. The ribs are V-shaped and pointed in cross- section. They appear as low rounded elevations on the mould of the inside of the shell wall. Six and a half camerae together occupy a distance equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter. The sutures are simple. A shallow rounded saddle occurs on both the dorsum and venter, and these are separated on either flank by a shallow rounded lobe. Calcitic deposits do occur in the camerae, but they appear to be of inorganic origin. The siphuncle does not alter appreciably in relative size or position during ontogenetic development. It occupies a position approximately one-third of the distance between the venter and the centre of the conch. The septal necks are short, straight, and considerably thicker than the septa. Siphuncular segments are slightly expanded. There is a suggestion that the connecting rings are composed of two layers. Description of paratype (No. 360, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 10, figs. 3-4).—This para- type is a poorly preserved specimen which has been ground and polished in the plane of the siphuncle. It consists of one and a half whorls, one-quarter of a whorl being represented by body chamber. The umbilicus is widely perforate. The last half-whorl diverges from the penultimate whorl, so that the anterior end of the living bo rh al AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 79 chamber is separated by a distance of 8 mm. from the adjacent sur- face of the penultimate whorl. A runzelschicht is well developed. The connecting rings consist of two discrete components. The inner layer is the thinner of the two and reaches from the tip of one septal neck to the tip of the preceding neck. The outer layer traverses the entire length of the outer surface of the septal necks and reaches posteriorly to the preceding septum. In no case has this outer layer developed along either the anterior or the posterior sur- face of the septa, suggesting that it is a part of the connecting ring and not a cameral deposit. Description of paratype (No. 361, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 10, fig. 7)—This specimen is an external mould of an almost complete conch. Like the holotype, it consists of just over one and a half whorls. The anterior half-whorl diverges rapidly from the penultimate whorl, being separated from it by a distance of 14 mm. at the anterior end of the specimen. Well- developed ribs traverse the flanks transversely and swing sharply posteriorly across the venter. Eighteen ribs are present on the last half-whorl. Description of paratype (No. 362, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 10, figs. 5-6).—This speci- men is a fragment of a living chamber, with a length of 28 mm. It is compressed and oval in cross-section. The dorso-ventral and lateral diameters at the posterior end are 11.5 mm. and 8.5 mm. respectively, while the corresponding diameters at the anterior end are 12.5 mm. and 9.3 mm. The surface is weathered, but the course of the ribs well shown. They are transverse across the dorsum and dorso-lateral area but swing posteriorly across the ventro-lateral area to form deep V-shaped lobes across the venter. Comparitsons—The ribs of Aphetoceras delectans are more strongly developed than those of typical species of Aphetoceras. This suggests affinities with the Plectoceratidae, but the Australian spe- cies is unlike members of that group in both cross-section and mode of coiling. Aphetoceras delectans is easily distinguished from all other species of Aphetoceras by its well-developed ribs and double-layered connecting rings. 80 BULLETIN 150 226 Occurrence.—Holotype, No. 359 and paratypes, Nos. 361-362 are from locality NL 20 D, and paratype, No. 360 is from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Aphetoceras desertorum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pi. 10; fie 8 text fig. 14 Description of holotype (No. 363, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is part of a loosely coiled gyrocone with an estimated maximum diameter of 40 mm. It has a length of approximately 37 mm. and represents about one-third of a whorl. Half the specimen is represented by living chamber. The posterior 11.9 mm. has been sectioned in the dorso- ventral mid-plane. The whorls expand rapidly, and it is estimated that little more than one complete volution could have developed in the original shell. The whorls are compressed and oval in cross-section, the dor- sum being slightly more narrowly rounded than the venter. The Fig. 14. Cross-section of Aphetoceras desertorum, X 4. dorso-ventral diameters at the posterior end of the specimen, near the base of the living chamber, and near the anterior end of the specimen are 5.6 mm., 10.1 mm and 10.8 mm. respectively; cor- responding maximum lateral diameters are 3.2 mm., 6.2 mm., and 7.0 mm. The shell is smooth except for the presence of numerous growth lines. They are transversely directed across the dorsum and flanks, but there is some evidence of a sinus across the venter. Nine camerae together have a length equal to the dorso-ventral 227 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 81 shell diameter. The sutures are simple. Shallow rounded saddles are present on the dorsum and the venter. They are separated by shal- low rounded lobes across the flanks. The siphuncle is small, com- pressed, and situated close to the venter. Where the dorso-ventral diameter is 8.8 mm., the siphuncle has a maximum diameter of .8 mm. and is situated .7 mm. from the venter. The siphuncular seg- ment. The length of the camera is 1.0 mm. Septal necks are variable in shape but are always short and orthochoanitic. The septal necks on the dorsal side are generally the longest, averaging about .2 mm. in length, while those on the ventral side are considerably shorter. The connecting rings are thin and structurally simple. Comparisons.—A phetoceras desertorum is comparable with the group of Aphetoceras boreale Hyatt (1894). Both are compressed and oval, and both expand rather more rapidly than typical mem- bers of the genus. They probably represent transitional forms be- tween A phetoceras and the rapidly expanding genus Deltoceras. The Australian species is distinct in having extremely short camerae and a highly compressed, oval, shell cross-section. Occurrence.—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus AETHOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen. Type species: Aethoceras caurus Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Description—Small, slowly expanding torticonic® shells with subcircular cross-section and dextral coiling; siphuncle small, situated close to venter; surface covered with closely spaced transverse aper- tural flanges. The generic name is derived from the Greek word for unusual. Affimties—Because of its unusual combination of a torticonic shell and apertural flanges the genus is unique not only among Ca- nadian forms, but among early Paleozoic cephalopods generally. It is the oldest torticone known so far and the first coiled form of any 5 Nautiloid shells of this type have in the past often been described as “trochoceroid.” They are coiled in a three-dimensional spiral like most gastro- pods. Among ammonoids this type of coiling is often known as helicoidal or “turriliticone.”’ Long ago Hyatt (1900) used the term “torticone” which is sim- ply descriptive and applicable to all groups. There is no reason to perpetuate a multiple terminology for the same feature in one and the same phylum of in- vertebrates. 82 BULLETIN 150 228 kind possessing flanges found in pre-Devonian rocks. Unfortunately, since only one specimen was available for study, it has not been pos- sible to elucidate the structure of the siphuncle. Judging from gen- eral shell morphology the genus can be supposed to belong either to the Tarphyceratidae or the Plectoceratidae. Since the former family is much more abundantly represented in Upper Canadian rocks than the latter, we believe that Aethoceras may eventually be found to belong to the Tarphyceratidae. Aethoceras caurus Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 9, figs. 8-10; text fig. 15 Description of holotype (No. 364, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is an internal mould of a shell which consists of slightly more than one whorl of a loosely coiled torticone with a maximum diameter of 23 mm. The whorls are almost in contact, but a depressed zone is not developed. One quarter of the last whorl is represented by body chamber. The lateral diameter of the body chamber at its adapertural end is 10 mm., its dorso-ventral diameter 7 to 8 mm. The shell has been re- moved from one side of the specimen but remains intact on the op- posite side. A consideration of the rate of expansion of the whorls indicates that the shell was widely perforate. At the beginning of the last preserved whorl the mid-ventral axis of that whorl lies about 4 mm. off the plane of symmetry of the body chamber at its apertural end, thus affording a measure of the helicoidal coiling of the shell. Fig. 15. Cross-section of Aethoceras caurus, X 5. The whorls are slightly depressed and evenly rounded across the dorsum and venter, Where the lateral diameter is 6.3 mm. and the 229 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 83 dorso-ventral diameter 5.4 mm., the siphuncle has a diameter of .45 mm. and its ventral margin is situated .35 mm. from the venter. The ornamentation consists of a remarkable system of flanges. These flanges attain a length of up to 4 mm., although except near their bases they are rarely thicker than .15 mm. Their bases are directed transversely across the flanks but swing posteriorly across the venter to form a broad but deep lobe. The flanges are low across the dorsum, have a maximum length across the flanks, and are probably considerably shorter across the venter. The distal part of the flange is directed anteriorly, forming an angle of approximately 60° with the shell surface. A runzelschicht is well developed. The suture is almost straight and transverse, but very shallow lobes form on the flanks, and a shallow saddle is formed across the dorsum and the venter. The species takes its name from the Latin word for northwest wind. Occurrence—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus ESTONIOCERAS Noetling, 1883 Estionioceras sp. IPI IQ), sales, 2S qrepae, riley als Description of specimen No. 34130 (Department of Geology, University of Western Australia).—Only one specimen belonging to Estonioceras is known to the authors. It is a fragmentary specimen consisting of one and a half whorls, one-quarter of a whorl being rep- resented by body chamber. The maximum diameter attained 1s esti- mated at 30 mm. The umbilicus is widely perforated. Transverse Fig. 16. Cross-section of Estonioceras sp., X 2%. 4 BULLETIN 150 230 cross-sections show that the whorls are depressed, the venter being flatter than the dorsum. At the base of the body chamber, the dorso- ventral and lateral diameters measure 7.9 mm. and 8.9 mm. respec- tively. Where the dorso-ventral diameter is 4.1 mm., the lateral di- ameter measures 4.9 mm., while the siphuncle has a diameter of .4 mm. and is situated .4 mm. from the ventral shell wall. An impressed zone is not developed on the dorsal surface, and the whorls are not in contact. The base of the body chamber is separated from the pen- ultimate whorls by a distance of 1.4 mm., while the anterior end is separated from that whorl by a distance of 2.5 mm. The suture is transverse and only slightly sinuous. Irregularly spaced indistinct ribs occur. They are directed posteriorly across the flanks to form a shallow rounded lobe across the venter. Comparisons ——The Western Australian species of Estonioceras differs from typical members of this genus in being more loosely coiled and in possessing weaker ornamentation. Both features may, in part, be a function of weathering and distortion. The whorls are in contact, at least in the early growth stages, in typical members of the genus. It is possible that the whorls of Estonioceras sp. have been separated during distortion of the specimen. The strength of the ornamentation on Estonioceras sp. has been reduced by weathering. Occurrence.—Locality E 10, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus PYCNOCERAS Hyatt, 1894 Pycnoceras liratum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 10; fiese 2-15) text fig. 17 Description of holotype (No. 358, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype and only known representative of the species consists of two-thirds of a well-preserved Fig. 17. Cross-section of Pycnoceras liratum, X 2%. 231 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 85 subdiscoidal nautilicone. Two and a half volutions are present, about one-sixth of a volution consisting of living chambers. The maximum whorl diameter is 41 mm. The whorls expand slowly, and are in con- tact throughout, including the living chamber. It is probable that the conch was narrowly perforate. The living chamber is subquadrate in cross-section, the dorso- ventral and lateral diameters being almost identical. Earlier whorls are slightly compressed, with a flat dorsum showing a tendency to- wards development of a shallow impressed zone. The siphuncle is situated close to, but not in contact with, the ventral shell wall. Where the dorso-ventral diameter is 9.1 mm. and the lateral diameter 7.9 mm., the siphuncle has a diameter of 1.1 mm. and has its ventral margin situated .8 mm. from the ventral shell wall. Ornamentation consists of numerous evenly spaced lirae, which are developed in all growth stages. These narrow, sharply crested ridges are directed transversely across the flanks, and swing back- wards to form a deep and narrowly rounded sinus across the venter. Twenty lirae are present in a distance of .9 mm., measured along the flanks of the living chamber. The runzelschicht, described in many Palaeozoic ammonoids and noted by the present authors (1952) in Hardmanoceras lobatum, and in several other species in this report, is well developed. The suture is essentially straight and transverse, but shallow lateral saddles, separated by dorsal and ventral lobes, are developed in earlier whorls. Siphuncular segments are gently expanded between successive foramina. The septal necks are short and orthochoanitic. In a typical siphuncular segment with a length of 1.6 mm. and a maximum di- ameter of 1.2 mm., the diameter of the septal foramen is 1.1 mm., and the septal neck has a length of .2 mm. Comparisons.—Pycnoceras liratum is a typical member of the genus. It may, however, be readily separated from all other de- scribed species of Pycnoceras by the well-developed lirae. Occurrence.—The holotype came from locality NL 20 E, Eman- uel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Aus- tralia. 86 BULLETIN 150 232 Family TROCHOLITIDAE Chapman, 1857 Genus ARKOCERAS Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Furnish, 1942 Arkoeceras sp. Pl. 10, figs. 10-11; text fig. 18 A single fragment of a silicified phragmocone was available for study. It is too fragmentary to serve as the type of a new species. Description of specimen No. 357—(Bureau of Mineral Re- sources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra). The specimen is con- sidered to be part of a loosely coiled nautilicone, with an estimated maximum diameter of 15 mm. It is chambered throughout, has a length of 11 mm., and represents about one-third of a volution. The whorl is compressed and oval in cross-section, the dorsum being slightly more narrowly rounded than the venter. The dorso- ventral and lateral diameters at the posterior end of specimen meas- ure 2.7 mm. and 2.3 mm. respectively. The corresponding diameters at the anterior end are 4.4 mm. and 3.7 mm. The siphuncle is mod- erately large, compressed, and situated close to, but not in contact with, the dorsal shell wall. At the anterior end of the specimen the siphuncle has a dorso-ventral diameter of .7 mm., a lateral diameter of .5 mm., and its dorsal margin is situated .2 mm. from the dorsum. The sutures are simple and represent a direct reflection of the shell cross-section. A shallow dorsal saddle is separated by a pair of shallow rounded lateral lobes from a higher saddle across the venter. The shell is smooth. Comparisons.—Arkoceras, Cyclolituites, and Wichitoceras are the only members of the Trocholitidae which are not dorsally im- pressed. The specimen described above has affinities with both Arko- Fig. 18. Cross-section of Arkoceras sp. X 6%. 233 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 87 ceras and Wichitoceras, being intermediate in position between these closely allied genera. Arkoceras exiguum, the type species of Arko- ceras, is either round or slightly depressed in cross-section. Arkoceras sp., described above, is slightly compressed, and Wichitoceras com- pressum, the type species of Wichitoceras, is highly compressed. As a consequence of the cross-section, the sutures of Arkoceras exi- guum are straight and transverse, whereas Wichitoceras compressum exhibits dorsal and ventral saddles separated by lobes across the flanks. Here again Arkoceras sp. is intermediate between the two genera. The closer affinities as regards cross-section are, however, with Arkoceras. Occurrence—Locality NL 17, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Genus HARDMANOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, 1952 Hardmanoceras lobatum Teichert and Glenister, 1952 PI ities 1 O—dall 1952. Hardmanoceras lobatum Teichert and Glenister, Jour. Pal., vol. 26, pp. 748-749. Hardmanoceras lobatum, the type species of that genus, is known from numerous excellently preserved conchs. A well-pre- served gerontic specimen which recently came into the authors’ col- lections adds considerably to our knowledge of this species. Description of hypotype (No. 34128, Department of Geology, University of Western Australia ).—This specimen is a discoidal nau- tilicone consisting of five whorls, one and a quarter of which are body chamber. It has a maximum diameter of 50.5 mm. All the whorls are in contact except for the anterior quarter of a volution. This diverges from the remainder of the conch, so that at the anterior end of the body chamber its dorsal surface is separated by a distance of 2.5 mm. from the penultimate whorl. The whorl cross-section is sub- rectangular, depressed, and impressed dorsally. No trace of the pro- toconch can be found, but from a consideration of the rate of size increase of the whorls, it seems probable that the umbilicus was nar- rowly perforate. Numerous prominent ribs occur on all whorls. They are directed transversely across the dorso-lateral area but swing posteriorly across the ventro-lateral area to form a deep V-shaped lobe across the 88 BULLETIN 150 234 venter. They are regularly spaced and even in strength over all but the last half-whorl. There they become progressively weaker, less uniform, and more numerous, until near the aperture they occur only as irregular, ill-defined undulations. A prominent constriction occurs just behind the present aperture, its course paralleling that of the ribs. The present apertural margin is also parallel to the ribs, and a deep hyponomic sinus is thus formed. These features indicate that the anterior end of the shell represents the aperture at the time of death of the animal. The sutures consist of a shallow rounded lobe across the dorsum and the venter, separated by a low saddle on either flank. The length of the camerae is greatly reduced towards the anterior end of the phragmocone, so that the last ten camerae are only half as long as those situated half a whorl posteriorly from them. Discussion—This specimen demonstrates that geronticism in the species is marked by divergence of the living chamber, reduction in strength of the ornamentation, and reduction in length of the chambers. Occurrence.—Holotype, No. 482 (17735) came from locality NL 20 E, paratype, No. 483 (17736) from locality NL 20 F, and hypotype, No. 34128 from locality E 11, Emanuel limestone, Eman- uel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. BIBLIOGRAPHY Barrande, J. 1866. Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme: vol. 2, 2 me. série, pls. 108-244, Prague. Blatchford, T. 1927. The geology of portions of the Kimberley Division, with special reference to the Fitzroy Basin and the possibilities of the occurrence a mineral oil: Geol. Sur. Western Australia, Bull., No. 93, pp. 1-56, pls. 1-8. Flower, R. H. 1941. Notes on structure and phylogeny of eurysiphonate cephalopods: Palaeontographica Americana, vol. 3, No. 13, pp. 5-56, pls. 1-3. 1943. Structure and relationship of Cincinnati Cyrtocerina: Ohio Jour. Sci., vol. 43, pp. 51-64, pls. 1-2. 1946. Ordovician cephalopods of the Cincinnati region. Part 1: Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 29, No. 116, pp. 1-656, pls. 1-43. 1947. Holochoanites and endoceroids: Ohio Jour. Sci., vol. 47, pp. 155-172. 235 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 89 Flower, R. H. and Kummel, B. Jr. 1950. A classification of the Nautiloidea: Jour. Paleont., vol. 24, pp. 604-616. Foerste, A. F. 1924. Notes on American Paleozoic cephalopods: Denison Uni. Bull. vol. 20, pp. 193-267, plus. 21-42. 1932. The cephalopod genera Cyrtendoceras and Oclandoceras: Ohio Jour. Sci., vol. 32, pp. 163-172, pls. 1-2. Glenister, B. F. 1952. Ordovician nautiloids from New South Wales: Australian Jour. Sci., vol. 15, pp. 89-91. Gregory, J. W. 1930. Geological history of the Pacific Ocean: Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 76, pp. liv-cexxxvii. Guppy, D. J. and Opik, A. A. 1950. Discovery of Ordovician rocks, Kimberley Division, W. A.: Aus- tralian Jour. Sci., vol. 12, p. 205-206. Hamilton, E. L. 1951. Sunken islands of the mid-Pacific mountains: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 62, p. 1502. 1952. Upper Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Recent planktonic Foraminifera from mid-Pacific flat-topped seamounts: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 63, pp. 1330-1331. Hardman, E. T. ; ae 1884. Report on the geology of the Kimberley District, Western Aus- tralia. Legislative Council Western Australia, Rept., pp. 4-22, pls. 1-16. Hess, H. H. ; 1946. Drowned ancient islands of the Pacific Basin: Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 244, pp. 772-791. Hills, E. S. ‘ 1945. Some aspects of the tectonics of Australia: Roy. Soc. New South Wales, Jour. Proc., vol. 74, pp. 67-91. Holm, G. 1895. Om tvenne Gyroceras—formight bojda Endoceras—arter: Sveriges geol. unders., ser. C, nr. 153, pp. 125-136, pls. 1-3. 1897. Baltoceras, a new genus of the Family Orthoceratidae: Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 4, pp. 251-253. Hosking, L. F. Y. 1933. Distribution of Devonian rocks in the Kimberley Division and de- scription of a recent collection of Devonian fossils from the Kimberley Division. Roy. Soc. Western Australia, Jour., vol. 19, 1932-33, pp. 67- 785 pls.7- Hyatt, A. 1883-84. Genera of fossil cephalopods: Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 22, pp. 253-338. 1894. Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic: Amer. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 32, pp. 349-647, pls. 1-14. 90 BULLETIN 150 236 Kobayashi, T. 1934. The Cambro-Ordovician formations and faunas of South Chosen: Palaeontology; Part v, Middle Ordovician faunas: Jour. Fac. Sci. Imp. Uni. Tokyo, sec. 2, vol. 3, pt. 8, pp, 329-519, pls. 1-4... 1935. Restudy on Manchuroceras with a brief note on the classification of endoceroids: Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 42, No. 506, pp. 736-752, pls. 3-4. 1937. Contribution to the study of the apical end of the Ordovician nautiloid: Japan. Jour. Geol. Geol., Trans., vol. 14, pp. 1-21, pls. 1-2. Miller, S. A. 1889. North American geology and palaentology for the use of amateurs, students, and scientists: Cincinnati, pp. 1-664, (1st app., 1892, pp. 665-718; 2nd app., 1897, pp, 719-793). Noetling, F. 1883. Die Cambrischen und Silurischen Geschiebe der Prozinzen Ost— und West—Preussen: Jahrb. KOniglich Preuss. geol. Landesanstalt und Bergakad., 1882, pp. 261-324. Patrunky, H. 1926. Die Geschiebe der silurischen Orthocerenkalke: Zeitsch. f. Geschiebeforschung, Bd. 2, pp. 97-127. Poulsen, C. 1951. The position of the East Greenland Cambro-Ordovician in the Palaeogeography of the North-Atlantic Region: Dansk Geol. Forening, Medd., Bd. 12, pp. 161-162. Prendergast, K. L. 1935. Some Western Australia upper Palaeozoic fossils. Roy. Soc. Wes- tern Australia, Jour., vol. 21, 1934-35, pp. 9-35, pls. 2-4. Remele, A. 1886. Uber einen eigenthiimlichen gekriimmten Cephalopoden (Cyrten- doceras) aus einem Untersilur-Geschiebe von Wriezen (Provinz Bran- denburg): Tagebl. 59. Vers. Deutsch. Naturf. u. Arzte zu Berlin yom 18-24. Septemb. 1886, pp. 338-339. Ruedemann, R. 1905. The structure of some primitive cephalopods: New York State Mus., Bull. 80, pp. 296-341, pls. 6-13. 1906. Cephalopoda of the Beekmantown and Chazy formations of the Champlain Basin: New York State Mus., Bull. 90, pp. 389-611, pls. 1-38. 1928. Fossil evidence of the existence of a Pacific Ocean in early Ordo- vician time: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 30, pp. 299-300. Sampelayo, P. H. 1939. Cefalépodos silurianos, un género nuevo: Asoc. Espanola prog. Cienc., Cong., 15th, Santander, Discursos y Trabajos, pp. 238-241. Schindewoli, 0. H 1942. Evolution im Lichte der Paldontologie; Bilder aus der Stam- mesentwicklung der Cephalopoden: Jenaische Zeitschrift Naturw., Bd. 75, S. 324-386. 237 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 91 Teichert, C. 1933. Der Bau der actinoceroiden Cephalopoden: Palaeontographica, Bd. 78, Abt. A, pp. 111-230, pls. 8-15. 1947. Early Ordovician cephalopods from Adamsfield, Tasmania: Jour. Paleont., vol. 21, pp. 420-428, pl. 58. 1947. Stratigraphy of Western Australia: Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 31, pp. 1-70. 1953. Some trans-Pacific Paleozoic correlations: Geol. Soc. Amer., Cor- dill. Sect., 1953 Off. Progr., Stanford, Calif., pp. 26-27. Teichert, C., and Glenister, B. F. 1952. Fossil nautiloid faunas from Australia: Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, pp. 730-752, pls. 104-108. 1953. Ordovician and Silurian cephalopods from Tasmania, Australia. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 34, no. 144, 66 pp., 6 pls. Ulrich, E. 0., and Foerste, A. F. 1933. The earliest known cephalopods: Science, vol. 78, pp. 288-289. 1936. New genera of Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods: Denison Uni. Bull., vol 30, 1935, pp. 259-290, pl. 38. Ulrich, E. 0., Foerste, A. F., and Miller, A. K. 1943. Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods; Part II; Brevicones: Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper 49, pp. 1-240, pls. 1-70. Ulrich, E. 0., Foerste, A. F., Miller, A. K., and Furnish W. M. 1942. Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods; Part I; Nautilicones: Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper 37, pp. 1-157, pls. 1-57. Ulrich, E. 0., Foerste, A. F., Miller, A. K., and Unklesbay, A. G. _ 1944. Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods; Part III; Longicones and summary: Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper 58, pp. 1-226, pls. 1-68. Wade, A. 1924. Petroleum prospects, Kimberley District of Western Australia and Northern Territory. Rept. Comm. Parliament Australia, pp. 1-63, pls. 1-13. 1936. The geology of the West Kimberley District of Western Australia. Final Rept. Concessions held by Freney Kimberley Oil Co., Perth, pp. 1-69 + 1-12. PLATES PLATE 1.(14) 94 Figure 5-6. 1-9. 10-11. 12-16. 17-18. BULLETIN 150 240 Explanation of Plate 1 (14) Page Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. .... 43 1. Thin section of paratype, No. 34121, x 9. 2-4. Holotype, No. 34120, * 1. 2. Ventral. 3. Dorsal. 4. Posterior. Ectocycloceras inflatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -........... 41 Holotype( No. 370. 5. Lateral, < 1. 6. Ventral, X 1. Apocrinoceras talboti Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 76 7. Thin section of holotype, No. 354, x 10. 8,9. Holotype, No» 354218; Lateraly < Je 95 Ventral, s< 1. Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 71 Holotype, No. 371. 10. Lateral, x 1. 11. Ventral, x 1. Diastoloceras perplexum Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 45 12-16. Holotype, No. 345, X 1. 12. Posterior. 13. Ventral. 14. Lateral. 15-16. Lateral casts of shell. Bassleroceras annulatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -........... 74 Holotype, No. 353, X 1. 17. Lateral. 18. Ventral. 10; er. J l No. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT. Pui. 14, Vou. 35 PUATE2 (15) 96 BULLETIN 150 242 Explanation of Plate 2 (15) Figure Page 1-4. Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. Ts SDs esse be cede so hocec os ceeckscadescosncnccuseescatecwentecee ve gueeda nana ccteseevesbeneeeeeeeee 37 Thin section of holotype, No. 34122, x 9. 2. Thin section of paratype, No. 338, xX 9. 3. Holotype, No. 34122; veniral, x 1. 4. Thin section of paratype, No. 339, x 9. 5. Hemichoanelia canningi Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 47 Holotype, No. 334; dorsal, x 1. 9 50, Pu. ] No. PALEONT. > v BuLL. AMER. 35 o 15, VOL. L. P PLATE 3 (16) 98 BULLETIN 150 244 Explanation of Plate 3 (16) Figure Page 1-4. Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.,n .sp. 47 Holotype, No. 344. 1. Ventral, x 1. 2. Lateral, x 1. 3. Dorso- ventral section, < 5. 4. Dorso-ventral section, »¥ 1. 5-13. Eothinoceras maitlandi Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. -............... 49 5. Hypotype, No. 338A; ventral, x 1. 6. Hypotype, No. 34125; ventral, < 1. 7. Hypotype, No. 34126; ventral, x 1. 8. Hypo- type, No. 34124; ventral, x 1. 9. Holotype No. 34123; ven- tral, < 1. 10. Thin section of paratype, No. 336, x9. 11, holotype, No. 34123; anterior, * 1. 12. Dorso-ventral sec- tion of hypotype, No. 337, X 1. 13. Dorso-ventral section of paratype, No. 335, xX 1. Buu. AMER. PALEONT. Pu. 16, Vou. 35 a he pussys 5 Lice PAE (07) 100 BULLETIN 150 246 Explanation of Plate 4 (17) Figure Page 1-4 Proterocameroceras contrarium Teichert and Glenister n. sp. 59 1. Holotype, No. 366; ventral, x 1. 2. Paratype, No. 367, dorso- ventral polished section, < 5. 3. Holotype, No. 366; dorso- ventral polished section, X 1. 4. Holotype, No. 366; ventral, Lae op ohhele ae oe eels Jackson Eocene mollusks. (NOs 413-128))2 7,459" ppe sei DIS> -h an. so Sjeisse Mee owed doe Venezuelan, and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and _ Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. (Noss 129-133). 294 pps 39 oplssc Nes oe ie ooh ne Mets PS isvcle Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. (Nass; 134-139)... 443s pps Sips Ck oe Sa. ots coh) eases Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran stratigraphy and paleontology. (Nos. 140-144; 145 in press). Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography. (Nos. 146-149; 150-152 in press). G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia Paleo- cene Forminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus- tralian Ordovician cephalapods, California Pleisto- cene Eulimidae, Volutidaze and Globotruncana in Colombia. PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA (Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. (Noss2 6-420 %531 (pps. SO ODISER. «|. Gincige eqs © deletes p-0 ¥en wars Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida. zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia. 8.00 10.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 10.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA Volume I. IL ik. XE. XIII. XIV. XV. XXI, BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 6-10). 347 pp., 23 pls. ...... ben ala kieran ota teei ciel ees $15.00 Tertiary Mollusca, and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. (Nos. 11-15). 402° pp., 29. pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca inoat Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 16-21)(\—161 pp.3726 «pls. . ihc. ss pes os ada ss pews 6.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos- 22-30) ./, 4387" DD, \G8 P¥Sa . a). os sjelete'e Le bile 6» atch pee 8.00 Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan,/Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. (No -S1)k ) 2683s pp \59 4 DIS. < ctaecos bisa h eelateld lp ao’ ete/ ee ee ~10.00 Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. (No:, 32). 4)'730. pp. 99) pls.” as.. s\a kh e's w eltw: ears eI 12.00 Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and cephalopods. (Nos) 33-36), / 857 pp), 1b,/plsi X.. se esl ch | theek e 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. : (Nos.”, 37-39); 3462. pp 185 pls) /....< X.. ec ole © AS jad ate eealomsale 8.00 Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. (Nos: 40-42). 382 Vpps/54 pis. Voit, aes gen. ae 10.00 Tertiary forams and, mollusks mainly from ‘Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos.\\\43-=46),.. 272 pp414hi plsy Saal Oe es Oe ele des dee 7.00 Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. (Nos, °47-48)., 7494) pp!, 8: 4pls: “ghd. Pe WN a ee 7.00 Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- brate bibliography. (Nos, )/49-50). 264 pp., BW pls. Soo (Rak She See 6.00 Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. f (Nos,/| 911-54) 306" pp. \,44 plse! <0 5 Loe isn ci Nae eels ohne 9.00 Mexican ‘Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. (Nos, 55-58)... 314) pp, }'8G. Psa '..5. 3 ko deb ae cmwiteed we'eee' 908 Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican ‘Tertiary - forams and mollusks’ and’ Paleozoic — fossils. (Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls.;).......cecteceeds eb dpbed ee ghaOU Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. |62-63)..° 2837 pp., 9383) pIS, 2.) ei Ge. ete best OD Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos? ,64-67)\ | 386!) pp.,'' 20. pis. 74. Atlee edie e oc ce ok teen 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. and Cretaceous corals. (No: 268)%,; 272) pp. 24\plsit .fi\i.f Hilltop Quarry, San Pedro, California; 26 shells taken from pit in quarry floor, S. S. Berry and R. K. Cross, 1934-37; 14 shells from pocket in fine upper marl, S. S. Berry and E. P. Chace, 1935-8. Remarks.—This species is obviously close to the living B. thersites (Carpenter) of the Californian coast!, and was at first considered as a variant of it, but as material has accumulated, including an extensive series of the immature stages, persistent differences have been noted which it seems desirable to recognize even if later studies should show them to have been over-emphasized. The Hilltop species appears not only to be consistently smaller, but its shell is narrower, the spire is more slender and often with a more irregular torsion, the aperture is smaller and shorter, and the general outline of the last two whorls is markedly less convex, whether comparison be made with living shells or with the beautiful figures of Bartsch (1917:pl. 41, figs. 2-3). Side by side I have found the two quickly and readily separable by these characters down to quite juvenile stages. Furthermore, although Bartsch described the position of the varices of B. thersites as “scattered’’, I note in nearly all my Recent material of this species a quite persistent tendency for them to form on the right (usually concave) side of the spire, a tendency which I do not observe in nearly the same degree in B. incallida. The body whorl oft-times is eccentrically attached, appearing not only much awry but somewhat pulled down from the whorl above so as to suggest the slipping of a tight gown. The variability in form of shell is, how- ever, great, as is partially indicated in the figures. The specific name is the L. sncallidus, awkward, ungainly. Balcis( Vitreolina) ebriconus, new species. Pl. 1, figs. 13, 14 Description.—Shell small, heavy, stout, polished, with a rapidly tapering, acutely conic, somewhat attenuate apex, which is mildly flexed the left in the two largest, to the right in two of the smaller shells. 1 I have collected only a single badly decollate shell of what I take to be the genuine B. thersites at Hilltop Quarry (figs. 11-12). 12 BULLETIN 151 266 Whorls more than eight (all shells somewhat decollate) , weakly convex ; suture distinct, scarcely impressed ; last whorl both high and wide, rather sharply rounded and not carinate at the periphery; basal slope convex. Sculpture absent except for the fine growth lines and about three low, scattered varices rendered distinct by the sharpness of the groove bound- ing them in front. Aperture a little less than 30% of the length of the shell, pyriform, acutely pointed posteriorly, moderately produced and somewhat narrowly rounded in front; parietal wall slightly convex, curv- ing obtusely into the strong, nearly vertical, weakly concave columella, the whole covered by a fairly thick, closely appressed callus, sharply bounded in front, which recurves widely over the columella and stands away from the base of the shell anteriorly where it passes into the free lip, its edge rounding back into the parietal edge at a wider than right angle; outer lip fairly heavy, thinning considerably at the margin, slightly produced mesially, and well everted basally in front of the columella. Measurements of holotype.—Alt. 3.7+-, max. diam. 1.70, alt. aper- ture 1.11, diam. aperture 0.96 mm. Holotype.—Cat. No. 11198, Berry Collection. Paratypes.—Cat. No. 11208, Berry Collection; others to be de- posited in the collections of Stanford University, the United States National Museum, the San Diego Natural History Museum, the Paleon- tological Research Institution, and the private collection of Emery P.\Chace. Type Locality —Lower Pleistocene, pocket or lentil in upper sandy phase of Lomita formation at Hilltop Quarry, San Pedro, California; 16 shells, mostly immature, S. S. Berry and E. P. Chace, 1935-40. Remarks.—The shell of this species is most like those of B. thersites and B. incallida, but differs in the relatively slight degree of torsion, the much more symmetrical outlines, the more acute spire, and the relatively great width of the body-whorl, which approaches yet does not quite attain a peripheral angulation. The holotype is much the largest of the shells found, nevertheless the position of the last varix seems to indicate that even this example may not represent full maturity. Fortunately even the youngest stages seen are distinguishable by the characters noted. 267 CALIFORNIA PLEISTOCENE EULIMAS: S. S. BERRY 13 The specific name is from the L. ebrius, tipsy (meton., abundantly filled) + conus, cone. In the first meaning given it recalls the shape of the spire, yet in its metonymic sense is no less neatly applicable to the fat body whorl. Balcis (Vitreolina) loleta, (Jordan, 1926). wal wives, 5), HG 1926. Melanella loleta Jordan, California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 7, pg. 245, 251, pl. 25, fig. 6. Attracted by their strange beauty, the peculiar natural history of many kinds, and the interesting degree of speciation developed within what would at first sight appear very unpromising limits, I have long been interested in the Eulimidae and have been putting by frequent random notes regarding them. I had written a description of the present form as new, but a careful check with Eric Jordan’s account of his M. loleta has convinced me that lacking direct comparison of specimens I have no sound ground for regarding this shell from the Pleistocene of Long Wharf Canyon, Santa Monica, as distinct. It has the stockiest shell of any Balczs I have studied. It is near to B. ebriconus of Hilltop Quarry in its more manifest characters ; indeed the two were first thought probably identical, but the robust, nearly straight-sided spire of B. /oleta, with hardly a trace of torsion, is quite unlike the curved, more attenuately narrowed apex of the Hilltop species. The whorls are at the same time more distinctly convex. The lack of torsion would almost throw J/oleta into Balcis, s.s., but its affinities in other respects seem so definitely to lie with B. ebriconus and other stubbier members of the shersites-group that it seems misplaced away from it. 14 BULLETIN 151 268 LITERATURE Arnold, R. 1903. The paleontology and stratigraphy of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro, California. California Acad. Sci. Mem. 3, pp. 1-420, pls. 1-37, June 1903. Bartsch, P. 1917. A monograph of west American melanellid mollusks. United States Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 53, no. 2207, pp. 295-356, pls. 34-49, Aug. 1917. Grant, U.S., IV, and Gale, H. R. 1931. Catalogue of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California and adjacent regions, etc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., 1, pp. 1-1036, diag. A-D, tab. 1-3, text figs. 1-15, pls. 1-32, Nov. 1931. Iredale, T. 1915. Some more misused molluscan generic names. Malacol. Soc., London, Proc., vol. 11, pt. 5, pp. 291-306, June 1915. 1915a. The nomenclature of British marine Mollusca. Jour. Conch., vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 341-346, July 1915. Jordan, E: K. 1926. Molluscan fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower California. California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 7, pp. 241-255, text fig. 1, pl. 25, April 1926. Rivers, J. J. 1904. Descriptions of some undescribed fossil shells of Pleistocene and Pliocene formations of the Santa Monica Range. Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci., vol. 3, no. 5, pp. 69-72, figs. 1-4, May 1904. Vanatta, E. G. 1899. West American Eulimidae. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol 51, pp. 254-257, pl. 11, July 1899. Winckworth, R. 1934. Names of British Mollusca—II. Jour. Conch., vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 9-15, text figs. 1-7, May 1934. PLATES Plate 1 (24) 16 Figure 1, 2), 10s Titel 2: 13, 14. 15), 16. i) BULLETIN 151 270 Explanation of Plate 1 (24) Page Baleis((@Balcis)\clavelllay mtspe. eee ane. . 5 Camera lucida outlines of holotype. Balcisa@Baleis)atersasn-Spe crs ee ce tosoereeaee 7 Camera lucida outlines of holotype. Balcisu@vatreolina)vobstipa, mespe...ce ses eee eee 8 Camera lucida outlines of holotype. Balcis (Vitreolina) incallida, n.sp. PE dic soo: 10 Camera lucida outlines of holotype. Balcis (Vitreolina) incallida, n.sp...........0....0..00... sadve eect LO) Camera lucida outlines of somewhat immature paratype: same scale as preceding. Balcis (Vitreolina) thersites (Carpenter) ...... Pete eee 2 ae la! Camera lucida outlines of shell from Hilltop Quarry, Pleis- tocene; same scale. Balcis (Vitreolina) ebriconus, n.sp......................-...00--- id ee Goole Camera lucida outlines of holotype. Balciss@Vitreolina) sloleta(Jordan)) se Camera lucida outlines of shell from Santa Monica Pleis- tocene. Same scale as preceding BuLL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 151, Pr: 1 PL. 24, VoL. 35 t ‘ te 4 ; Vs + . ‘ ‘ ‘ 4 ” \ \* 4 4 ‘5 j > \ j * y i , ‘ r hy 4 ' y i he j hy i ‘ 4 “ » ‘st ' ; P ’ | ’ ' : / Wits J uA : i ; . ! , i ; ; h . | v iy , i‘ ’ ‘ ™ 4 i wf, Ae ee WV s yes 4 iy oviat eh fy rit XXVL XXVIII. Volume I. (Nos. 78-76). 356 pp., 31 pls. ......escecceececsncnecees Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera. (Nos. 2isdO) CA AOLs DDG SO) DISS cc aces ef pelvic sletivt.cem Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Conrad. (Nos. 80-87); ..384 -pP.,. 27 PIS. .acossececdcccccienevseve Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca, (Nos. 88-94B). ; 806° pp. 30. DIS. cece. se ce ccc ceepeeese’s Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Maryland Miocene mollusks. (Nos. 95=100)s), 420° ppi, 58" PIS. Laie ssl eeieele dine ore cia alge Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Eogene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador. (Nos. 101-108). 376 pps 36 DISi i. cieeeis ce ee Kamen Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela. (Nos. 109-114). 412 pp., 54 pls. ..........2-. BFE ste) ne Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. (Nos. 115-116). 738 pp., 52 pls.-.. fc. cae sc eveccters Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. (NG: ALED) = [5032 DD; AGS LDISS. Si 5a 3.5 acailec clea brates oveiere a ve'beais Jackson Eocene mollusks. (Nos 118-128) <> 458* pp 2 “DISS aids hewewiee a oer since viata Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. (Nos. 129-133). 294 pp., 39 pls. .......cenececcccteneees Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. (Nos, 134-139). 448 pp., 51. pls.) tei is cei lee see Ss Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadora stratigraphy and paleontology. (Nos. 140-144; 145 in press). Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography. (Nos. 146-149; 150-152 in press). G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia Paleo- cene Forminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus- tralian Ordovician cephalapods, California Pleisto- cene Eulimidae, Volutidae and Globotruncana ~in Colombia. PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA (Nos, 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. (Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 PIS. ....-.eeeeeeeerereeeeeses . Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida. (NOS, 13-25) itis. cn cneccecbecosonnosensoastvsqsnstoteccanstonsosnensonsccnoneasosdgsueoceeneegs Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia. 8.00 10.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 10.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 CoNDENSED ‘TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Volume I. (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. IL _ (Nos. 6-10). 347 pp., 23 DIS. 2... cee eWee ces eeeceeine $15.00 — Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. Itt. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections pd faunas. TVs (Nos.,° 16=21)3-161 pps; 26> piss so, es oe ee ea es ee 6.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. Vie (Nos. 22=30) 52 48T pp. 268 pis... ast ua ae Son wk weeaces 8.00 Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. VE -ANo., (31) 5.268" pp.;) 89 pls: 7s te swans ai eae -.. 10.00 Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. VIE; -=(No,. 32). = 730= pps 299 =plsie a se ee ies Uvhs aca blew wate koe Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, — gastropods, and cephalopods. WIE ~ (Nos: 33-86) 5 =357-spp., 415 pls Soe. wissen ae ree O00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. H Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. XX. - \(Nos;-40242) 22382. 254 psAae oo bev wrtew eu wn spre ieee 10.00 Tertiary forams and mollusks meuly, from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. XL. (Nos, 43-46). 272 pp., 41 pls. .2.... cc. eee eee ee eee ae: 7.00 Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. SKEET... (NOs. -47=48)5° "494 pp; 78) DIS re ae Fh o's cvs cena ens 7.00 Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-— brate bibliography. ' EG, . -(Nos.-49=50). 264 pp. 47 DSc on oh vealed ee ences oe 6.00 Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. XIV. (Nos. 51-54). 306 pp. 44 pls. >......cscccesecseeudecs 9.00 Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. - SVs (Nos. 55-58) .--314< pp. 80 plss- Se ies ss cote eps eee 9.00 Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. XVL (Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls. .......... EEN Re re Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. XVII. (Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33 pls. =... ae eatanie orehs ve wee ep oh eUO Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. XVIEIL -—(Nos. -64-67). ~286 -pp., =29- pls. suis ce ode we owt bee e 9.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals. SEX, . (No. ~68).-272 pp. <24—plsr A Fete eno hon weve cee «. 9.00 Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. ; KX: - “CNos2 69-F0C)., . 2665, pps. 26 -pis.c ls eens ee oo oe 9.00 Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and Cuba. XT, (Nos. 71-792).5.321 pp,,, 12-pis. 26 oes st ees a ea Pe NUL) Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy. (Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 DIS. .....csscecsaeees ee Bay BULLETINS AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY VOL. XXXV NUMBER 152 1954 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York U.S.A. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1953-54 RESIDENT Tare eae cate sa alate loeiateralcalole seus Siete ele aibhal eustarstocers KENNETH E, CASTER WAGE = PRESIDENT 2/2 5 stores cmv crove chorea miele eiale aya lbolinrs ccs Shetaveleletomets W. Storrs COoLe SECRETARY—1 REASURER « :<. ae : BS TUAUET OLMMM eer ye te aris rot ay soe Syn ant os ray cin Rc bvohete etater's yaais, mnayatSisy vs) SEs auete eters ecaers 13 iS lilly ° NACINUNG Ee ae eS SRS e A On eer eR ce er SAn CHa Com oti Mo hing ie coc. 13 > Reeser inky MVOLUEIN Ae! ws oc'o0t 3X2 Soles; ss, ho wate ass GRY Se OAL ene 14 Wea litilrthin ae ey (IME yy). ct -scncecy ers eu ore os tone oie crciese ere aie aa esave exe aver aeraieiets 14 PAC etinae mes Mew). Gic-ahw OSG. ok cnas foh esters a meve e Skaee clea te ene aaa 15 iismetinimne (oa) been onteeoneoe v6 aan OGmiee me tema cera aemc cou ice aaciae 15 BN FOrAmIaemy (MEW!) intel ons c.2 sas oe certiete susie ch fol soci stee act teres steers 16 Commie Jal, Annel ANS PNGlerenGs GGG Bo cogbanbucusaboossdUrasuccaseHt 16 PMeit Horm Ege (Tey, iia: 's cstegrae tat oto Sete) shee) ohesebedel cate 1a okereks eters or een eater L7 Seannelimae Hy and A. Adams, 0858. 6 Seccro.cate n= a tee ope tieeprieienete 17 Caillfovecimag’ MiGu)nccudsoonGnocdtvacedoume oonvoccuecbec@macstAC 19 Adganelonmnae (Gta) Spessaccacmec cuvapoosebdsosuns aecars scod: 19 WMolutodenutmiiae: (Mews)! \ccmiccan creel cee se micecieracisiersiol ei cisiore Saari aeea 19 Wolutomitrinae le and AG Aldamisy 91858) ue ccier clei ole ele ale 2s) tatel teria 20 SIME CTE AMV TOSIUIOI 12,0 <5 262 si 7-4-2 s555 = ere RO Bis l=l Sins « Rtn wade, «9 loa eave 20 ‘eneral key to the subfamilies of the Volutidae ............-.+2seeeeee 20 criptions of new genera and subgenera .........-.+- +. -eeeee cece renee 21 enuS Falsilyrid, NEW SENUS .......02 25. e. seco essence asc esececsse ens 21 ~G Whoodsivolutas Mew GENUS .. 2... .2.52- cle oss cee seer eee e soos en 2 Pr PtOUrIOS, THEW FENMUS . 2002 ess seks hs es eic's 2 cis dielcle nico eas 0,0 see mtmeeee SUMRAVIGd, HEW ZEDUS win), <%s be < eialeosele eis Were 6 dic w ole oie o)e nia bieerebiwnngeiee 2 \ Evactamiaevands A. Adams, 18)53) tiers so eirele ole =) elelala'> =\tnie'« 2he1e)-te ltteer 24 oo WestUVGia. TW LEDUS . 2. <6 on acleiee + 6 seid cnyesn ain wines eee der amine 24 ELM SONVEEDYs, TSA ob oo o.an sieve learn. apa nleraleiaieielais(e 5 tl a(swoigis ea wale sists Smet 2 Subgenus Melocorona, new subgenus ........-...0eeee seen ener cee 2 Volutocorotia,’ NEW. GENUS ... 2.1... ccc cece cower vewrsscssceteseracs 25 PEPER OR OTE WW. (BETS! 2 c.0.tfo ss Sdn ors» se catatels 0 «sas aoitceins dota aanmins 25 Betectedeibiblidgraphy 2.2.5 ..6 2.26. eee- eee nce cece cece sc ccecsmnaeseds 25 ES AES Ee Td th a Ys, oh cred etedct a: etait eRepare eu cfe sve jofoperetan sl aiete apts sretadetnrarats 29 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-75 Printed in the United States of America TABLE OF CONTENTS Page INpaTOG NEWT | SSS Petad GOS Ona oni aC Co es Wee mE tienes er 5 PACKNO WEG PINENES Me see sveiee ei cteuteis scr ave Ww a. sl 4 Sreiecatapaim GM acces evafedataye ctelebordaralcuoterarsrere 5 MP FSCUIS SOMME tena ee ke bee oS. SSAA Suc 21° 251s! wee genslctlese lov 6 Nh oy Shades a ckakel olemegaeate hectares 6 Red ara patcernsm Of VOICI AC © ap: nays; Reh) inher A Bae’ mantit a woiao® weet pe ‘Ae ern eer gabe nite rary (in? niente wir, ete i Hote Low Nery een Fa » " ‘Hiv eu «habia Si sR: Mest wial " +} nt as iia //ieer eon ‘ i aid : PU DT. A f a ie Fe walling eke ep cembhy 2, how ae hop id : neies é ; , ' Himes Pwr 4 i Bh, a ele as S rt Ane e202 lal, per ii di has el edi) Wweth (nel ie ae ‘ ae DL Aa « &4.%) , waea / Ar 40454. 8 4h Arey her ee Pea PAUL he Ung OE deladage (4p es Mere MG PES Vip, . Powe wilt 4 cee eee : eet, Ue - ‘ Casa ¥i'e py oindis dad's PONnwed: Chem ae ae eel ek a : ; = Aa ; : Ath : mae Lag ay . ve : * ¥ el Jove SYSTEMS OF THE VOLUTIDAE UNIVER SI Henry A. PILSBRY AND AXEL A. OLSSON INTRODUCTION The volutes are the aristocrats of shell collections, prized because of their beauty and the extreme rarity of many species. Most deep water species are rare, some known only from the original or type from which the species was first described; others, formerly rare, have become more generally available to collectors through the increased activities of deep sea, commercial fisheries in many parts of the world. Most shallow water species are relatively common wherever they may occur. Thus, Voluta musica is often found in some abundance along the beaches of northern South America from Colombia eastward. Various species of Pachycymbiola are common along the coast of Argentina southward to Patagonia, and specimens may often be seen in the markets of Buenos Aires. The coarse, dried, leathery foot of Cymbium is an article of native food along the west coast of Africa as long ago reported by Adanson. Perhaps commonest of all is the small Aulicina nivosa which is said to occur in great abundance at the mouths of certain rivers in Australia. Barrels of this small volute may be seen in the curio shops of Florida, the shells selling for a few cents each. A complete classification of the Volutidae is not yet possible since it should be based not only on shell characters but on the soft parts of the animal as well. Unfortunately, the anatomy of only a few species has been fully described, hence as noted by Woodward, “it is extremely probable that we are at present incorporating within the Volutidae, several forms derived from distinct stocks, or in other words, this is not a natural family.’ Thus the Volutidae, as the family is at present delimited, may well contain genera not directly related, but placed together because of a certain likeness of shell form and structure. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We wish to express our appreciation to Dr. H. A. Rehder for the loan of critical radular material from the collections of the United States National Museum. To Dr. K. V. Palmer for the loan of 6 BULLETIN 152 276 volute material in the collections of the Paleontological Research Institution; to Dr. Jeanne Schwengel of Scarsdale, New York, for the loan of a specimen of Halia priamus figured in this paper; and to Mr. Charles R. Locklin of St. Petersburg, Florida, for opportunity of studying various volutes in his collection. We are also specially indebted to Dr. Agustin Eduardo Riggi, Director of the Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales “Bernardino Rivadavia’” of Buenos Aires and to Dr. Susana W. de Berthold, Jefe Section Invertebrados of the same institution, for a series of excellently preserved Brazilian and Argentine volutes from which the radulae illustrated on Plate 4 were obtained. DISCUSSION The classification outlined in this paper is the result of studies in connection with the proposed Treatise on Paleontology on which the junior author is engaged. It is at best but a tentative effort and various modifications of the present system can be expected with advancing knowledge of the anatomy and radula. Apparently, the first attempt at classification of the volutes, in the sense the family is understood today, was made by Lamarck in 1811. He distributed the species among four so-called small families on basis of shell form. ‘These were named: Les Gondolieres (Cymbiolae), shell ventricose, inflated. It contained such species as //oluta diadema, I’. armata, I’. aethiopica; Les Muricines (Muricinae), shell oval, spiny or tuber- culose, and included such species as /oluta imperialis, V. pellis-ser- pentis, I’. vespertilio, . . .; Les Musicales (Musicales), shell oval, subtuberculose, with Voluta hebraea, 1. musica, V. chlorosina, ... ; and finally Les Fusoides (Fusoideae), the shell elongate, subfusiform and containing such species as ’oluta magnifica, V. ancilla, V. junonia. Fleming, 1822, should apparently be accepted as the author of the family name ‘Volutidae’ although he used the spelling Volutadae, formed by adding ‘“‘dae” to the generic name Voluta. ‘The limits of the family were wide, as was customary in those days for generic and higher groups. He included Voluta, Oliva, Cymbium, Marginella, Cancellaria, Mitra, Ancilla, Volvaria and Tornatella. ‘Vhe last genus contained /’oluta tornatilis of British writers. He placed the family between ‘“‘Ovuladae” and Buccinidae. Swainson, 1840, accepted the family name Volutidae, with the VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 7 i) ~sI ~I conventional spelling used for family names today. It was given wide limits and divided into five subfamilies so as to include the mitras, marginellas, olivas, and ancillarias as well as the true volutes. From 1853 to 1857, J. E. Gray contributed three papers on gastropod classification, two of which are of major importance. ‘The first which appeared in 1853 in the February number of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History with the title “On the Division of Ctenobranchous Gasteropodous Mollusca into larger Groups and Families,” advanced a new classification including the introduction of several names for radular groups used with superfamily rank. The Rachiglossa contained the single family Volutidae, with three subdivisions: a. Volutina comprising the true volutes, b. Mlitrina or the mitras, and c. Porcellanina or the marginellas. This classi- fication was considerably enlarged, modified, and some errors were corrected in his final paper published in 1857 in ‘“The Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum, Pt. 1.” Thus, the mitras or Mitrana previously placed in the Volutidae were transferred to the family ‘‘Fasciolariadae,” its radula, in the meantime, having become better known. Gray also contributed a special paper dealing with the Volutidae in 1855, prepared evi- dently as a criticism of the work of the Adams brothers in their first volume. Conservative in treatment of families and genera, but giving weight to all the characters of the shell and animal, Gray’s work on the gastropods in the Guide must be regarded as a milepost in the taxonomy of mollusks. Contemporaneous with the work of Gray was the appearance of H. and A. Adams, “Genera of Recent Mollusca.” The first vol- ume, issued in the years 1853 and 1854, treated the Volutidae, the authors placing stress on the extent of the mantle spread over the surface of the shell, a character which had been emphasized by D’Or- bigny. They divided the family into three subfamilies, the Cymbtinae, Zidoninae and Volutinae. In the appendix to their second volume published in 1858, a much revised version of the classification of the Volutidae was presented, attributed to Gray. Keeping the family within the same limits as before, the volutes were distributed among three subfamilies, the radula now being given prime consideration. These subfamilies were the Volutinae, Scaphellinae and the Voluto- mitrinae, the earlier names of Cymbiinae and Zidoninae being dropped, 8 BULLETIN 152 278 their genera transferred to the Volutinae. The subfamily name of Scaphellinae is based on Scaphella considered by them to be equivalent to Amoria of Australian waters, and not as typified by Scaphella junonia (Shaw) of Florida. Dall’s well-known classification of the Volutidae appeared in 1890 and partly because of the eminence of its author gained immedi- ate and general acceptance. This arrangement was based principally on characters of the embryonic shell, whether it emerged from the egg capsule with a completely formed calcareous protoconch retained in the nucleus of the adult conch, or whether it was at first apparently membranous or chitinous. If the last condition it would be lost during the intracapsular development of the embryo, becoming replaced at the apex of the conch by a calcified thick plug formed at the base of the (membranous) protoconch. ‘The irregular or distorted shape shows that this is not the original protoconch. On this basis, Dall divided the family into two groups which he first termed the volutoid series and the scaphelloid series, later raised to a subfamily rank. The name Scaphellinae he replaced by Caricellinae, a change thought necessary because of a different interpretation of the scope of the genus Scaphella. As yet but little information is available on the development of the volutid embryo within its egg capsule. A membranous or partly membranous form has actually been observed in but a single species, Pachycymbiola magellanica (Sowerby). Dall’s arrangement based on a single shell character is not supported by structure of the radulae or other important characters. The strict application of his criterion would often lead to the separation of genera which otherwise appear closely related. Thus Cymbium which has a large, distorted, apical callus, which is clearly a protoconch of secondary origin, would be referred to the Scaphellinae, while Melo with an equally large but normally spiral, turbinate, calcareous protoconch would have to go in the Volutinae. Partly on these grounds, Cossmann in 1899 rejected Dall’s arrangement and proposed a new classification. Cossmann’s effort, although it did not gain general acceptance, marked a distinct advance. It was based on all of the shell characters, those given primary consideration being the shape, position, and inclination of the columellar plaits; the presence or absence of a deep basal notch 279 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 9 (siphonal canal); and on the degree of development of a_ basal fasciole (bouwrrelet). Cossmann’s work is, however, marred by the practice of giving irregularly formed compound names to some of his subfamily groups — names not derived from any of the component genera and, therefore, inadmissible. At this time, and lacking information on the anatomy of most of the volutoid genera, the best guide for relationship amongst the members of the family seem to be afforded by the radula. This is known, however, for only about 50 species. Fortunately, these are sufficiently well distributed among the principal genera to illustrate the general pattern. The normal rachiglossate radula (as redefined by Troschel and Fischer), with 1-1-1 teeth, is retained in only a few volutoid genera and species; it is evidently a more primitive condition than the 0-1-0 radula. Thus, Volutocorbis amongst the Athletinae, whose geologic range extends back to the Cretaceous, has large, flat laterals in addi- tion to a small, tricuspid central tooth. A completely triserial radular ribbon, similar in pattern to /’olutocorbis, was figured by Schacko for Voluta (Psephaea) concinna Broderip. Until further checked, there is some doubt as to the correctness of Schacko’s identification of his specimen or else it may be an abnormal ribbon, as later Japanese authors give only a single rachidian tooth of the usual volute pattern for the same species. Thiele mentioned small pointed lateral teeth, which were found floating loose in the caustic solution, for Neptune- opsis gilchristi. As pointed out by Dall, the so-called lateral teeth reported by Poirier for Halia are apparently the pronglike ends or sides of a yoke-shaped rachidian tooth, broken and spread apart by the pressure of the cover glass in the process of mounting. ‘True laterals are definitely present in Benthovoluta and Microvoluta, but aside from these few examples, only the central or rachidian tooth is normally present. In most volutoid genera such as Melo, Cymbium, and Aulica, the rachidian tooth is tricuspid and the cusps are generally large and subequal. In //oluta, the rachidian tooth is wide, multi- cuspid or comb-shaped, bearing about 12 sharp, toothlike cusps, of which the outer cusps are much enlarged. Thus /’oluta, the type genus of the family, has a radula markedly different from any other volutoid genus known. A somewhat different radular pattern is shown by the Scaphellinae. In these forms the base is usually deeply IO BULLETIN 152 280 biramose, often assuming the shape of a wishbone, with long, narrow, spreading arms, the central cusps generally large, slender or spadelike, with or without side cusps. In Halia the mesocone is short. RADULAR PATTERNS OF VOLUTIDAE We may distinguish the following general radular patterns, ar- ranged in form of a key: A. Radula triserial with a tricuspid rachidian tooth and strong laterals. Volutocorbis, Benthovoluta. AA. Radular ribbon normally uniserial, the laterals if present small and rudimentary. B. Rachidian tooth large, wide, multicuspid with the extreme outer cusps much enlarged. /’oluta. BB. Rachidian tooth smaller, narrower, tricuspid, the cusps large and more or less subequal. a. The cusps long, sometimes massive and swordlike, the base thickened, arched (sharktooth base), glassy or stained with brown or orange. Melo, Aulica, Arcto- melon, Enaeta. b. The cusps shorter and spaced far apart, the base usual- ly heavy and more deeply arched. Lyria, Calliotectum, Teramachia, Psephaea. c. The cusps slender, curved, fanglike, seated on a flat- tened base. Adelomelon, Miomelon. BBB. Rachidian tooth with a median mesocone, the side cusps some- times weak or absent. aa. Base deeply forked, biramose, with narrow arms. The radular ribbon often small, the teeth weak. Scaphella, Amoria, Aurina, Clenchina, Volutofusus, Halia, V olu- tomitra. bb. Base a flattened plate. Ericusa. VOLUTOID PROTOCONCHS A medium to large, often gigantic nucleus or protoconch is char- acteristic of many Recent genera of the Volutidae although many fossil forms have only small nuclei. The scaphelloid nucleus shows a truncated, corroded or calloused, pluglike protoconch, often extreme- ly irregular in form, and frequently tipped by a central elevated point or pimple called the calcarella by Dall, the remains of the original 281 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON Il columella. This type is believed to be of secondary origin, formed after an earlier, membranous test developed in the egg capsule had dropped off. Other genera such as AZelo, Voluta, and A moria among Recent genera and a large number of fossil forms (/’olutopupa) have a simple, uniformly coiled, calcareous protoconch, showing sharp, dis- tinct sutures. Its form may be low turbinate, trochoid, to elevate pupiform, often narrowly cylindrical, its surface smooth or roughly sculptured. In these coiled forms, the initial whorl is usually small, the succeeding coils increasing steadily in size until the protoconch stage is completed. Another form, exemplified by Alcithoe, has a rela- tively large nucleus, often high or elevated but composed of a few whorls, of which the initial one is already quite large. The alcithoid nucleus is perhaps a transitional form between the horny and cal- careous types. The principal difference between them is the absence of a marked calcarella. For this reason, Alcithoe has frequently been classed with the Scaphellinae, but a closely similar development is seen in Voluta alfaroi Dall (Plate 2, figure 2) and /’. virescens Solander. A fourth type is illustrated by the Fulgorarinae in which the proto- conch has a rounded, bulbous shape of a few large whorls with asym- metrical or off-axis coil. In Mamillana the nucleus is gigantic in size and appears much like a monstrosity. “That of Pterospira, first described from the Eocene, is nearly as large. With the possible exception of the large Melo nucleus, the others have long geologic ranges, extending back at least into the Eocene. Representative volu- toid protoconchs may be grouped roughly as follows. A. Calcareous protoconchs of primary origin, composed of several closely wound whorls, the apical one very small. 1. Volutospina. Small, smooth surfaced, its apex pointed. 2. Veclutopupa. A high pupiform coil of several whorls, its apex pointed. 3. Voluta, typical. A medium-sized, low turbinate to trochoid coil, the initial whorl small, the others uniformly enlarging. Surface smooth. 4. Voluta, high pupiform. An elevated, narrowly cylindrical coil. 5. Aulicina. Similar to typical Voluta but with noded whorls. 6. Melo. A large, low, turbinate nucleus of several whorls. 7. Lyria. A small nucleus of about one whorl, its apex blunt. 12 BULLETIN 152 282 8. Volutilithes. A medium-sized nucleus, its penult whorl larger than the succeeding whorl cf the conch. Apex pointed. 9. Fulgoraria. Small to large, bulbous nucleus, usually of a few whorls with an oblique or off-axis coil. B. Protoconchs of an irregular form, probably secondary to an original embryonic shell with a soft or membranous test, hence deciduous, the succeeding calcareous protoconch generally showing a truncated or stumplike shape, often with a pimpled or calloused surface and sometimes a central calcarella. 10. Cymbium. A large nucleus of irregular form and_ heavily calloused. 11. Scaphella. A medium to large nucleus of irregular form, often subtruncate or bulbous and with a central calcarella. 12. Caricella. Similar to Scaphella but more depressed and flattened. COLUMELLAR PLAITS Strong folds or plaits on the columellar wall are generally con- sidered a distinguishing character of the Volutidae although there are several genera within the family in which columellar plaits are lacking while in others they may be weakly developed only, restricted to the interior of the shell and not visible in the aperture. In most genera the anterior folds are generally the largest, a character by means of which the Volutidae may sometimes be distinguished from the Mitridae in which the posterior fold is generally the strongest. This rule is, however, not rigidly adhered to as in many volutid genera the folds are nearly equal, while in Amoria and Scaphella, the posterior fold is often the largest. The size, position, and regu- larity of the columellar plaits in the Volutidae is closely associated with the development of a strong basal fasciole which in turn depends upon the size of the siphonal canal notch. This relationship is well illustrated in the Cymbinae (see Plate 1, fig. 1). In Melo, the arrangement is as follows: 1. The highest or posterior fold is placed opposite to the exten- sion of the ridge, keel or line marking the upper margin of the basal fasciole. This fold varies considerably in size and in some species of Cymbium is so small as to be hardly noticeable. 2 and 3. Middle plaits. These are placed opposite the middle 283 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 13 zone of the fasciole or at points of change in the direction of the growth lines. These folds are always strong and the most persistent. 4. The lowest or anterior fold follows along the edge of the pillar of which it may be only a thickening. In the Fulgorarinae, Scaphellinae, and Athletinae which have no well-marked basal fasciole set off by a ridge, the columellar plaits if present are generally irregular in number and in spacing. Hence, the columellar plaits of Fulgoraria, although numerous, are bunched together along the middle of the pillar wall giving it an appearance of distortion. In Scaphella, Harpulina, and Amorena, the posterior fold is the largest and is placed well above the short, foldlike fasciole. This condition is also repeated in Voluta and Volutolyria, where the colu- mellar plaits are succeeded by lirations on the parietal wall. CLASSIFICATION Family VOLUTIDAE Fleming, 1822 The shells of the Volutidae show extreme range in size and form from narrowly fusiform with relatively slender spire and anterior canal to broadly strombiform with an angled or armed shoulder. In most genera, the body whorl is much larger than the other volutions and in a few forms constitutes the whole external surface. A charac- teristic feature of most genera is the presence of strong folds or plica- tions on the columellar pillar; these are generally somewhat stronger anteriorly but this is not true of all species, and some genera have no columellar plaits whatsoever. In Voluta and Lyria the columellar plaits are transitional to mere lirations on the parietal wall. The siphonal canal may form a shallow or deep, notchlike cut whose growth trace may develop into a strong fasciole, often broad and cordlike which rotates upward into the aperture. Forms with a strong fasciole are usually provided with strong plaits on the columel- lar pillar. Lip is thin or thickened, usually smooth within. External sculpture is variable, from plain, smooth shells to others provided with strong axial ribbing and spirals, the coloration plain and dull, or highly polished and with intricate pattern. Surface in some forms may have a glazed or enamel coating, polished and smooth, and cover- ing the sutures and the nucleus, or if unglazed, the sutures visible, the surface sometimes roughened by films of secondary deposits. Perio- 14 BULLETIN 152 284 stracum thin or thick, horn color to black. Operculum present or absent. The living animal has a widely expanded foot and a flattened head with small, narrow, flattened, obtuse tentacles, with the sessile eyes placed at their outer base; siphonal tube with internal appendages; mantle in some forms voluminous, covering the entire shell and apex, leaving the surface beneath glazed and polished; in the majority of forms, the mantle is narrow, not extensible far beyond the aperture; Radula in the primitive forms is triserial with narrow or flattened, three-cornered marginals and a small, tricuspid central tooth; more often uniserial (0-1-0), the rachidian tooth sometimes wide, multi- cuspid and comb-shaped, more often tricuspid or unicuspid. SUBFAMILIES if Subfamily VOLUTINAE Swainson, 1840 (d’Orbigny, 1841) Shell ovate or strombiform, solid, with a high or short spire; nucleus turbinate, of several closely coiled whorls or high, cylindric; sculpture consists principally of axial riblets often forming strong nodes or sharp spines on the shoulder, sometimes wholly smooth; columellar folds usually strong, generally long and slender, and grading into lirations on the parietal wall; siphonal canal notch deep, producing a strong, basal, fasciolar fold; end of pillar appressed and recurved; outer lip becoming thickened in the adult, curving upwards towards the suture and carrying a deep posterior sinus or groove. Radula in the living species is uniserial, the rachidian tooth wide, multicuspid. Recent genera.—V oluta Linné, 1758. Fossil genera.—V olutolyria Crosse, 1877; Peruluta Olsson, 1928; Chiraluta Olsson, 1931. Woodsiluta new; Falsilyria new. 2. Subfamily VOLUTILITHINAE (new) Shell fusiform, shouldered, solid, with an elevated spire nearly equal to the length of the aperture; protoconch relatively large, bulbous or cylindrical, composed of one or more whorls, the apical one pointed; sculpture is formed by strong, axial riblets which become spiniform or nodose on the shoulder angle, the surface otherwise smo6th or marked with fine spirals; columella bearing a single, large anterior fold, the pillar wall above it plain or with weak lirations; siphonal canal notch deep, recurved at the end, and forming a strong, basal fasciolar fold. Fossil only. 285 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 15 Fossil genera.—V olutilithes Swainson, 1829; Lapparia Conrad, 1835. 3. Subfamily ATHLETINAE (new) Shell at first subfusiform with a high spire and strong cancellate sculpture, sometimes becoming Cassis-like or strombiform in the adult, with or without a thick callous growth over the parietal wall and on the spire; protoconch small or medium-sized, of one or several whorls, and of an elevated, turbinate form with a sharp apex; body whorl with a rounded or angled shoulder, unarmed or bearing nodes or spines; sculpture more or less cancellate, at least in the young, the surface often becoming partly or wholly smooth in the adult; anterior canal straight, the siphonal canal notch shallow and usually not forming a basal fasciole; columellar plaits one or more, strong or weak; the parietal callus is a thin or heavy glaze spreading a variable distance over the ventral surface of the shell, sometimes also extending upward over the spire to form a thick, enamel coating; radula of Recent species, triserial, complete with marginals and a small tricuspid rachidian tooth. Recent genera—V olutocorbis Dall, 1890; Ternivoluta Martens, 1897. Fossil genera——V olutocorbis Dall, 1890; Volutispina R. B. New- ton, 19060; Athleta Conrad, 1853; Neoathleta Bellardi, 1890; Voluto- pupa Dall, 1890. Volutocristata Gardner and Bowles, 1934; Pavora B. Clark, 1946; Retipirula Dall, 1907; Tectiplica Wade, 1916; Parvi- voluta Wade, 1926; Liopeplum Dall, 1890; ?Drilluta Wade, 1916; ?Paleopsephaea Wade, 1926; Volutovetus, new; Voluticella Palmer, 1953. ; 4. Subfamily LYRIINAE (new) Shell small or medium-sized, solid, generally subovate with a short or high spire; sutures distinct; protoconch small or of medium size, composed of 1 to 144 whorls; sculpture generally costate but sometimes quite smooth in the adult; aperture semilunate, the outer lip straight, thickened at maturity and either smooth or dentate within; columellar plaits two or three in number, seated on a short pillar, the parietal wall above smooth or lirate; color pattern plain with spiral bands; siphonal canal notch strong, slightly recurved at end, 16 BULLETIN 152 286 and developing into a short, external fasciole; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth tricuspid. Recent genera.—Lyria Gray, 1847; Harpella H. and A. Adams, 1858; Enaeta H. and A. Adams, 1853. Fossil genera.—Lyria Gray, 1847; Notoplejona Marwick, 1926; Mitreola Swainson, 1833; Enaeta H. and A. Adams, 1853; Sannalyria new. 5 Subfamily FULGORARINAE (new) Shell fusiform with an elevated spire and a narrow or greatly inflated body whorl; protoconch small to large, bulbous, generally of a few whorls, asymmetrical or coiled with a strongly inclined axis; anterior canal generally long, straight or twisted, plain or with several collumellar plaits, usually of irregular form and spacing; siphonal canal notch shallow and not forming a marked basal fasciole; surface smooth sometimes glazed, or variously sculptured with axials and spirals; radula uniserial, the rachidian tooth tricuspid. Recent genera.——Fulgoraria Schumacher, 1817; Pterospira G. Harris, 1897; Mamillana Crosse, 1871; Ericusa H. and A. Adams, 1858; Mesericusa Iredale, 1929; Saotomea Tadashige Habe, 1943; Festilyria new; Iredalina Finlay, 1926. Fossil genera—Lyrischapa Aldrich, 1911; Pterospira G. Harris, 1897; Sycospira Palmer, 1953; Eucymba Dall, 1890. 6. Subfamily CYMBIINAE H. and A. Adams, 1853 Shell medium or large, generally with a broadly subovate or bailer-shaped body whorl, the spire short, sometimes sunken or en- volute; nucleus large, forming an elevated to truncated, calloused plug (immersed in the adult) or turbinate-pupiform, composed of several evenly coiled whorls between distinct sutures; siphonal canal notch deep and developing externally into a strong fasciole; outer lip straight, not thickened, smooth within; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth with three strong, more or less equal cusps. Tribe CYMBIIDES new Protoconch, a calloused, truncated plug; the animal ovoviviparous. Recent genera-—Cymbium Réding, 1798; Cymba Sowerby, 1826. Tribe MELOIDES new Protoconch a large, pupiform coil of several whorls and sharp sutures; animal oviparous. 287 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 17 Recent genera—Melo Sowerby, 1847; Melocorona new; Aulica Gray, 1847; dulicina Rovereto, 1899; Cymbiolena Iredale, 1929; Cymbiola Swainson, 1831; Callipara Gray, 1847; Volutoconus Crosse, 1871; Cymbiolacca Iredale, 1929; Volutocorona new. ite Subfamily ALCITHOINAE (new) Shell subfusiform, the spire elevated; protoconch variable in shape, scaphelloid, of secondary origin, usually of a few smooth whorls with a large initial turn or with a more or less flattened sum- mit and central calcarella; sculpture dominantly axial forming strong or weak riblets, sometimes reduced to nodes or spines on the shoulder angle. Body whorl usually ovate, sloping, without a marked basal contraction, the anterior canal itself short, straight, the columella carrying two or more strong folds; siphonal canal notch deep develop- ing a strong fasciole; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth tricuspid. Tribe ALCITHOIDES Alcithoe H. and A. Adams, 1853; Cottonia Iredale, 1934; Pachymelon Marwick, 1926; Carolluta Iredale, 1926; Gilvostia Iredale, 1937; Harpulina Dall, 1906; Palomelon Finlay, 1927. Fossil genera.—W aihavia Marwick, 1926; Teremelon Marwick, 1926; Pachymelon Marwick, 1926; Metamelon, 1926. Recent genera. Tribe PACHYCYMBIOLIDES (new) Recent genera——Pachycymbiola Uhering, 1907; Janeithoe, new; Arctomelon Dall, 1915. Fossil genera—Pachycymbiola Uhering, 1907. Tribe ZIDONIDES H. and A. Adams, 1853 Recent genus.—Zidona H. and A. Adams, 1853. 8. Subfamily SCAPHELLINAE H. and A. Adams, 1858 Shells ovate-fusiform, with an elevated spire which is generally shorter than the aperture and the body whorl ovate to globose; embryonic shell at first with a membranous test and transient (Scaph- ellides) followed by a secondary protoconch (scaphelloid) usually of an irregular form with a truncated, calloused summit, sometimes with a central calcarella; or fully calcified from the start, the protoconch 18 BULLETIN 152 288 hence having a turbinate form and composed of closely coiled whorls from a small initial beginning (Amorides) ; columellar wall plain or with two or more plaits; base of body whorl generally not contracted, the anterior canal itself short or lengthened and terminating in a deep or shallow siphonal notch, with or without a marked basal fasciole; surface usually smooth in the adult, with or without a cover- ing of glaze, the earlier whorls usually axially ribbed or cancellate; radular ribbon in Recent species is uniserial, the rachidian tooth with a single, narrow mesocone, the side cusps smaller or missing and seated on a deep, yoke-shaped base with narrow arms. ‘This sub- family may be divided into three tribes as follows: Tribe SCAPHELLIDES Embryonic shell membranous and transitory, followed by a secondary, scaphelloid protoconch, color white, yellow or pink, usually with spiral rows of brown spots. Atlantic. Recent genera.—Scaphella Swainson 1832; Aurinia H. and A. Adams, 1853; Volutifusus Conrad, 1863; Clenchina Pilsbry and Olsson, 1953. Fossil genera—Scaphella Swainson, 1832; Volutifusus Conrad, 1863; Clenchina Pilsbry and Olsson, 1953; Caricella Conrad, 1835; Atraktus Gardner, 1937. Tribe AMORIDES Embryonic shell calcareous from the start and resulting in a well- coiled turbinate protoconch. Color plain, more often with longitudinal zigzag strips or closely variegated. Australian. Amoria Gray, 1855; Amorena Iredale, 1929; Zebramoria Iredale, 1929; Relegamoria Iredale, 1936; Nannamoria Iredale 1929; Parvimitra Finlay, 1930. A moria Gray, 1855. Recent genera. Fossil genera. Tribe HALIDES Embryonic shell calcareous forming a low, turbinate protoconch; shell ovate, globose, thin-walled, its surface smooth and glossy, the columellar wall simple, deeply excavated; color white or pink with spiral rows of small brown spots; mesocone of rachidian tooth short. Recent genus.—Halia Risso, 1826. Fossil genus——Halia Risso, 1826. 289 VoLUTIDAE SysTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 19 9. Subfamily CALLIOTECTINAE (new) Shells small to quite large, fusiform to elongate-turreted, the slender spire longer than the aperture; surface smooth or marked with small, protractively bowed axial riblets, stronger on the whorls of the spire and generally slightly beaded over a grooved or channeled suture; anterior canal of medium length, its pillar wall straight, plain or with weak folds developed in the interior and not showing in the aperture; operculum corneus, unguiculate to semilunate; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth tricuspid (Plate 3, figure 16). Recent genera.—Calliotectum Dall, 1890; Teramachia Kuroda, 1931 (Prodallia Bartsch, 1942) ; Howellia Clench and Aguayo, 1941; Phenacoptygma Dall, 1918; Neptuneopsis Sowerby, 1898; Fusivoluta Martens, 1902. Fossil genera—Calliotectum Dall, 1890. 10. Subfamily ADELOMELONINAE (new) Shell subovate with an elevated spire longer than the relatively short anterior canal; pillar with few, slender plaits, the anterior one larger; surface smooth or with rather obscure axial ribbing and spiral striation, the surface covered by a delicate periostracum; no oper- culum; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth bearing three narrow, fanglike, curved cusps seated on a flattened plate. Recent genera.—Adelomelon Dall, 1906; Miomelon Dall, 1907 (Proscaphella \hering, 1907.) Fossil genera——Miomelon Dall, 1907. 11. Subfamily VOLUTODERMINAE (new) Shell elongate or broadly fusiform, the spire shorter than the aperture, the body whorl large, comprising most of the shell, its base not contracted but passing with gradual slope into the long, straight anterior canal; protoconch small, turbinate; siphonal notch deep but its growth trace not producing a basal fasciole; pillar wall straight, with one or more columellar plaits; sculpture strongly cancellate or Ficus-like, formed by the intersection of strong ribs and spirals; in some forms the spirals persisting to form strong cords in the adult stage. Cretaceous. Fossil genera.—V olutoderma Gabb, 1876 (Volutomorpha Gabb, 1876) ; Ficulopsis Stoliczka, 1867; Rostellinda Dall, 1907; Rostellaca Dall, 1907; Rostellana Dall, 1907; Longoconcha Stephenson, 1941; ?Involuta Cox, 1931. 20 BULLETIN 152 290 12. Subfamily VOLUTOMITRINAE H. and A. Adams, 1858 Shell small, Mitra-like, with a small, calcareous nucleus; no operculum; radula generally triserial, the rachidian tooth similar to that of Scaphella, the laterals small and narrow. Recent genera.—V olutomitra (Gray) H. and A. Adams, 1853; Microvoluta Angas, 1877. Fossil genus—Microvoluta Angas, 1877. Or UNCERTAIN POSITION Guivillea B. Watson, 1886; Harpovoluta Thiele, 1912; Ptychoris Gabb, 1877. Gosavia Stoliczka, 1865, Pholidotoma Cossmann, 1896, and Beis- selia Holzapfel, 1889 may be turrids. A GENERAL KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES OF THE VOLUTIDAE I. Radular ribbon uniserial, formula 0-1-0 A. Rachidian tooth wide, multicuspid, comblike (Plate 3, iige, Oi). Volutinae AA. Rachidian tooth narrower, tricuspid, the cusps nearly equal im size. (Piate 3, nes. 4, 10; 11, 12, 13, To). B. Cusps relatively wide and massive, of a knife or swordlike shape, the base of the tooth similar to that of a shark’s tooth, thickened, and generally arched; glassy or deeply stained. C. Protoconch bulbous, of but few whorls, with a strongly off-axis coil; basal fasciole weak or ab- sent; columellar plaits irregular in numbering and spacing. (Plate 1, fig. 3). Fulgorarinae CC. Protoconch or apical whorls coiled in normal fashion around central axis. D. Nuclear whorls small; adult shell subovate, usually small; columellar folds restricted to a short pillar or continuous with lirations on the parietal wall above; outer lip thick- ened and sometimes toothed. Liriinae DD. Nuclear whorls larger, subcylindrical to pupiform, generally of but few turns. 291 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 21 E. Basal fasciole strong. Columellar plaits strong. Alcithoinae EE. No _ basal fasciole and no columellar folds. Calliotectinae DDD. Nuclear whorls large and forming a cal- loused, truncated plug (Cymbiides), or a large, pupiform (Cerion-like) protoconch of several whorls (Meloides). Basal fasciole strong, bounded by a sharp keel; columellar folds strong and normally 4 in number. (Plater a; figs ) Cymbiinae BB. Cusps very narrow and slender, fanglike, seated on a flattened, platelike base. (Plate 3, fig. 9). Adelomeloninae AAA. Rachidian tooth with a single, large mesocone, or if tri- cuspid the marginal cusps small. (Plate 3, figs. 5, 7, 14, T5)% Scaphellinae II. Radular ribbon triserial (1-1-1) A. Rachidian tooth relatively wide, tricuspid, the laterals wide, flat and subquadrate. (Plate 3, fig. 17). Athletinae AA. Rachidian tooth with a single, narrow cusp; lateral teeth small and narrow. (Plate 3, fig. 8). Shell mitroid, subfusi- form; columellar plaits present. Volutomitrinae III. Radula unknown. Fossil only. A. Nuclear whorls small; adult sculpture strongly cancellate. Volutoderminae AA. Nuclear whorl forming a relatively large, few-whorled protoconch with a pointed apex; sculpture generally smoothish except for minute spirals; columellar folds typically 1, anterior in position. Volutilithinae DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SUBGENERA Subfamily VOLUTINAE Genus FALSILYRIA, new genus Plate 3, figure 1 Type species—Lyria pycnopleura Gardner, 1937. For figures of 22 BULLETIN 152 292 this type species see: Gardner, 1937, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 142-F, p. 404, pl. 48, figs. 1, 2. Lower Miocene, Chipola River, Florida. Similar to Voluta Linné but with a narrower shell and higher spire; nucleus relatively small, consisting of but one rather loosely coiled whorl; sculpture formed by strong, smooth, nearly straight axial ribs, generally somewhat noded or coronated at the suture and with faint spirals showing around the base and on the canal; aperture semi- elliptical, the outer lip thickened by the last rib, smooth within; plaits on the columellar and parietal wall are similar to those of Voluta; of these the four or five lower ones from large, strong, sharp folds which spiral deeply into the interior while above them the plaits on the parietal wall are small and weak; end of pillar appressed and turned sharply backwards to form a recurved beak forming a deep, siphonal notch; siphonal fasciole short but strong. Species of this group have generally been referred to Lyria, but its relationship lies closer to the true volutes as shown by its columellar plaits intergrading with smaller lirations on the parietal wall, and by its strongly recurved beak and short siphonal fasciole. Genus WOODSIVOLUTA, new genus Type species —V olutospina crassiuscula Woods, 1922. For figures of this species see: IT. O. Bosworth, 1922, Geology of North-West Peru; p. 104, pl.urs,hes.'6,/7."ple 16, hes. Tas Th: Lower Eocene of Peru. Shell massive, subovate, globose, with a large, convex body whorl and a medium-length, conic spire; whorls not shouldered; spire whorls with axial sculpture, the later ones marked only by coarse lines of growth; callous glaze thin or lacking; outer lip more or less thickened and carrying a deep, posterior sinus; siphonal canal notch deep and developing a basal fasciole bordered by a keel; columella with three strong, slightly oblique folds. Subfamily ATHLETINAE Genus VOLUTOVETUS, new genus Plate 2, figure 8 Type species—Voluta petrosa Conrad, 1833. For figures of this species see: Athleta petrosa (Conrad), Palmer, 1937, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 7, No. 32, p. 372, pl. 58, figs. 1-4, 6, 8-14. 293 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PiLsBpRY AND OLSSON 23 Gulf Coast Eocene. Shell subfusiform to substrombiform with an elevated conic spire and a medium-sized body whorl; protoconch small, composed of three or four smooth whorls forming a high, turbinate coil with a sharp apex, the passage to the first nepionic whorl shown by the assumption of bowed axials over a short area; whorls shouldered, the angle being generally spinose or nodose, the sculpture elsewhere more or less cancellate or becoming smooth, the base generally retaining strong spirals; columella with two or three plaits placed along the middle zone of the pillar; anterior canal straight, the siphonal canal notch shallow and resulting in no basal fasciole; outer lip internally denti- culate in the adult or remaining smooth; a callous growth may cover the parietal wall, often spreading upward over the spire to form an enamel coating, varying in degree of thickness. Well represented in the Eocene of the Gulf Coast by several species referred by authors to Volutilithes, Plejona and Athleta. The genus is closely related to Volutospina Newton of the Paris Basin Eocene, differing by its stronger columellar plaits. Its relations with Athleta appear less direct. Subfamily LYRIINAE Genus LYRIA Gray, 1847 Subgenus SANNALYRIA, new subgenus Plate 3, figure 2 Type species—Lyria pulchella Sowerby, 1849. For figures of this species see: Sowerby, 1849, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 6, p. 46, pl. 9, fig. 4; Maury, 1917, Bull. Amer. Paleont. vol. 5, No. Zornes opl. 1%. figs, 10, 10a. Miocene of Santo Domingo. Shell ovate, globose, the body whorl large, not shouldered, the surface sculptured at first with strong axial ribbing, generally becoming smoother in the adult. The nucleus like that of Lyria, s.s. is small, blunt, composed of one or two smooth turns. Columellar folds like those of Lyria but with the parietal wall above strongly lirate throughout. : Differs from Lyria, s.s. by its strongly lirate inner lip and from Harpella H. and A. Adams by its nonshouldered whorls. 24 BULLETIN 152 294 Genus ENAETA H. and A. Adams, 1853 Enaeta americana (Dall) Pls eee Strigilla americana Dall, 1915, U. S. Nat. Museum, Bull. 90, p. 61, pl. 9, fig. 2. Two species of Enaeta are known fossil in the American Tertiary. Enaeta americana (Dall), described as a Strigilla, occurs in the Chipola Miocene at Bailey’s Ferry, Fla. Another species, also des- cribed as a Strigilla, is Enaeta perturbatrix (Maury) from the Mio- cene of Santo Domingo. Subfamily FULGORARINAE Genus FESTILYRIA, new genus Type species.—V oluta festiva Lamarck. For figures of this species see: Reeve, 1849, Conch. Icon., vol. 6, Voluta, pl. 12, figures 28 a-c. Recent. Africa, the exact locality unknown. The shell is broadly subfusiform, stout, with a spacious body whorl and an elevated subpyramidal spire; nucleus bulbous, fulgora- roid, of one rounded whorl coiled around a tilted axis; whorls shouldered at maturity, the spire whorls sculptured with axials which become nodose on the shoulder of the last whorl; aperture subovate, with a deep commissural groove above; no fasciole; columellar plaits irregular, four, five or more in number. Reeve’s excellent figure of Voluta festiva resembles closely Pachycymbiola magellanica (Sowerby) with which it has sometimes been united, but it differs by its fulgoraroid nucleus, the absence of a fasciole, and by its more variable plaits. “These characters suggest a place in the Fulgorarinae. Reeve considered J’. festiva to be related to Voluta hebraea, and H. and A. Adams placed it in Lyria (Appen- dix, p. 618). Subfamily CYMBIINAE Genus MELO Sowerby, 1847 Subgenus MELOCORONA, new subgenus Plate 1, figure 1 Type species—Melo broderipii Gray. For figures of this species see: Reeve, 1860, Conch. Icon., vol. 13, Cymbium, pl. 5, fig. 3a; pl. 6, figs. 3b, c, d. Recent, Philippines. 295 VoLuTipAr SysTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 25 In shape similar to Melo but the spire not becoming involute, the large, pupiform nucleus remaining prominently visible at all growth stages. Shoulder of the whorls armed with strong, elevated, furrowed spines. Genus VOLUTOCORONA, new genus Plate 2, figure 10 Type species —lI oluta .imperialis Lamarck. For figures of this species see: Reeve, 1849, Conch. Icon., vol. 6, Voluta pl. 16, fig. 36. Recent, Philippines. Shell large, solid, the spire short, and with a large, ovate-conic body whorl; nucleus large, Melo-type, pupiform, generally colored dark-brown and forming a prominent apical knob; shoulder of whorls armed with large, sharp spines forming a crown; a small but definite sutural or commissural notch is present; siphonal notch deep, curved, and forming a strong, basal fasciole limited above by a sharp ridge; folds of the columella strong, four in number. Subfamily ALCITHOINAE Genus JANEITHOE, new genus Plate 1, figure 8; Plate 4, figure 5 Type species —Voluta beckii Broderip, 1847. Recent, coast of Brazil. Shell medium to large in size, broadly subfusiform, the spire shorter than the aperture, the outer lip thin; body whorl large, sub- ovate, plain or with short, spinose nodes on an angled shoulder; nucleus large, alcithoid, composed of about two smooth whorls with an erect, pointed calcarella at the tip; spire whorls with fine spiral sculpturing which tends to fade out on the later turns; columella with two strong plaits; the parietal callus is a light wash which extends out only a short distance beyond the aperture; siphonal canal notch deep and forms a flattened, basal fasciole not edged by a keel; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth flattened and triserial. SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY Adams, H. and A. 1858. The genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, the family Volutidae. Pp. 157, 1853; vol. 2, appendix, p. 615. Clench, W. J. 1846. The genera Bathyaurinia, Rehderia and Scaphella in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 2, No. 22. 26 BULLETIN 152 296 Cooke, A. H. 1922. The radula of the Volutidae. Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. XV, Dit. pps 6-452. Cossmann, M. 1899. Essais de Paléoconchologie comparée. Vol. 3, pp. 99-148. Dall, W. H. 1890. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans. vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 57-90. 1898. On the genus Halia of Risso. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 50, pp. 190-192. 1907. A review of the American Volutidae. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 48, No. 1663. Fischer, P. 1867. Sur Panatomie des Lyria. Journ. de Conchyliol. vol. 15, pp. 349- AAS jolly 1 1879. Note sur l’animal du Voluta musica Linné. Op. cit., vol. 27, Pp. 97-106, pl. 5. Fleming, J. 1822. The philosophy of zoology. Vol. 2, p. 490. Edinburgh. Gray, J. E. 1853. On the division of Ctenobranchous Gasteropodous Mollusca into larger groups and families. Annals Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 11, second series, p. 124. 1855. Observations on the species of Volutes, Volutidae. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, Proc., part 23, pp. 50-65. 1857. Guide to the systematic distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum, pt. 1. Volutidae. Pp. 31-36. Kuroda, T. 1950. Illustrated catalogue of Japanese shells. No. 5. Volutidae. Ludbrook, N. H. 1953. Systematic revision of the volutid genus Amoria. Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 30, pts. 4, 5, pp. 131-153, pls. 14-18. Lamarck, J. 181zr. Ann. du Museum d’Hist. nat., vol. 17, p. 54. Marwick, J. 1926. Tertiary and Recent Volutidae of New Zealand. New Zealand Institute, Trans. Proc., vol. 56, pp. 256-303. Pilsbry, H. A. and Olsson, A. A. 1953. Materials for a revision of East Coast and Floridan Volutes. Nautilus, vol. 67, No. 1, pp. 1-13. Poirier, J. 1885. Recherches anatomiques sur PHalia priamus (Risso). Bull. Société Malacologique de France, vol. 2, pp. 17-50. Schacko, G. in Von Martens 1881-85. Conchologische Mittheilingen, vol. 2, p. 126, pl. 24, fig. 5. 2 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 2 97 Swainson, W. 1840. A treatise on malacology or the natural classification of shells and shell-fish. Volutidae. Pp. 316-324. Thiele, J. 1912. Deutsche Siidpolar Expedition, 1901-03. 1929. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde. Erster Teil, pp. 344-351. Troschel, F. H. 1866. Das Gebiss der Schnecken zur Begriindung einer naturlichen Classi- fication. Vol. 2. Wenz, W. 1943. Handbuch der Paldozoologie, Gastropoda. Teil 6, pp. 1311-1355. o | : . ' ety ; Cn weber i wer ill Che gate Vee i: ea AP . v . Oe iw FAA) TSS Ay ‘agri atefing are aT 4 ; rf ? et dre Gl aabiteby\ A Ath eee jenibew ‘ iy i a conor weiionge’, Clot hhgey ¥) if vinedoobldels Gh) qalperabwatsS® «st: Aced ssi me, PY | oe oie) Vel) se A "es ia sited Wah eniiitar gure anneal abe iy, hoagie h 448 Dibba t A i : : : Bis : » tak adh , i phat) ie iis ator 4 Shy Ac yla: mit, .agh, A vudhot EGR + : ; il oe nie en th a 26 YY > “a "4s ‘ . 7 es > adie Cateye all is oo ie sir ha am a aa a 4A mud : 2a oj - ii a) ach Pa » | y phe : ; = ° 5 oe a ha rel p Le 4 Te P a ‘ ee Cc? oo Pay aw ini Pee; tn at 19 rare § ite, rev 4 4 ©) oe Mice irhecomelt ogi albighas -0o cae’ a i, > a7 48. : ah G, te Tae Seen ere. s4;, Unaikday sae aeons enn it is PLATES PLATE. T, (25) 30 Figure 10. BULLETIN 152 EXPLANATION OF PLATE I (25) Melo (Melocorona) broderipii Gray .................0.0..ccccccetees Pillar showing 4 strong plaits and their position with respect to the basal fasciole. Olsson Collection. Voltuta. musica: Linnie | 2.25. esc.. nee ice Showing the relations of the columellar plaits continuous with lirations on the parietal wall and the short, basal fasciole. Goajira Peninsula, Colombia. Olsson Collection. Fulgoraria, rupestris)) (Gmelin) (eee ee Anterior canal to show the absence of a paeel fasciole with the columellar plaits irregularly bunched together in the middle zone of the pillar. ANSP., 185830. Lapparia. dumosa, (Comma) 058. ec oe iccc oc tceteavncess oe ncv tee ee Spire whorls showing the large nucleus and rst nepionic whorl. Diameter of nucleus about 3.3 mm. Eocene, Gulf Coast. Scaphella junonia butleri Clemch ..............0....0cccececcetettteeeeteees Spire whorls showing the scaphelloid nucleus, pluglike, cal- loused, with obscure sutures succeeded by the sculptured nepionic whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 5 mm. Speci- men from Mr. Charles R. Locklin. Amoria (Amoria) Gamomni Gray 2... ....cc.-ciccsceeceessteccrseonncacece sours Large, trochoid nucleus grading into the nepionic whorls. Australia. ANSP., 186163. Fulgoraria, rupestris, (Gmelin) y= eee Spire whorls showing the bulbous nucleus with oblique coil. Diameter of nucleus about 5.7 mm. Same specimen as fig. 3. Janeithoe beckiil CBroderip)) esc ese ceececcsecncceecenrsssceseereees ee Nuclear whorls. Greatest diameter of nucleus, 6.2 mm. Off Rio Janeiro. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. Charles R. Locklin. Scaphella floridama Pleilprin .o.....2...cccscccccccccc ccc ecscceurscneesertensenserees Spire showing a shorter scaphelloid nucleus and highly sculp- tured nepionic whorls. Diameter of nucleus, 5.2 mm. Plio- cene, Clewiston, Florida. Olsson Collection. (Carica) Ney Spe scarica eee cg Bes ono ana Caricelloid nucleus, diameter of nucleus about 3 mm. Eocene Claiborne, Alabama. 300 13, 13 20 15 12 11 12 25 12 12 PALEONT. AMER. ULL, > » I or ood 25, VOL. Pr. PLATE 2 (26) 32 Figure 10. a: BULLETIN 152 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 (26) Aulicina mivosa (CLiamarck)) oc... .cccccccceeccsccececeessscescges ss aeeee eee eee Apical view showing noded nucleus. Diameter of nucleus, 6.9 mm. Australia. Olsson Collection. Volata alfaroi Dad) 2.5. 2cicce te. cceccchstecstecceitpeskeus aotten stent eee Spire whorls showing the elevated, cylindric nucleus. Di- ameter, 2.6 mm. Miocene, Costa Rica. ANSP., 3152. Woltrtay -miuisicany Tair ooo ooo scc sess ccccntecavcczenescesectcstinseostyensssesce tone eee Apex showing the low, turbinate type of nucleus. Diameter, 4.8 mm. Goajira Peninsula, Colombia. Olsson Collection. Aulicina, vespertilio (aimme). o-cc.cecccciccescecs-cscsesc a ondees seeee tees Spire whorls. Indian Ocean. ANSP., 185832. Mesericusa fusiformis (SWainSOM) 2.2... cececceeeceeeeeseeeesereeeenee Spire whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 6.4. Wan Dieman’s Land. ANSP., 186167. Halia; priamus) MeusCh) Fi. .gic.-cocoeeccssssee hesscoeee eee ee Apex showing low, turbinate nucleus gradational with the nepionic. Diameter of nucleus about 5 mm. Cadiz, Spain. Specimen in J. Schwengel Collection. ;, Malia; priamus Meuschy 6. ...5.c5 3: sctccsceeeke necsp tices eeepc as te Complete shell, same specimen as figure 6. Note deeply exca- vated pillar and spiral rows of brown spots. Length of specimen, 40.5 mm. Volutilithes muricinus (Lamarck) 2.0.0.2... eeeeteeeees Spire whorls with elevated nucleus and sculptured nepionic whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 17.8 mm. Eocene, Paris Basin. Pal. Res. Inst., No. 20818. Volutovetus ‘petrosa, (Comrad) c...0i..cic.cccicccccses overs cess cccsestr essen oan Spire whorls showing small nucleus. Diameter of nucleus, 3.1 mm. Eocene, Smithville, Texas. Pal. Res. Inst., No. 20819. Melo cimdica CGimeliny) een 8 is cosssace testes tuctesecadeoseetbccremeeyenee soe Apical view showing large nucleus. Diameter of nucleus, 17.8 mm. Eastern Seas. ANSP., 35303. Volutocorona imperialis (Gmelin) o...........ccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Spire whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 14 mm. Philippines. ANSP. 186153. Volutopupa ventricosa (Defrance) ..................ccccccsscsssscssceeeeass Spire whorls. Diameter of nucleus, 2.7 mm. Eocene, Paris Basin. Pal. Res. Inst., No. 20820. 302 11 il 11 16 10 10 12 22 12 11 Pr. 26, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEON’. N ’ ), 152, Pn, 2 PLATE 3 (27) 34 Figure 13. 14, 14a. 15. 16. Li. BULLETIN 152 304 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 (27) Falsilyria pycnopleura (Gardner) .i2.c0-3 cc ee 21 Length, 51.8 mm. Lower Miocene, Chipola River, Florida. Collector, Charles R. Locklin. ANSP. Lyria (Sannalyria) pulchella Sowerby ..................ccccccccccccesccesseeeeeee 23 Length, 26.9 mm. Miocene. Rio Mao, Bluff la, Santo Domingo. Olsson Collection. Enaeta americana (Dall) 2.0.6.8 ee 24 Type, length, 28 mm. Lower Miocene, Chipola near Bailey’s Ferry, Florida. Collector, C. W. Johnson. Arctomelon stearnsi’ (Dall) .:fc:../lcceie cases sad eos 20 A small portion of the radular ribbon. Width of each rachi- dian tooth, 0.78 mm. Shumagin Ids., Alaska. U. S. Nat. Museum, 22504. Aurinia kieneri ethelae Pilsbry and Olsson ........0000.00000000cc0.. 21 Rachidian tooth, width, 0.28 mm. See also figure 7. Voluta: miusiea. Tinme:* 2) fe i. cccsenseev cet ee cues cle eee 20 A group of rachidian teeth in natural position. Width of each tooth, o.98 mm.- Bookoo Reef, Tobago Island. Collector, A. J. Ostheimer, 3d. Aurinia kieneri ethelae Pilsbry and Olsson .............0..0.e ee 21 Portion of radular ribbon from type. See fig. 5. Off South Pass, Mississippi River in 220 fathoms. Collector, Mr. Thomas Dow. Type in collection of Mrs. Ethel L. Townsend, Cocoanut Grove, Florida. Microvoluta typica- (Strebel) 22.5 .e.-.c)un ce csecte cece shedes.ceceesee ee 21 Rachidian tooth and lateral. Thiele, Handbuch der systema- tischen Weichtierkunde, 1st pt. p. 351, fig. 421. Miomelon: ‘philippianus”’ Dall ..<.....cc..02...c.sceccsecsenceesc cee oc 21 A single rachidian tooth, width, 0.25 mm. From type. Off southwest coast of Chile. U. S. Nat. Museum, 97128. Enaeta sowerbyi Adams (V. cumingi Broderip) ................0........... 20 A single rachidian tooth, width, 0.20 mm. Magdalena Bay, Lower California. U. S. Nat. Museum, 102548. Neptuneopsis gilchristi (SOWerDy) ................:..:cccccsscssscsssontesceoteusersenes 20 From Thiele, Der deutschen Tiefsee-Exp. 1898-99. Figure 68. Psephaea concinna, (CBroderip)” | ..2.s.i.c..s2:1 06. sqieese ee 20 A single rachidian tooth. Japanese Jour. Malacol., vol. 13, No. 1-4, fig. 14. Melo. mantica: Lamarck “2... hee Aiielneitesuscasnedon eee 20 From Troschel, Das Gebiss des Schnecken, vol. 2. Scaphella junonia (S021 10 Vana ay i RS 21 Top and oblique side view of a rachidian tooth, width, .14. mm. Key West trawlers. Clenchina. dohrni (Sowerby) ...4...0..cceeticccocceten vec cecate cane 10, 21 Rachidian tooth, width, 0.0624 mm. Key West trawlers. Calliotecttmm) vermicosuml Dal i. orc... cieccsscscsseccacteev oss -cssete se ee 20 A single rachidian tooth, width, 0.22 mm. Near Galapagos Islands. U. S. Nat. Museum, 9655 Volutocorbis abyssicola (Adams Be Reeve) cia dauadacaaetanange eos 21 Rachidian and lateral tooth. From Thiele, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp., 1898-99. Handbuch, p. 344, fig. 411. Ph. 27, Vou. 35 BuLu. AMER. PALEON'T. No. 152, Pr. 3 76 ae 7 el Cie, be OT the in| a, en | 7 ne; ; f, ee he . ¥ a ae - Via e Aw, Pea Se ST aa ad cree PLATE 4 (28) BULLETIN 152 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 (28) Zidona angulata (SweaimSon)) 2c -2.o eso sicteccec-ceccseeesesress sz veeeseeeeee ee Preserved animal, without liver. Length of foot, 83 mm. Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, “Bernardino Rivadavia,” No. 12901. Pachycymbiola brasiliana (Solander)) ......................:cscsssssssssssosseesesns Preserved animal, without liver. Length of foot, 907 mm. “Bern- ardino Rivadavia,” No. 9361. Pachycymbiola magellanica (Sowerby) ...............cccccc0 ceseessersr eee Part of radula, width of individual tooth, 0.8 mm. “Bernardino Rivadavia,’ No. 12387. Zidona, angulata \(Swallson)) ies cesses cores oe eee Part of radula, width of individual tooth, 0.6 mm. “Bernardino Rivadavia,’ No. 12901. Janeithoe: beckii CBroderip)) co. ces.ccceckcec Sede coecdesthece-ceeees eee nse ro Part of radula, width of individual tooth, 0.95 mm. “Bernardino Rivadavia,” No. 13330. Adelomelon’ ‘ancilla) (GSolanvder)) eis secane geen one cnc eeeenesscraca saan eteeeneee Parts of radula, width of individual tooth, 1.1 mm. Fig. 6. Top view. 6a. Side view. 6b. Oblique view. “Bernardino Riva- davia,’ No. 21264. 306 Big 25 10 Pu. 4 No. 152, BuLL. AMER. PALEONT. 35 Pi. 28, VOL. XXVIL. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. XXXIIL XXXIV. XEXYV. Volume I. Il. il, COS Oma beer ROU Dis Tole TUG oa sen cummins sre ma Neel ie Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera. RINGS Was S) eeOOLAD Es sth) DSLR |! aisiwa biwtaia elats ersiasbin ere are lorerste Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Conrad. KINON. B0s60) 54-002, DU at Diss Lu ccwoeseeancieicanie tbs Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca. UINGSo Ganeens)s SOUCY GO! OPIS. icra acciuaia saisid mtenie ealewhe Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Maryland Miocene mollusks. CNOSoVOO= LOD) ct cO cP tO POLSii! viaip tisia tos ievelale ere araian ae laetere Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador. COS. LOL=10R)E SUG = ph. SO) DIS: siceaew seg escent soe cine Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela. UNOsreNOo=t14)2 S402 ippie 54) DSi jeisicva-e vis oid Pepiacmraine s Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. CON OS eee cy LG) LAG PDN era” PSs co ovalercicvels creva’ole eels ‘eierevs e/inie-e Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. CNOl BLL) cOGSW DD GoM DISS ao caited so cticce sieisis elsioevari octane Jackson Eocene mollusks. UNosae 1S 128) yc 450 sD Dis ta 0 PIS: ossiccec.cierd sie onclele ve wi eialonere Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. CNOSMALZO 135) er 04 DD SO PIS. fcc se sciscei moses cease Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. UNOS 134-259) 71440) PDs OL UDIS) ic cdc one ee cee ceases Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran stratigraphy and paleontology. UN One lAQ HUES) oe SO1: pel OPIS. bic ccaectetcastcders a soesasSpadeecensamete Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography. (Nos. 146-151; 152 in press). G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia Paleo- cene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus- tralian Ordovician cephalapods, California Pleisto- cene Eulimidae, Volutidae and Globotruncana in Colombia. PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA (Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. PseeG= i) eral OD oii OSs) siewslccn tetas iereis sierpieik ela ve'd Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida, (Nos. 13-25) .. SAT rane ee NEL BR 2e Vite: 1S So) DERE a IOe Aaa a EN IC Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia. 8.00 10.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 10.00 8.00 10.00 7.50 12.00 15.00 CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA Volume I. It. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. CNos,..6=10) 5) (S47) pp, 23s) DIS: | Ve-cs sa's-c'0 a s.n:eie ble wieteletsvsieiataete $15.00 Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos..; 16-21). 161. pp:,, 26) pis. <2. 523 dieses sin onine ole 8 CenusmNVemOcardiiim NICE, 1876) acc. sissies diaieve, ol sseestete metas ue: Fipple ener 9 STE PCIUGMPVIEMLOGUM AULT, Si55) “Sele s.« ole t\eveU es won anerne tosis ents wee 10 Subppeausmnjatielium) Tredale;, “924: << ta.s:2,s)s)- <¥eia10i) 005i 210i mole oiaene OTe 10 SUbpenusPMIZeiaea: Ebabe, TOS5T : 58-54). (306))ppis) 44. DISS ic occide auslgelcic excl amines Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. (Nos. 55-58). 314 pp., 86 pls. Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls. Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33 pls. Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Moliusca and Cretaceous corals. (No. 68). 272 pp., 24 pls. Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. (Nos. 69-70C). 266 pp., 26 pls. Mii nalgin and ‘Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and uba. (Noa, 71-22). (381 ‘pp. Te pig ee a ee Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy. eee eereesr eee ee eeeeereeeeseeeeee gastropods, and eee ee wre eee eee eee eee eeeeeee 7.00 9.00 9.00 Heong etal nai oush hoy deed ke 5.00 7.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 7.00 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY NUMBER 154 1955 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York at S. A. fie mn MUS. uu MiP, ZOOL WAY 3 HARVARD UNIVERSITY PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1954-55 PRESIDENT uk hoc a ees Pas a en oS ie ee ye asc RALPH A, LIDDLE WICEPRESIDENT S002 ee a io Oe ea Ol SonoMONn ) CO HOLTISnERs” SECRETARY DREASURERA ey UL FA tT IN ot ers AP ih cee Resecca S. Harris DER EGTOR (VV Sr ee Sard pe ae ee ASN KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUNSEL mee ch lp raps tlLh pera ean ge ne an et i RE Son A acto A L. ADAMS Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1954-1960) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56) RoussEAU H. FLOWER (1950-55) AXEL A. Otsson (Life) RepeccaA S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WeElIsborb (1951-57) SoroMoNn C. HOLLIsTER (1953-59) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY . and y PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PAvLmer, ‘Editor Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary Editorial Board KENNETH E. CASTER : G. WINSTON SINCLAIR Complete titles and price ‘list of separate available numbers may be had on application. All yolumes available except Vols. I and III of Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana. Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn Place Ithaca, New York Us. A, BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Vol. 35 No. 154 UPPEEB DEVONIAN OSTRACODA FROM THE CERRO GORDO FORMATION OF IOWA By Lee B. Gibson Creole Petroleum Corporation, Maracaibo, Venezuela April 14, 1955 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York, U.S.A. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 55-18 MUS. COMP. 206 LIBRARY AY Boalt? UAIVERSITY Printed in the United States of America TABLE OF CONTENTS Page [SAU YSLa RY ve AS par a det ce ae Oe ER ee OER be RODE 2ok a, RUB Pa ON er 5 BALUL OULU CEION Scorer S ecco ac ret PO eg en conte, Pek en See ee 5 PYGRTIG YUL CU CMC iSite en ton en a eee SA Re hed 6 LE SOUL Pic aise et I Raia See aR Era es as Aeros Me riteae Cae eee TS: «2. T Jy 6 UPS Git GIOTS pereeree ree eee So ee a ee ee te ee ee 6 By SLeMLati GH) ESCHIDULODS ye. -9e) ee aceasta NN Ree en Keune meee Py eee eee 6 RECLUSE CHO TLOL ELL CoA) TI GMN ooh coreecs esos ecsucn Peas Ss Hed ee ee 6 Miacronorella puncinitjera Gibson, nisp:) 222 ee 7 Genus voungzella jones, and Kirkby: 2..22ecses ee Aenea ee eee ot 7) NAO IUILG UCL LCOS P See re ne sae eens Se eee, sacs vi ae ee 7 iGenuspovestiaUilrichiande Bassler tests: fee a ee ee ee g oestanpiloy al GibSOn anes Daiece sete eee ee 8 DET EL Tich OR) re et ee Ae te Re a PR 9 SenuspAgrroyellaeCoryel lands Booths ne ee ee ee ee 9 GRO MEll agdewentcal GibSOM MSPs seer acorn ee eee ee 10 Rect MPA IUP PES SELES GAN EY co SS Se SRA tes he oe eee 29, holotype. c-d. Lateral views of a right and left valve, about X 28, paratypes. Ouisillitessbexchi) Gibson) nisp, =e a-g. "emale carapaces. a-b. Dorsal and right lateral views ot the holotype, 33. c. Lateral view of a right valve, < 33, paratype. d-g. Successively younger molts of left valve, paratypes. h-i. Dorsal and right lateral views of a whole male carapace, about X 34, paratype. j. Lateral view of a male right valve, about X 33, para- type. k-m. Successively younger molts of male left valves. Euglyphella subquadrata Gibson; nisp.. .....2.2..-4.... 2.32 a. Lateral view of a left valve, about X 38, holotype. b. Right lateral view of a complete carapace (slightly crushed), X 35, paratype. Monoceratina ? levinsoni Gibson, n.sp. .....................------------------- a-c. Posterior, right lateral and ventral views of a com- plete carapace, holotype, X 37. 368 11 25 27 28 29 23 Pr. 31, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 154, Pu. 2 A "i a 4 = oe ; A " Tr 7 ' i 7 x a4 _ a ts 7 ; cg 7 4. _ _ ¥ s F My fet ; aaa ; — - ae : da 7 my? “4 INDEX Note: The left hand bold faced figures refer to the plates. The right hand light figures refer to the pages. A Aberdeen, Washington 319, 323-325 abyssicola, Voluto- GOLDIS tie ee 27 291 Academy of Natural SGlenGes* io3 xcs ese 19 ACHOSANILIG a: -- e: 153, 171, 178, 179 acinacellum, Basslero- TES ee See ae 221 Acre Territory, Brazil 73 Acronotellidae -.....-.---- 343 Adams, HH. and A.’ -2...: 277 Adamsfield, Tasmania 169 ‘Adelomelon) <2.2-422--255 280, 289 Adelomeloninae __...-- 289 Aechminelilay =. 22-2 342 Aeohminidae!@. =. 342 aequa, Globorotalia --- 51 aethiopica, Voluta -..... 276 NG TNOCCILAS 22... -<2--23 162, 164, 168, 227-229 TNC ELK GE: Wh ae ee 215 DSPASSIZ las Aco eee 67, 69 Alameda County, Cali- POUR eek ee oe oes 321 LATENCY, © ceo BS Ae fe 6 oo 317, 320 alaskense, Ieenaea -. abe Nemocardium ........ 317 Albany County, New SYA) TK ee nen ees 351 Alberta, Canada . .....2- Bilai Albuquerque, O. R. —.. 72 AGIENOC, Se ee ee 281, 287 ATCITDOIGES! s2-= eee 287 LCI nOINae: eee Poe 287, 295 ANGri@h ls. Hin, -esetoe: aL alfaroi, Voluta ..... 26 281 ATVopiloceras © 2: -2-2------- 161, 166, 167, 172,-210 allotriovalvis, Plag- ionephrodes .... 31 355, 356, 359 Almeida WA eS 76 alternatum, Cardium 313 Alum Rock Canyon, (Galitornias=.---- 321 ATM AZOMM Une Ya esa eee Amazonas State, Bra- YA ee eee ed Seer, eo Ambo, Peru Ambocoelia Ambocoeliinae American Association for the Advance- ment of Science .... American Association of Petroleum Geo- logists americana, Enaeta 27 americanum, Eothino- ceras Amorena Amoria Amorides Amphissites ATI CUA se ee SO ancilla, Voluta Andean Sea aneuchoanitic) 2.3 annulatum, Basslero- Colas 14 Anthracolitic antillea, Miscellanea Pellatispirella Ranikothalia Aparchitidae Aphetoceras 369 77 73 73 74, 108, 109 107 19 19 294 163, 172, 195, 197 283, 288 278, 280, 281, 288 288 340 276 276 73 179 164, 167, 220, 221 160, 161, 163, 165-167, 172, 175, 205, 208, 209 75 27, 35, 37 27, 29, 32,.35 35 336 162, 164, 166, 168, 172, 174, 219, 223-225 161, 164, 167, 168, 221,-222 280, 287 311; 317,318 INDEX Argentina =22--=.—-----—-- 275 APR ANSASy oes t ee 166, 174 Arkansas Geological GUTIVION, teen eeee 4 Arkoceras) 162, 163, 166, 232 Arkoceras Sp. -...---- 93 164, 232, 233 armata, Voluta ......-.-- 276 ATIMENO CeTras) 222--2-------- 170 Arroyo del Valle, California 321 PAT ETINSIKV AMG pete seteens eee 7 Ashfell sandstone -...-- 124 PANS SN Ae eee ne ee 28, 33 ASTOR Ate cree ne eee 323 Astoria formation 311, 319, 323 Athecocyclina .....-..---- 49, 54 Athiletaps 2 285, 293 IX Pn e Gina Cyne eae 285, 292 INWONAOWNE GY eeeee-eeeeeereeese 100 INUOR ARG) gp oce-cceeccestheseseee 100, 101 PACE YR URUILS) Geese eee ene 288 PAST G alee eee 279, 280, 287 NGnUGKe uae) See eee 275, 281, 287 Aurina (Aurinia) --...- 280 INTC RON GY, eee ea eee eee 280, 288 FANS tially tee seeeeee eee 275, 316 Aviculopecten .......----- 73 FASVOMMLAMN 22st ee-cesce sees =e OMe elay B IACtrOGelaAS! Me----—------— 157, 159, 170 Bailey’s Ferry, Fla -... 294 Banda ee ee 336, 344, 345 Baindiidae) -2222:2---.-----: 344 Bairdioeypris: .-.---------- 349 Ba GIS) soso tees eee 257-267 BUG ee soe ee 170 Baltoceras: = mle Onmlno, 19 Barbados. 37, 49 Barreirinha, Brazil -..- ial Bartsch es 2 ee. 259 Basilosaurus =. 6 IBassleroceras, -.---.------ 160, 167, 168, 172, 220, 221 Bassleroceratida .......- 160, 219 Bathmoceras. ...:-------.-- 170 Beach seaulan. 360 beachi, Quasillites 31 359 beckii, Janeithoe 25,28 295 WAN Ar) ee ee eee 295 Beecherella ....-.....------ 351 Beecherellidae —......... SDL beedei, Bairdia = 345 Beisselia) =-42-305- ees 290 Bekena (2-3 eee 335, 348 Bekena ? sp. ........ 30 350 belchei, Nemocardium 316 Bellerophon 74 iBenthoviolutawes = 279, 280 bermudezi, Operculina 35 Operculinoides 1,2,8 27, 32, 35-37, 54 Bernardino Rivadavia, Buenos Aires .......--- 276 Berrys oe eee 261, 263-266 Berry, S. S. New Californian Pleistocene Euli- midae (double page). 2a 255 de Berthold, Susana WV og ieee eae eee 276 Bertillonellay 337 Bical chia sc. 338 Beyrichiaceay = es 338 bicostalis, Plagione- DHtOdeSme ee 31 354, 355, 356, 358 biloba, Jonesina .... 30 338 Black River limestone 336 Black River Ordo- Vician |=... 25.5 161, 169 Blatehtord sa = 155 blandum, Cardium -_.. 327 Climocardivimine 322 IBOdag ee ee 51 BO]IVIa tac eee Viryy ayeaeta Bolas is oe eee 335 bereale, Aphetoceras 347 IBGSwOnehh ee O-eeener 292 bourrelet” 2 279 brainerdi, Protero- cameroceras ..........-- 208 Rranner. Jon Cy 4 braunsi, Clinocardium 325 Brazile ee 72,295 Brazilia Legal, Brazil Fl Briones formation -.. 321 British Columbia —.... 326 British isles. 99 British Museum (Nat. Hist)? <2 fee 324 broderipii, Melo -..... 294 Melocorona ....-..-- 45) 294 Buccinidaew. = se 276 Bucnus Aires .........-.. BD bOlhorvioley eee a 41 370 INDEX bulletins of American Paleontology .......... 10, 12 bulowi, Clinocardium 325 SATIS GUS ices coe ox cesuucscez 156 Bureau of Mineral Re- sources, Canberra, PTISEP AA. Aes ccc ence 153, 184, 185, 187, 191, 193, 196, 199, 200, 202, 204, 206, 207, 210, 213, 214 Burton, Mrs) HB» =. 3 Burton Sponge .......... 3 ES WUNOGY DIS) cs-ca=scsencose 347 ( cacumenata, Bulimina 51 ecalamus, Allopilo- Gerace eee 20 164, 167, 210, 211 calebardensis, Atheco- GyYClingy s-.- ae 56 Pseudophragmina .. 56 California Academy of SGPONCES hsb sca 318, 324 californiense, Clino- GATOUUIM 2c. ee ss 325, 326 Galliotectinae :.2:-.---2:: 280, 289 Ganhiotrectum <2..-2-2--.< 289 OallmmOlay® 25.6242 287 Caltex Australia Development Pty. JLARiL 9 So en ee 155 Calvert Cliffs, Md. .... mi Calvert formation _.... 7 camerata, Spirifer -.. 123 CaAMerAUL += 4-22 91, 92 cameratus, Neo- Spiriter.--..----:= 10,12 119-125 Neospirifer variant 10,1; 123 Sophie ss ae 10,12 116, 119-125 Spirifer 5 CENT EO ee 10,18 123 @ameninags 1,2 Hila Paul Gamippell D> ie ees 76 161, 165, 166, 176, 212, 214 Campendoceras Ganadiang 3232525 153, 156-159, 163, 164-169, 172-175, 177 Cancellarid..-. 2.2. 276 Gannine vA We 2 se 193 Canning Stock Route, Australia canningi, Hemicho- anella Cannon Falls, Minne- sota caraibensis, lites earbonaria, Lingula .. carbonarius, Bellero- DION | ee eee cee cucacsecuee Carboniferous Nummu- Cardiograptus Caricella @aricella) Spies. 25 carinata, Beecherella carmani?, Am- DHISSite Smee 30 carnegiei, Cyrtendo- Ceras eee 21 earolinum, Cardium .. Granocardium Carolluta Garpenter)) Wi. Bs = GartensOls Go ee Carvalho, P. F. Casters Kerr Caster, KX. BH. Introductory Survey of the Brazilian Carboniferous Caster, K. E., and Dresser, Hugh Contributions to Knowledge of the Brazilian Paleozoic: ING: Wiltsaee ro aOR casteri, Cleiothy- ridina cataline, Ectocyclo- ceras catalinensis, Balcis —.. catenula, Operculin- oides ‘ Catoraphiceras GandriesiGe Viewer es caurus, Aethoceras 22 Cavucanlbakeresesee es centifilosum, Keenaea Nemocardium ........ Central Australian 371 193 164, 167, 192-194 336 35 73 74 123-127, 155, 337, 338 174 282, 288 282 351 340 164, 168, 169, 213 18, 76-78, 109 63 63 101, 105-107 187 263 37 170, 215 29, 32, 37, 56 164, 168, 227, 228 16 317 317, 320 Geosyncline Cerastoderma Ceratodictya Cerro Gordo forma- tion Chace, Emery P. ...... (CHEE KOS yA CS UMS Pca ees Chazyan Chesapeake Bay China Chipola River, ida Chiraluta chlorosina, Voluta .... Choptank formation .. Christmas Creek, Aus- tralia Christmas Creek Homestead, Aus- tralia Cibicidess {= Cierbo-Neroly forma- tions ciliatum, UU etc de Cizancourt, M. ...... Claibornele---- Claiborne Stages -....... Clark Bruce... Clarkeghis Cyt at. ae Clank Weebs 2 2255. Glarke;sd)..Ms 63 22) Clarkoceras) clavella, Balcis .... 24 River, | Flor- Clinocar- INDEX 170 320, 327 3 335, 336, 340, 346, 348, 350, 352, 355 257, 259, 261, 263, 265, 266 88 bi, LOA 69 16 88 292 284 276 7 154 51 323 326 29, 33, 37, 56 13 12, 14 321, 323 257, 259, 260 8 83 212 (double pages ) 258, 259 Cleiothyridina (lerothivnisim-ssee (Ceileraal, Jets Vy a Clenchina Cole, W. S. Criteria for the Rec- ognition of certain Assumed Camerinid Generayees =e Cole, W. S., and Her- rick, S. M. Two Species of 100, 104, 105 100 ay 280, 288 311, 320, 325, 326 175 18, 29, 30, 69, 78 25 Larger Foramini- fera from Paleocene Beds in Georgia .... Colombiay = Columbia River Columellar plaits comoxense, Cardium Clinocardium .... 29 compacta, Balcis ........ complanata, Lenticu- lites Operculina compressum, Wichito- ceras concinna, Pse- Dhdea.w se eee 27 Voluta, 2-22 Concord Quad., Cali- fornia, = ee condor, Spirifer -.--.:-- Condra Gh connecting rings Conrad, Timothy A. .. Conrad’s Fossil Shells Contra Costa County, California contrarium, Protero- cameroceras 17 COOSWBaye =: -st ne eee cookei, Athecocyclina Pseudophragmina .. Coopers: Celie Cooper tGa Asn: ses ee coosense, Cerasto- derma = ee Clinocardium ss. “Cora” limestone cora, Productus Rhipidomella corbis, Cardium Cerastoderma Cornell University -... correanus, Derbyia 6,7 Orthotetes Streptorhynchus .... Correlation Papers .... cosmia, Balcis Witreolima 2202-2... Cossmann, M. Cottoniay<+...4 2s: Coutinho sete crassata, Globoro- talia 372 311, 321, 322, 323 164, 167, 205 326 INDEX crassata aequa, Globo- PO TSU Re ee eee Sia ok 51 crassiuscula, Voluto- Tyo ek ee eee 292 crenistria, Strepto- MELCIUUS? 2e2c5.Je--4-<-- 99, 100 Creole Petroleum Cor- DOYACION! x.2cc03-s0sc-==-- 335 Cresta Blanca, Cali- ROG een ees 321 retaceous \... ks = sila aks: GricGargiwm —..2---=-<.<-- 312, 313 Cris ea ges) Oat ea 265 Oring tae ee ee eee 107 Cryptendoceras......... 157 cumingi, Voluta . 27 290 cumingii, Operculin- FES = ee 33 curiosa ?, Sansabella 341 Guitar aln Glas <.2es-s.--s- 344 Curua River, Brazil 71 cushmani, Polymor- OVC WH OG ie Seee eee ee ener 51 Cyclendoceras ...........- 170 Cvyelolitnites’ =....<--::- 232 Gyms tee 286 Gympbiides*..--255-- =.-<-<. 30, 33, 37 Dead Man’s Island, Californias= ==. 32 263 Dead Man's Island Pleistocene decoratum, Cardium .. decorum, Antho- COLES. 2 oss 21 degolyeri, Robulus .... delectans, Apheto- Cerasee eee 23 Deltoceras: e2-.2s:-.c2=-2- Derby, Australia Derby, O. derbyi, Cleiothyri- Gintawise- ee eee 10 Derbyia, =e se Derbyord estes se ceeee Desert Basin, Aus- (E> UC Nis gee ee PU desertorum, Apheto- Celasne ee 23 Desmoinesian Devonian devonica, ella diadema, Voluta diaphrovalvis, Bekena Diastoloceras Kirkby- DIekinss aie IDVelasmiaie eases DSi za Seek Ack Me Bess Dinant, Belgium Dinantian Discorbis Discosorida diversum, Nemocar- dium dohrni, Clenchina 27 doniphonense, Ky- moniceras dorotheae, Camerina -. draconis, Balcis Dresser, Hugh Notes on Some Brachiopods from Itaituba Formation (Pennsylvanian) of the Tapajos River, Brazil "s-=* ee Dr llitav es eee ee 373 263 325 1638, 164, 166, 167, 208, 209 51 164, 166, 167, 223-225 227 154 68-74, 77, 84, 88, 89 104, 105 90, 91, 95 95 154, 170, 193, 200 168, 226, 227 75 154, 335, 338, 341, 348 340 276 348, 349, 350 164, 167, 187, 190 155 70 312 72 73 51 160, 221 316 280, 291 188 31 263 63, 77 285 INDEX Duartey A... Gua 72, 73, 99 dubius, Ropolonellus 359 DU Ue ee en eee 182 |Dywbsal Key 30, AM Vea 8,9 dumosa, Lapparia .20 285 dumosum, Cardium .... 312 Dun pare (Ce eee eee (15 AS OS, Dunbar, C., and Con- drae iG. hye 92,95, 101, 124 Durness limestone .... 168, 173 E ebriconus, Balecis 24 258, 265 Vitreolina es — 24 258, 265 Hecyliopters) ~-22-2------- 155 Me pHOGA = ee 18 EXetoeycloceras -........- 164, 167, 172, 186, 187, 220 ectosiphuncle _........... 153 ectosiphuncular su- CUM Gly so ere ee ee 153, 181 Kdmondiay = 3 73 elevatus, Eponides __.. 51 Ellesmeroceratida _..... 160, 161, 165, 167, 183 ellipochoanitie _........... 178 ellipticus, Quasil- lites@ee oe 30 361, 362 elongata, Macrono- Cella ee eee? 337 El Paso limestone ...... 166, 173 ION roeuKohhb hea Ss ek ee 28, oi Emanuel Creek, Aus- traliayee eee ae 154, 162, 193, 199, 202, 211, 215, 217 156, 159, 169, 177, 186, 188, 199, 202, 204, 208, 211, 215, 217 Emanuel limestone .... emanuelense, Loben- doceras) 22 164, 167, 215 Mnaetay, 24:44 ee. 286, 294 Enclimatoceras .......... 13 HMndoceras. 2.3. 157, 170 Hndoceratiday. 160, 167, 175 Endoceratidae ...........- 165 Endoceratidae, gen. ete spe ind. =e 21 217 ENIGOCONES #4 ee 175 endosiphowedge ........ 218 endosiphuncular WedRGr wei ee Y 218 374 Endothyra Eothinoceras Eponides Ericusa Erie Canal Estonia estoniense, COT AS! hs ee eee Estionioceras (error for Estonioceras) Estonioceras Cyrtendo- Estonioceras sp. 2 etheringtoni, Cerasto- derma Laevicardium Ethmocardium Eucymba Euglyphella Bulima Eulimidae exiguum, Arkoceras .. extenda, Bairdia .. 30 ezoense, Arctopra- Culm, eee 29 Nemocardium ._.. 29 F al sSilyria eee 27 Fasciolariadae [sic] fastigata, Beyrichia _. Jonesina fastosum, Clinocar- Grune As Ree eS Mentone Caste Festilyria festiva, Festilyria fichteli, Camerina 1,2 RN CUuLOD SIS) ese fimbriata, Aechmin- lila ges 2c Aeon 30 fimbrimarginata, Roundyella ........ 31 Fischer de Waldheim Fitzroy Crossing, Aus- tralia Five Islands Hileminet nls 2-4 eee PLOT Cates eo eee ee es floridana, Sca- phellare ae ee 25 Hlowen ioe 335 161, 163, 165, 172, 194, 195 229 161, 164, 166, 229, 230 229, 230 323 323 312, 318, 315 286 352, 354 258, 259 259, 267 166, 233 346, 347 318 318, 320 284, 291 277 338 338 325 335 286, 294 294 31 289 342 341 92 154 14 276 276 282, 300 14, 18, 156, 166, 172, 175, INDEX 179, 209 Flower, R. H., and Kummel Bs Jr: ..- 160, 176. 192. 219 BOCKSTG 2 AG. .2 212 HUPrest. slr JOON cc... 189 forresti, Kymino- CORAG I). 58 e 14 163,164, 187-190 Fossa-Mancini, E. .... 69 a CO eS ee 312, 315 fucanum, Cardium .... 327 BLO RAL oases. soes 2-2-5 282, 283, 286 RU POrarinae: = 286, 294 JENIN BG Ey eee ce ort Sees 323 furcillatum, Ventro- loboceras) 4.-2222.--2-- 164, 166, 203 furtivum, Kymino- COI) ee SEE ees 188 fusiformis, Meseri- GUIS an ere ee 26 286 ISTO LUCA scone ee 289 ISU ay eos oe = 74 Husulinella,) 2......-..2- 75, 76 G ab Dee WV Sad Galiuro Mts., Arizona 75, 89, 91, 100, 118 gallowayi, Endothyra 335 INamICe lian 564... 5.22 335 Galveston Well .......... 9 Gap Creek dolomite .. 156, 157, 164, 169 garrisonensis, Bairdia 345 Gemmellaro, G. G. .... 5 tal Geological Society of PATIIGTIG Ay 2s S52 8 14, 19 Geological Survey of OUISTATIAg coe 14 Geological Survey of RCRA! 25. on. Set oe 8 George cls Nes LOT tat GEOT&IRi = is ee 27, 35, 49 georgianus, Opercu- linoides ............ 245 32, 37, 49, 52-54 GOnnany n> eh es 18 gerolsteinensis, Bairdiocypris .......... 349 gibbosus, Morris- SILGSa os oe 30 351, 352 Gibson, Lee B. Upper Devonian Os- tracoda from _ the Cerro Gordo forma- tion of Iowa Gilbert, G. K. gilchristi, Neptune- OPSIS ps5 Ree eee. 27 Gril; Adam. Gr 1. -o 5 Calwostiaue: oe eee (cintiy Ge eyes cen Glaessner, M. F. ........ Glass Mountain, Texas Glenister Bie ee glennesis, Bairdia Globorotalia ComesteA hi eeesssen es Gonsalves, A. D. Cosaviae = eee Cosporisands gossei, Bactroceras ._... gracile, Campendo- COnASa 2 sant eaee 14 Grahame des) ee Grahame Texages see grahamensis, Jones- ina Granocardium Grant Use Gale, H. thiyris' } hs. Sete Gravee dhs pee ee eet ee Grays Harbor County, Washington Great Britain Great Lake of Ara- pecu, Brazil Greenland de Gregorio, A. Grezoryy Jo-We 222s Grimsdale, T. F., and SIMO UP Ac ete griphus, Arctopratu- Mure 29 Nemocardium 29 (Shelianwe == eee aoe Conivilllcamessme ny eee on Cum beliia wean Guppy) wee Guppy, D. J., and ODikA VAS Ales ee Guppy, Robert J. L. .. PUY OUSms. eae ee Ae Gynoldinaee se ee 375 331 8 279, 290 6 287 92 27, 32 75, 88 147, 153, 159 347 164, 167, 216, 217 312 340 339 311, 312 326 108-112, 114 277 319, 325 100, 111, 114, 124 27, 31 311, 317 311, 317 153, 156, 157, 163, 166, 168 INDEX H hackberryensis, Quasillites --..--- 30 361 Hahia. ..20:3 282 276, 279, 280, 288 13 Wb Y6 (ets pee pe 288 Pia ll edi, 2s See 3 83 hallianus, Strepto- rhynchus ......-- ale 89, 94 Hamilton Devonian .. 359 TSievoowMhwore 15 IE sees 17(t3) Hannibal, Harold .....- 319, 324 hannibali, Clinocar- dint 29 311, 324, 327 Hanzawa, oo.) 29, 32, 33 Hardman, 2 EH. =2--=--- 155 Hardmanoceras ......---- 155, 168, 231, 233 Etiam ellliaescse es eee 286, 293 Harpovoluta. ----.----------- 290 Isto Ub, aeceeree seeeeree 283, 287 Harris Company ......-- 12 Harris, Cora E. ......--.- 3 Harris, Florence B. -.- 3 Harris, Francis E. .... 3 lamrisiiG.e.--eteee ese 259 Harris, G. D. Memoria] ....-..- frontispiece 1 Biblidgraphy =22---- 21 Harris, Lydia Helen Crandall) 22. 3 Harris, Rebecca S. -... ay ti, a) Harris, Rollin A. ...... 3 Elertien Chas: Hyena 4,67, 70 [BING saa 5 Dae eee ote eee 85 Hayward Pass, Cali- ROTA ose eee 321 hebraea. Voluta --:-..-- 276, 294 hedbergi, Miscellanea 30 jeer boyea. VG ooo see ee 8,11 Helderbergian .....-..---- 351 Helderberg ss see 16 heweoidal. 227 Hemichoanella .......-..-- G6leAl65, LO", 168, 192, 193, 194 hemichoanitic —........-- 153, 17 178-180 Eenipe ste ira Ga eee 56 Herrick, S. M. See Cole, W. S., and Hennick iS). Mas. 47 IEVies Stee el ee els oteec eee 174 Be tO pent Wis. ees --e- 4 Hilltop Quarry, Cali- fornia... 22) 2s 257, 258, 261-267 hircus, Cyrtendoceras 212, 214 @yrtocterina, =------- 211, 212 bndoceras 211 Hodson, Helen ............ 18 Holi! Gy ee eee 176,211 holochoanitie -...........-- 153; Lula 178, 180 Gp kins i) eee 15 Hopper, Walter .......... 15 ELOs Kanon lire Vin ee 155 hoskingiae, Spano- dental 2 ee 155, 156 Eouston, hexase = 360 Eowelliay” 222 289 Euiiantas kenge Te Enuibbard Wass 12 Humble Oil Company 344 Enistediagy 74 Plyvattne Aes Sees 212 hypsoconcha, Bair diag 30 344, 345 I Janthinaw se 2s 16 Igarape Bom Jardim, Bravil =~ ee 78 imperialis, Voluta _.... 276, 295 Volutocorona .... 26 295 inecallida, Balcis .... 24 258, 264, 265 Wate olunames ss 24 258, 264, 265 A Ciaese eee 91 imdicas Melo 26 282 inflatum, Ectocylo- Geras) eco 14 164, 167, 187 Zeb oN Ohh ey eee 289 lowas1. 2-2 eee 335 Iredale. 1 ee eee ae 259 iredalinay 286 Ireland) 23322 344 Isaac Lea Tertiary Collection. = 12 htathiba ws pcaZzl ae 69 Itaituba formation .... 77, 78, 85 itaitubense, Dielasma 70, 72 iwakiense, Nemocar- Gime ic tte eS ee 317 iwasiroense, Clinocar- CLUUDI 222s 325 J Jackson Eocene fos- Silsi/2: 4 eee oe 10 Jackson Eocene Mol- lusea Jamunda River, Bra- Pl le Stank ORC ere Janeithoe .......... 25,28 Japan Jatapu River, Brazil -. Johns Valley shale .... Jonesina junonia, Scaph- Slinw en ef 25,27 Voluta junonia butleri, Seaphella =. 25 Judith River, BAG KO ese eee aise jukes-brownei, Athe- COCYVCMNas ss = 25s Pseudophragmina Kamchatka Katzer, F. Keen, A. Myra Keen, A. Myra Five New Species and a New Sub- genus in the Pele- ecypod Family Car- diidae Keen, A. Myra, and Bentson) OH: 2.2.2... Keenaea Wepeli Wr. tener eee Kennedy; “Wm: 2225-:: Kent, Mrs. Louis keokuk, Orthis kieneri, Aurinia .. 27 kieneri ethelae, Aur- inia Kimberley Division, Australia kimberleyense, lacoceras Kindle, E. M. King, R. E. Kirkbyella INDEX 14 (a! 287, 295 278, 282, 291 276 282 313 56 56 320, 327 69-74, 96 311, 316 307 322 317, 318 76 153, 155, 186, 188, 193, 199-204, 208, 210, 211, 215-223, 226-234 164, 166, 167, 198, 199, 200 Kink byid dee ssc eee Kloedenellidae Kobayashi, T. Kohat District, Korea Koztowski; Ri 1... koztowskii, Ortho- tichia umn e ieee Kunda formation Kyminoceras India Laevicardium laevigata, Camerina 2 Lake Champlain Lake Cojubim, Brazil Lake Jacaré, Brazil .. Wamanrcks Je ee eee laminosa, Spiriferina Lanarkshire lancelata, Bairdia 30 apparia ) 23.4 tes ee Larapintine formation Las Trampas Ridge, California latejugata, Nodosaria lenticulata, Bairdia .... Meonardoss Op eee lepidodendroides, Khombopora Les Gondolieres Les Muricines Les Musicales bevinsons is. 7A oe-e- levinsoni, Monocera- tina? Levisoceras Widdle: GRs Awe? = Lignitic Lindner, Aj Ws. linearis, Balcis lineata, Reticularia .. lineata perplexa, Reticularia lineatus, Productus .. Lingula Lingulidiscina 173 85, 88 88 160, 188 212 163, 164, 165, 172, 187, 188, 189, 190 163, 164, 166, 197 351 73 74 276 276 276 344 343, 344 212 18 Miranda, Jose miscella, Miscel- lanea Nummulites Miscellanea Mississippi Mississippian Mississippian-Dey- onian missouriensis, lidiscina Mitra Mitreola Moa River, Brazil Moméa tribe, New Caledonia monicensis, Balcis -- Monoceratina Montana group Monte Alegre, Montesano formation ensis, Lingu- moravicia, Bekena ...- MOREY EAS eee Morgan Expedition -... morgani, Orthotichia morganiana, Orthis .. Orthotichia mormoni, Hustedia -... Morris, R. Morrisites Mount Diablo, Califor- nia Mountain limestone .. Moura, Pedro de Werte SE Vg See muricinus, Voluti- lithes) 20. 5 26 METIS GOWdatie ee ee musica, Voluta 25,26 Nacatoch sand Naco. limestone Nadeau, Betty Kellett Nanicella Nannamoria nassauensis, lanea Pellatispirella .... 1 nautica, Melo 27 Naylor Ledge forma- tion “Miscel- INDEX 73 30 30 27-34, 49 316 75, 335, 336, 344, 345, 348 17 73 276 286 73 314 258, 261 343 313 rial 311, 319, 324, 325 349 345 70 88 85, 86 86 74 336, 352 335, 351 323 344 72 312 282 75 275, 276, 282, 285 Nebraskan 22-28 341 necropolitana, Balcis 262 Nemocardium ..........-- 311-318, 320 INeoathletay == ae 285 Neocene Mollusca of ROXAS Gl see wer aeeeee ae 9 NCOSDInILeT .-2---- == 116; 119 Neptuneopsis ........---.-- 279, 289 Neroly formation ...... 323 New Caledonia ........- 311, 313 INewe Jersey. 22--5.--.32 313 INGiwaelexXic On 166, 173 INeweOn ke see 163, 194 New Scotland ..-..--2! 351 New South Wales ...... 159 News: Zcalanda= === 313 INewcli- INES Ds ees 75 Newfoundland .....-..-.-- 174 newmanae, Cibicides 51 nicaraguana, Miscel- Lamneats scteto: - 1523s ee 30 nivosa, Aulicina.... 26 275, 281 INOdOSaniawe bi notoconstricta, Baindia ee 30 345 Notocycloceras ........ 164, 165-168, 197, 202 Notoplejonar = 286 ING CUI ai ye: es ee es 73 INTIMATES eee 2,29 nuttalli, Cardium ...... 320 Clinocardium) = 320, 323, 327 Nummulites ............ 29 0 obliquus, Quasillites -. 359 ODONUST A ee eee 157 obstipa, Balcis .... 24 258, 262 Vitreolina, se. 24 258, 262 Ocala limestone ........ 14 ocalanus, Operculin- Oideseee ae 9 32-34 Octonarial. | 335 Oderoceras) 9 222 205 oepiki, Lebetoceras 18 163, 164, 166, 200, 201 Okdahomay soe eee 342 oldroydi, Balcis ........ 262 Olentangy shale ...... 345 Olivas. ee eee 276 Oliveira Silva, S ...... 76 de Oliveira, Avelino .. (0-548: Olsson; Axclee= ee 7,18, 271 Oncozrapulsy ee 174 WRIOVEDIUIN! Ja. oceee n= liratum, Pycno- COTA Be tee oe. 93 Livermore, California lobatum, Hardmano- id i 20 Lobendoceras ............ mocklnn.G. i. 2-5-0 loleta, Balcis ........ 24 Mel aT Olan. 5. 2s. Mitreolina.....:...- 24 Lomita formation ...... london Basin. 32... Long Wharf Canyon, California Longoconcha Lophophyllum lorenzanum, Keenaea Nemocardium Lower California Loxochoanella LOROCHOANItIC. — Rucas, Capt. A. F. 2... lucerna, Phricodothy- TAS) pai a eer rear ee ee lucite etching tray .... Luke Hill formation _ ILA = eee ale eee LL TRI Ga ge (a ne Lyrischapa .. M macgillavryi, Camer- ina macglameriae, cocyclina Pseudophragmina macrochoanitic imeriae, Athe- Macronotella Madiganella ................ Madruga, ‘Cuba 2.7. madrugaensis, Boldia Maecuru Valley, Bra- 7B REISS AT CE ae Maestrichtian _........ magellanica, Pachy- CBI Olay eee eee magnifica, Voluta INDEX 285 168, 230, 231 321 164, 168, 231, 233, 234 161, 165, 167, 168, 176, 215 276 258, 267 267 258, 267 261, 263, 265 11 257, 258, 260 289 74 317 317, 320 257, 258 161, 164, 165, 167, 183 153, 171, 178-180 15 14h 79 166,173 280, 281, 283, 286, 293 285, 294 286 31 56 56 153, 171, 178, 180 336, 337 161 35 51 71 313 278, 294 276 "27Q maitlandi, Eothino- CeOLaARs te ee 16 163, 164, 195, 197 malbertii, Camerina .. 31 Wem ans) as eee 281, 286 Manchurian ee 173 Manchuroceras .......... 169, 218 manitouense, Kymino- GClasa ie ae. 188 Manis yee eee 17 AY ET el el aS ee eae at 182 Manual of Geology ._... 4,10 Maranhao Basin, Bra- Al Wace SRR eth Otro dem Yee 76 Maranhao-Piaui Basin 67 Marzinellay 2+. 276 mariannensis, Opercu- Mina ee ee Sar teen 2 34 Martinia- 2 ee 108 matleyi, Camerina __. 28, 29, 32 Pellatispirella .... 1 PA VPA Y WR AM A UN ORs nS oe 15, 18, 293 MeConnell nC ee 8 MGGrawi lal eee 6,11 MCC Ks Ear ee a whee 74 Meek, Seth D. ............ 4 meekianum, Clinocar- Gti ee 323, 327 Melanelilag ss 259 IMG) Orato = Sie atl Bees 278, 280, 281, 282, 287 Melocoronas 25 287, 294 Meloidesg! 2. 286 Mendes Je iGws 2. 76 Meniscoceras: -.--........-. aT (5 aly At) Meridian Lines .......... 15 Mesericuis) == ee ee 286 Metamelon ....--<:c:------- 287 NWIGKICO. 2 05 ree 49 Meyer) Os sf 11 Miami University ..... 358 micans, Balcis _........ 257, 258, 260 michelini, Terebra- bua: a wk ee 83 WMicrovoluta 22. 279, 290 Midway group ............ 49 Midway stage ............ 13 midwayensis, Anomal- inate ee 51 DISCOLDISHE eee 51 Gimpbelina= sal midwayensis soldado- ensis, Discorbis ...... 51 Millerella- ee 145 Miomelones. ee 289 Ontario, Canada Operculina Operculinella Operculinoides .-... 1,2 Op Kee Atee oe eee opima, Spirifer opimus, Spirifer orbicularis, Cleiothy- TIGUN AG soe ee Orbicwloidea -------------- d’Orbigny, A. Ordovician Oregon Orthis Orthoceras Orthoceras' limestone orthochoanitic Orthoidea Orthotetinae Orthotichia Orygoceras Ostracoda Ovuladae [sic] Oxford, Ohio Ozarkian iPachecoOsJeran An Pachycymbiola Pachycymbiolides Pachymelon Paiva, G. de Pakowki formation .... Paleontological Re- search Institution illus. Paleontological So- ciety of America .... Paleopsephaea Palnier 2D ikee somes Palmer, 1S) Ve aie Harris Memorial .... Palomelon) =e Para State, Brazil .... Paraendoceras Parana Basin -2.- Parauari River, Bra- zil INDEX 359 27, 28, 33, 34 34 27, 28, 31-37, 49 153, 155, 202 115 73,115 102, 105 73 84, 85, 277 153, 336 316, 327 358 18, 19, 261, 263, 264, 319, 324 19 285 35, 37 14, 18, 275, 292 1 287 73, 78 175 67, 76 72 val Parnahiba River, Bra- ZA ee on eee 73 Parnahiba Valley, Taz ily eo ee 73 aay ane eee 288 Panvivoluta =. 285 Pataconiag ee 275 Pats ikcya Ele ee eee 212 Pavoray sos eee 285 Peckwahs fetta ee 335 PeCckiwebalndiage= = 349, 350 pelargonatus, Tere- Dratulay, eee 89 Pelecypoda of the St. Maurice and Clai- borne Stages .......... 12 Pellatispirella —...... 1 eok pellatispiroides, Cam- Cling, 12 eee 21, 3D pellis-serpentis, Vol- Uta. Se eee 276 penniana, Orthis _.... 83 Rhipidomella —.... 6 83, 84 Pennsylvanian ........... 75, 339, 340, 342, 343 peracuta, inna 74 Reritocardinias =.=] — 83 Permian 75, 338, 341, 345 Permian-Pennsyl- vanian boundary .... 75 perplexa, Martinia _.. 112 Phricodoythyris 11 bla bly Reticulariag ee 112 SDIniier Sees 112 Squamularia 222225 74,112 perplexum, Diastolo- GeLas eee 14 164, 167, 187, 190-192 Perrine; Irving 2.2 15 perseus, Basslero- Cerasy eee 221 perturbatrix, Enaeta 294 Strigatella (Strig- WINE thoe Teyeitory)), ee - 294 POG pee es. ne ee 292 peruana, Fusulinella -. 76 Peruliutan< = Ses 284 petri, Camerina .......... 31 Petit ave 74 petrosa, Athleta -....... 292 Moluitaics- = 9a.. eee 292 Volutilithes ....... 26 292 Volutovetus ........ 26 292 Phenacoptygma .......... 289 380 INDEX Phi Beta Kappa .......... 19 philippianus, Mio- NYGLOM eo hess 27 291 PAPAIN ON © 2-5 sace a kuna 295 Philipsburg, Quebec .. 166,173 Pholidotoma. <....:....2...-. 290 PHTiGOGOthnyris: — --:..---.- 111 Piaui Basin, Brazil _... 76 Piaui State, Brazil .... 7 IOC ORAS 8 ok ceecee nce 169 Pilsbry, H. A., and Ol- sson, A. A. Systems of the \'/0 tw Ce 271 Pin ee ie ee ek 74 Piripauan’ 6.2 313 Pitinga River, Brazil 71 Plagionephrodes ...... 335, 336 354-359 planata, Camerina .... 32 planoconvexa, Ambo- COCTIA ene et 74, 108, 109 Martiniare: 5. 2.5222" 108 SPILT a eet ss au +: 108 plastic? screen’ ]..4_-- 79 Pleasanton Quad., Gahfornia £2 ss 321 Pleistocene: 2.0.2... -- ra PA PAT grates 260, 261, 326 LEIKS TO) 0 ee eet eee ea 293 plexiglass screen ...... 79 Phwmmer HB). 2: 76 POInIeT eee eS 279 Polymorphnina), 222222222: 51 Pomeyrol, René _._..... 314, 315 pomeyroli, Ethmocar- aint) Gt» 29 311, 314,315 Granocardium .. 29 311, 314,315 Ponderodictya .........:.. 335 Pontotoc County, Ok- Pan OUMa eee eee 343 Porters Creek clay .... 49 Poulsen. aC) 3220. ae 168,173 Fowells.Jo Wi. a 8 iPpradoceras-22. 82 =: 198 praeblandum, Clino- Cardin 25: 29 321 Praia Grande, Brazil 71 PALM «osc eee 316, 317 ef. prefalcata, Balcis 258, 263 Vitreolina ........ ile £02 258 Prendergast, K. L. .... 155 priamus, Halia __... 26 280 PIC G aso. tee pe 76 Price’s Creek, Aus- Drala eo. 3 eee 153-159, 162, 164, 165, 170, 200 prima, Siphonina ...... 51 priscum, Cyrtendo- COLlast:2 6-4 fees 212 pristinum, Clinocar- Gime 29 311, 322, 323, 327 Prodallia, -2 22s. 289 Rroguetus, =o 72 Productus limestone 70 proliferum, Lopho- phyllite ee 74 Proscaphellay 289 Prosser Chas. S95 ose. 4 Protaster) ee 73 Proterocameroceras .. 161, 164, 165, 167, 168, 172, 175, 205 Proterocamerocera- tidae ss ae 165 Protobaltoceras .......... 157, 200 Protocycloceras ........ 186, 188 Protrematay ee 83 Psephacar see 280 pseudofastosum, Clinocardium)-—--. 325 Pseudophragmina 49, 54-56 Pterospiras = 281, 286 Btychoris) 2-5 290 pulchella, Lyria .... 27 293 Sammaliyria 22 27 293 Punctospirifer -22-....--- 124 ‘punctulifera, Mac- ronotellay a 30 337 Punjab elndia 70 Py Cnoceras, (2 162, 164, 168, 1722174; 230 pycnopleura, Fal- Silymiay 62s. 2 saces- 27 291 AV CIAY Mo eee 291 Q quadragenarium, Car- OUI ae 2S. Eo 321 Dallocardias = 322 Trachycardium ...... 322 quadrigenarium, Car- Gigmy hers et eee 321 GQuasillites: 22 354, 357, 359-362 Onasiilitidace se 359 Quebecoceras .............. 212 Queensland) 2. 169 381 Rachiglossa rachiglossate radula radular patterns Ranikothalia raymondi, Eulima (double pages) rectidorsalis, Youngia Youngiella Reed, F. R. Cowper -- Reeve, L. regularis, Derbyia -..- Rehder cbiscAwge Remecken his 2... Relegamoria .-.....-...------ Rvemeles GAts eens remelei, Cyrtendo- ceras repens, Kyminoceras resupinata, Schizo- phoria Reticulariinae AVEC PIU a) eee Rhipidomella Rhipidomellidae rhomboideum, Clino- cardium FWHOMPOPOTAy 22-2 Reha. wives oe ee es Riggi, A. E. Robulus robusta, Orthis Rochdale limestone .. Rock Salt Rockford, Iowa ........ rockfordensis, iBpalGdiay 6 30 rocky-montani, Spiri- TOR ene lee 0, rockymontanus, Spiri- fer roissyi, Cleiothyris .... Ropolonellidae Ropolonellus Rostellaca Rostellana Rostellinda Roundyella TOVSSI A Hy rScee ee Cleithyridina Cleiothyris Rudolfoceras Ruedemann, R. .......... INDEX 277 279 279, 284 280 27, 29, 32 258 337 337 72 294, 295 91,92 275 15,17 288 211 212, 214, 215 188 73 111 285 83 342, 348, 354 347 115, 118, 122 115 72 352 354 289 289 289 341, 342 100 105 102 157, 186 174, 212 Ruedemannoceras 161 rupestris, Fulgo- Tove WEI Vp ee ee ea 25 283, 290 RALS Slater eee 75 Nitvlay Balciss. =e 257, 258, 262 rutteni, Camerina ...... 31 S SaApINemMsta yen = 13 Sabine Uplitt.-- 2 15 St. Louis, Missouri .... 335, 359 Sakhalin Island ~.....- 325 Sakimanrlaniaess =e 15 Salines of North TOUTS TAM ae geeee sees 15 Salt Range, India ...... 70 samarangae, Cardium 317 San Diego Natural History Museum .... 260, 263, 265, 266 San Jose Quad., Cali- FONG | ae eee 321 San Pablo group ...... 323 San Pedro, California 257, 261, 263, 265, 266 San Quintin Bay, Galiforniaye 258 Sannallyniag ee 27 286, 293 Sansabellay =e 341 Santa Clara County, Caliionni aes 321 Santa Monica, Cali- fornilave 2.48 2 Se 257, 260 Santo Domingo .......... 293 Sa0tomeag ee 286 Seiya MMa@meig Ses 10 scabricosta, Puncto- SpILiter, = eee 124 Scaphellave-seeses 278, 282, 283, 288 Scaphelfides ......-......- 288 Seaphellinae _........._.- 279, 287 Schenck Ji Gy 312, 327 Schenck, H. G., and Keene AL ie =e 327 schencki, Trachyear- . GUUITTe eee = ey 322 Schindewolf, O. H. .... 176 Schizophoria ....-..-:.. 73, 86 Schizophoriidae ........ 85 schimidtella, 2s. 337 schmidti, Cyrtocerina 211 Cyrtendoceras ........ 212, 204 Pndoceras) 211 Schoonover, Lois M. -. Schuchert, C. SChiummean, Js Gr. ~-o-:-- Schwagerina Schwagerina lime- stone Schwengel, Jeanne 8S. scofieldi, Macrono- tella Ente Gee ee Selection Homestead WAUVESY AZ DG SS OES semiasperum, Car- dium Nemocardium .... 29 semireticulatus, ductus Senescella Senonian septal necks Septati Serra Itauajuri, Bra- A genset aka Sed 2 ent + ae Servico Geologico e Mineralogico ............ sevierense, Allopilo- COLAS eee Sees tee Ket >. Sheliperonni, 222.8 Shell Ridge, Califor- nia Shideler, W. H. shideleri, Plagione- phrodes .............. 31 Shimizu, S., and Obata. shinjiense, Clinocar- dium dium Sigal, J. silon SIP a el Ce sigmoidalis, Strepula Sigmomorphina .......... SIMNItes* +e SUUTIAM 9s te Roundyella Singleton, O: P. :...... Sineley~ Jin Ac-2 24525.- Siphonal canal 2... Siphonina INDEX 313 UAL SLY U5 Ure) Gio 71 211 171 321, 323 336, 358 357-359 186 325 325 29 siphuncle Slodkewich, W. S. .... Smith, Ernest R. Smithsonian Institu- tion Smithville formation smithvillense, Ky- minoceras Snyder Creek forma- tion Société de Recherche et d’Exploitation de Pétrole en Nou- velle-Calédonie Société Géologique de France Sociéte Géologique Suisse soldadensis, Atheco- eyclina Miscellanea Operculinoides Pseudophragmina .. Ranikothalia soldadensis calebard- ensis, Athecocy- clina Pseudophragmina soldadoensis, Discor- bis Sigmomorphina Sowerby, G. B. sowerbyi, Enaeta 27 Spanodonta speciosum, Cardium -. Ethmocardium Spindle Top, Texas .. Spinovina Spirifer Spiriferacea Spiriferidae Spiriferina Spiriferinae Spiriferinidae Spiriferininae .............- Squamularia Stanford University - Stanton formation .... Stanton, T. W. steanei, Manchuro- ceras stearnsi, Arcto- melon 11,19 19 56 37, 49, 52 37 56 52 56 56 a1 51 293 290 155 312 312 15 362 73, 74, 108, 114 100 107 124 114 124 124 74,111 261, 263, 264, 266, 319, 324 341 10 218 290 Stemmann Ga stephensoni, Atheco- cyclina, = Discocyclinay-—- Pseudophragmina 5 Stewart, G. A., and Hendrixe WB Stewart, R. Stoliez Karsh eee Stoneman, Clara ........ Stoyanow, Aj Ay Strathaven, Great Britain’ @22-<.5 2.03 Streptorhynchus Strepula, pees kee eee striatoreticulata, Camerina striatus, Anomites .... Strigatella (Strigilla should read) Strigilla (error for Strigatella) Strombifonmis) =... Strophomenidae ........ study opaque sections subalternatum, Car- CLIT ee oe ee subangulata, Gyroi- CLL eet a re ea a subcircularis, Bertil- lonella ses subfamilies Volutidae Key pen en ns re subholochoanitic sublamellosa, Athyris Cleithyridina -......... suborthochoanitic __... subparallella, Bairdia subquadrata, Eugly- piella gee 31 subtilla, Bairdia .... 30 Succoceras: ee Swainson, Wm. .......... Sweden. 2.23 eee SyCOSpira s22-— ae Sylvia Creek, Wash- ington Taholah, Washington Mal ON as Srpehs Ge Peete talboti, Apocrino- ceras INDEX 85 49,54, 55 54 49, 54, 55 341, 345 312 312 6 (la, en 100, 118, 123 107 89, 91 352 31 114 294 294 259 89 181 313 51 337 290 153, 171, 178-180 101 105 153, 178, 179 346 353 346 169 276 211 286 324 319 76 164, 167, 221 Tapajos Beds .............. Tapajos limestone .... Tapajos River, Brazil tapajotensis, Derbya Derbyia Orthotetes Streptorhynchus .... Mapa Oca 8,9 Tapajotia Abeer). eter a Tarphyceratida ahanreekallip he sae a STN A ay eee eee ee forniay = ee Tectiplica Leichert: (C= eee es Teichert, C., and Glen- Steer Llany Teichert, C., and Glenister, Brian, Early Ordovician Cephalopod Fauna froni Northwestern Australia Telotremata Teramachia Terebratula Teremelon teretilobatum, Thyla- cocerass 20 Terezina, Brazil sRernivo lita =e Lersaeebaleisnse 24 MRO@KAS: gelsiose yee eee thersites, Balcis Watreolina =e thetidis, Pratulum .... Dhlipsuridae ys Thompson, M. L. ........ Thylacoceras Thylacoceratidae TitiGaCas ee tobleri, Miscellanea .. toriii [sic], Nemocar- Ginny = ee Tormey, California .... Rornatellay =. eee tornatilis, Voluta torticone 384 160, 162, 219, 223 6 169 323 285 157, 154, 169, 175, 218 147, 155, 157, 169, 176 147 100 280, 289 83, 89 287 164, 167, 199 73 285 257, 261 Trachycardium racy, A. Traité de Paleon- tologie transversa, Puncto- SDIPILON seo ececeo 12 Spirifer Spiriferina trapezoides, ella Tremadocian PAVE HN CON eee ee Triticites Trinidad trispinosa, ella tristiculum, Arcto- pratulum Nemocardium trochoceroid trojana, Bairdia Trombetas River, EA 7:1 Leena ev Ns Troschel, F. H., and BSCE Teles ete = 2 Sey WL Bye Ii eee Tschernyschew, Th. .. Turonian Turridae PuErstiGOne, 2... ne. typa, Kirkbyella typica, Microvoluta 27 Beecher- Aechmin- U Ulrich, E. O., Foerste, A. F., and Miller, 1Ny 5G] GES ie Sate ie eens 2 Ulrich, E. O., Foerste, A. F., Miller, A. K., and Furnish, W. M. Ulrich, E. O., Foerste, A. F., Miller, A. K., and Unklesbay, A> G: ceras Wiirichiag ose uninodusus, Plagione- phrodes Union Springs, New 3K 0) 9) sh Sees ere eer United States Geo- logical Survey SOmoie 163 INDEX 212 166 , 173, 186, 194, 220 13 335 354, 355 ay 8 United States Na- tional Museum University of Califor- nia University nati University DOURN Gwen eee University of Wes- tern Australia Upper Productus limestone Uralian Oirrag lise Fo eee ee ee urei, Spirifer ursaniense, Cardium Ethmocardium Granocardium Urupadi River Utoceras Vacuum Oil Pty. Ltd. Walliyilintentags Vancouver Island vanderstoki, Camerina variolaria, Cam- eRinag see a ree 2 Maushane oie Wes see. Vaushan, T. W., and=Coles Ws. Weatch: Aq iG ees Venezilelage ee ventrale, Monocera- tina ventricosa, Voluto- DUD aes: eee 26 Ventroloboceras vernicosum, Calliotec- tunp = 27 vespertilio, Auli- Cina. ee 26 Yay ET 2 = ee ee a vicksburgensis, Oper- culinoides -2-...---- iby VAiSGaATl eee ee WiAtreOlinaw ee 385 260, 261, 263, 264, 266, 275, 319, 324, 337, 339-341, 344-346 321, 323, 324 77, 78 156, 182 155, 183, 189, 195, 208 91 73, 74 89, 91, 100 107 313 313, 315 313, 315 72 205 155 51 326 31 31 31, 33 29, 30 14, 15 49, 56 343 281 164, 165, 197, 203 290 281 276 32, 33, 34 72 258, 259, 260-267 Voluta Volutadae [sic] Voluticella Volutifusus Volutilithes Volutilithinae Volutinae Volutoconus Volutocorbis Volutocorona ........ 26 Volutocristata Volutoderminae Volutofusus Volutolyria Volutomitra Volutomitrinae Volutomorpha Volutopupar Volutospina Volutovetus Volvaria Ve Waders s= = Ae ae Wagner, F. LOTMT aye cee ee ES Wapanucka limestone warburtoni, Loxocho- AMG Mla wes. ee 15 Wiashin's tones Washington Univer- SSDWLEN (soa ee ee ete Wayland shale =... waynense, Nemocar- LIU also SP Ree Weaver, Chas. E. weaveri, Nemocar- Gin see Weisbord, N. E. welleri, Cardium Ethmocardium Granocardium ____. Wie ES UJ W, 5-2 etca ae s wenonah, Cardium .... Werner Oss. Lae werneri, Plagione- phrodes Westenoceras ............ Western Australia .... Westonoceras INDEX 275, 276 276 285 288 282, 285, 293 284 284 287 279, 280, 285 287, 295 285 289 280 283, 284 280, 290 290 289 281, 285 281, 285 285, 292 276 70, 91, 92 155 326 287 8 321, 323 343 164, 167, 183 311, 324, 325 335, 359 340 316 319, 327 316, 320 18 313 312, 313, 315 315 18 313 359 354, 358, 359 222 154, 162,173 222 Wiheeler; Be Es = Winters @arAta 2 ee White, David whitei, Cardium Ethmocardium Granocardium Whitney, Francis L. .. Wichitoceras Widder beds Wilcox stage wilcoxensis, Robulus Vallvatlineriaies se willcoxi, Nummulites Operculinoides .. 1,2 Williams, Henry S. .... Williamsburg, Mis- souri Winckworth, R. Wishkah River, Wash- ington Wolfcampian Wioltond \pee woodsi, Cardium Ethmocardium Granocardium Woodsiluta Woodsivoluta Wynoochee River, Washington Xenostegium Yakataga formation -. yakatagense, Clino- cardium yakatagensis, Cardium Yarbichambi Youngia Youngiella Youngiella ? sp..... Youngiellidae yurabiense, Notocy- cloceras 18,19 ZA 5 ON Fe ee a Ps 313, 156 326 326 326 74 337 337 337 337 164, 166, 167, 202 288 287 287 XXII. XXII, XXIV. XXYV. XXYI. XXVIII. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. XXXII. XXXIL. XXXII. XXXIV. XXXYV. XXXVI. Volume I. Il. it. (Nos. 78-76). 356 pp., 31 pls. Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera. RNGSGareeO eo SOI) RD. Oe DUB cele scheeercactercabas hnoeaMaprebdincad th0 Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Con- rad. CNO’, BOSSY) 6 S84 pp), BT DIR ay ca ek OS hae woseewdaecnoste hens Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca. (Nigs.'88-94B) 0: 306 pp!) SO\pls. Bale 2 a ee Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Mary- land Miocene mollusks. (NGS? 9p=100) 5° 14:20: pps, (S8-pks! NUN Ae ee Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fos- sils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian EKo- gene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecua- dor. (Voss 101.108) 2.876) pp:,)36) pls. he ee Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela. (Nos. 2092014)2/ 412. pp sb4epls.\ 2. es, Pal Ss oe, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. (Nose) Pa=116)5) 738 pps 52 piss xe.45 2 1? Sa eet Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. CNo.-117), 665° pps 65, pls: U6) Bale VR Jackson Eocene mollusks. (NOS ALES=128)5 19458 pp 27 pis. 224 as a Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvanian crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Miocene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. (NOS. T20-1SS > 294 smh 89 plese ( ee al aes Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. (Nos. 1345139) 21.448 - pp. 51 pls. ek fe OR Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran stratigraphy and paleontology. N685°140=145)),.\)-400 pp, 19 pis: 256... iN ae Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography. ON ON. 146-154),7/386\pp..i31 Dis. 03 cee oe el Te eR G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia. Paleo- cene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus- tralian Ordovician cephalopods, California Pleisto- cene Eulimidae, Volutidae, Cardiidae, and Devonian ostracods from Iowa. (No. 155-) Globotruncana in Colombia PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA (Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. Seroeine- sayy 531. DIG ST) DIS. wu 8 We Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spon- dyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida. WNOs5513=25) Ji! 513 pp.,. 6iapls? 3.3. en Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Creta- ceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia. 7.00 9.00 8.00 10.00 7.00 10.00 9.00 9.80 18.00 19.00 CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA Volume I. If. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp. 32 pls. | Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (NossO-10)2 > 847 ‘pp.). 23° piss! afk ee Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls, Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 16-21) 3< 36k ppyy26 spls:4 ae Ph ee Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 22230)\77437 sppa768—pis. 1 toa ve 1 eS Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. (Noasl)s-7268ppi 5 o plise 0 en, ee Claibornian Eocene. pelecypods. (No. 32). 730‘pp.;°99 piss -.:s...222 FO Ne aa OE oy plore I de Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, Paste iean, and cephalopods. (Nos. 38-36). 357 pp., 15 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 pls. Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. (Noss, 40-42)./ S82 ypp:, 54 pls 2 eka ae Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. (Noss43-46) 2/272 pp: Al pls. ee Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. (Nos. 47-48)... 494 ppd! pis Av TO A Ne es Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- brate bibliography. (NOS. 149: 50) eN264 pi 4G opis oaks ee SSL Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. (Nos. -51-547-/306" pps. 44 pls. |) te a ey Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. (No0s./05-58).— 314cpb. 80" pIsisen Ne pee Se Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos) 59267) ey 140... 48 piste ae ey a a Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 62-68). 288 p33" play eee Pe a OO Peruvian Tertiary Mollusea. (Nos, 64-67). 286- pp: 20% pis fa eee A. Jase he Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals. (No, 68). 9272. pps 24 pis. (nee a Ge lee ed Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. (Nok./69-70C). 7.266 pp. 26 pls. wt a ork ee peo eer and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and ‘uba. (Nosx'71=72). S21 \ppi,12) Play Viigsa dk Sa Se Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy. 7.00 9.00 10.00 7.00 7.00 9.00 9.00 7.00 ° 7300-- 10.00 | 10.00 5.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.50 12.00 — Marti 4 AY | fae: ear iy y 8 hy i ee, A , ; ’ b ; ' } t ' Hl ? 7 , \ r i “y : ee: a ‘ re ore Og len fe a ff hay oh Wy Rh ON lb in Mes 1) , wy 4 ‘— aes} Vie. j mf eat aa mo j ? ye a} a 1] nit ek ty met he ein Mi a ; - | La ; Hor een) ra 2S A y a i ny LL AY ye i i tl ie Th Woe 7 i Ry ik ey OG He i } . a, TROT de i a , 1) ae TM RY CRE aerate es a ; May eh, Me 4 yumi hy es LP aed Mia ee i : iu ek st ' hy { 4 he . 4 ; wy a ” Hee ab % iy hihi * inns Mt : 7 ; j | ‘ ’ ‘ , % y yt jae fi ch OLY ; a) ay H } uf! ; ay tae iv oy '\ Hy AP UAL e (oe wil Avon bine arena ' EDT UR On ¥S, yi LE a a at an + hich ie; ns we ' a iT (in y 4) Ps ny nie mn AT 19 ; i eh td i why’ Ww ue Vee NUN? baat “Ni s ie ie oy p: Mi , j Bb my eN y ay 4 ee at JUL 0 6 2004 Harvard MCZ Libra i 2 ih Phd ch Maa] ot art , iMod t Kine’ ie 1 rh ipar ate ey } tied tek Heel Hi fit. : f i! fOebie t 4bFT 4 ‘ F ; oe i ite weer Vreioee. v iyi awe fe Doabial 4 iat eee cd aos ros ied as td capt ta seopeannpeoe he Robot a5 ce 104 Ww it ee: CU enicia oo ee Grd bey» pie e Te/epas ’ Tithe Ui weve Y hye Ciadd oy ‘ 4 euTati ists: (met foteree viapape? Ustrteaniaihet a vnlntt el ae ajerenesevep rey Hyp i sash SR ad ay ied Abbebe | opsetanee Pty Mand BUMS» aN rte pets: ‘ SRC HOE ents elelet : ; My ete etetepere ; OX Ubi a aeatunrr asta sere t 4 wees tbat cares area minaret , aye eyrieaatele tect egsatpee: + eter are ara Pere Par re ys